Actions

Work Header

The Scale and Sword

Summary:

Masayoshi Shido was a man who cared not for the women he slept with. He simply did what he wanted, damn the consequences. This is a fact Goro Akechi knew very well, as he was one of those aforementioned consequences.

It never occurred to either of them, however, that more than one accident can happen, more than one child can come from those thoughtless nights.

Ken Amada has just learned who his father is, just learned that he has a half brother.

Ken Amada simply thinks it's about time for the worlds worst family reunion.

Notes:

(See the end of the work for notes.)

Chapter Text

Justice consists not in being neutral between right and wrong, but in finding out the right and upholding it, wherever found, against the wrong.

 


 

 

Akechi wasn’t in the mood for random fans.

 

He had just had his first real encounter with the students he believed to be the Phantom Thieves and it had gone disastrously. They had shied away from him, from hostile body language to dismissive words. Akechi couldn’t have done worse if he tried.

 

So now the only real thing Akechi wanted to do was to go home, trudge back to his one bedroom apartment and curl into the futon. Akechi didn’t want to have to deal with anyone else.

 

So it’s just his luck that there’s a boy near the backstage exit, about Akechi’s own age actually. The boy has light brown hair and light brown eyes, similar enough to Akechi’s own that the detective wonders if this boy also has mixed blood.

 

The boys eye’s flick to Akechi, then light up in recognition.

 

Fuck.

 

Akechi really wasn’t in the mood for random fans.

 


 

Ken had always thought he was a pure orphan, both parents deceased and happy wherever they had ended up.

 

It had taken an in depth background check to prove that thought wrong.

 

Mitsuru, before officially accepting Ken into the Shadow Operatives, had to run a background check on him. A very thorough background check. Going through each step of Ken’s hectic heartbreaking life with a careful critical eye.

 

Mother, deceased, half European. She had died via berserk persona, a terrible accident.

 

Father, unknown. Assumed deceased.

 

Mitsuru Korjio couldn’t have that in her employees files. Too many variables. Ken could have family illnesses, family money, most importantly Ken could have someone to care for him.

 

She had begun digging, sending off private investigators to find the man who was the father of Ken Amada. Who had helped bring a lovely, intelligent, diligent child into the world.

 

Turns out, the investigators brought back rumors, not a man like Mitsuru had wanted. Rumors from the old social circles Miss. Amada has run in. Rumors that Ken was born out of wedlock, and a bastard child to an up and coming politician.

 

Mitsuru thanked the investigators for their time, and decided to do some digging herself about the man who was rumored to have had a hand in the making of Ken.

 

Masayoshi Shido was a hard man to find dirt on, his loose ends seemingly all tied up nicely in bows. This man kissed babies and helped the elderly cross the street, Masayoshi Shido was a man who was always smiling for the camera, always knew the right thing to say, and always had the upper hand.

 

Mitsuru has dug deep, dug far, and found pure gold.

 

Years ago, locked away in a dusty filing cabinet that Mitsuru only had access too because she had bribed and cheated her way in here, a single piece of paper had been filed with the national census.

 

A paternity test, to be precise.

 

A paternity test that showed that one Masayoshi Shido was, in fact, the father to one Goro Akechi.

 

A paternity test with daddy’s DNA carefully printed out in black and white.

 

It had been easy enough then, to go over to the dorms Ken was living in under the pretense of talking with him about the Shadow Operatives. Mitsuru had asked to go to the bathroom, slipped into the one that housed Ken’s toiletries, and plucked a few stray hairs from his brush. Mitsuru ended that meeting about an hour later, having gone over the salary and training hours with her friend, and she had promptly gone to her labs and gave them the hair.

 

“I need a paternity test done.” She told the labs. “Can you do it?”

 

The labs said yes they could, took the papers, took the strands of light brown hair, and made a match out of it.

 

Masayoshi Shido was a man who had gotten around in his youth, had both swayed and paid for women of multiple ages. He had been very careful about it, kept the high society women on the down low. He had been nigh on meticulous.

 

Not meticulous enough, however.  

 

A few cases had crept through the cracks, most of them going nowhere due to the staggering opposition that Masayoshi Shido’s lawyers presented. There was two or three cases that paternity was proven false, only one that paternity was positive.

 

Until now, of course.

 

Mitsuru had waited till Ken was in highschool, congratulating him on his high exam scores and getting accepted on a full scholarship into Gekkoukan High. Ken was thankful to get into the prestigious high school, and had been ready to look into other schools just in case he didn’t get the scholarship he needed.

 

Mitsuru handed him the papers with the paternity test, “I’m so sorry.” she had said, “This might be crueler than simply allowing you to continue on as you have been, but it also might not be.”

 

She had left then, closed the door of those dorms she had once called home to the sound of Ken Amada’s thin fingers opening the sealed envelope.

 

--

 

Ken had cried.

 

He’s not as alone in this world as he had thought.

 

But then he had wept .

 

Because now that he knows his blood is out there, going around and living so close to him, but making no effort to contact him it hurt. His mother had been abandoned by a man who wanted nothing to do with any child, his mother had been left to rot with a son that she had no explanation for.

 

Ken’s blood boils , rages against his veins and screams out for justice, for retaliation against the man who discarded so many like trash. His persona screams in his ears, Kala-Nemi howling as it tries to emerge to enact vengeance it feels is so rightfully deserved.

 

Ken’s furious, he’s crying thick desperate tears. It feels like Shinjiro all over again, the absolute unfair hate that shimmers in his chest.

 

Ken decides to do something about it, unclenches his fists, smooths out the crinkled papers in his hands, and hunts down the name on the original paternity test.

 

Ken Amada vows to find Goro Akechi.

 

Ken Amada pulls himself together, wipes the tears from his cheeks, and pins the paper to his cork board.

 

He’s got work to do.

 


 

Akechi was always wary of people who simply showed up in his life, even more way if the face was one he didn’t recognize.

 

The boy who stood at the backstage exit door was about the same height as Akechi himself, wearing a soft orange sweater. He’s blocking a quick escape, and looks like he knows exactly who Akechi is and wants to have a quick chat.

 

Akechi’s already thinking about how to escape, maybe a quick signature? A selfie? Akechi had only just recently gotten his name all over the news, just gotten that barest hint of famous. It wasn’t uncommon for people to accost him, but it wasn’t a daily occurrence by any means. Maybe this boy thought he was someone else?

 

“Akechi Goro?” He asks, and Akechi takes a single deep breath.

 

“Yes?” Akechi asks, a fake smile plastered across his face. If this is another one of his fathers cronies then he’s not going to lose any face.

 

The boy simply hands Akechi a folder.

 

It’s unusually for Akechi to get a whole file, and not just a name. A whole folder? This might be a sign that his father is trusting his more, giving him even more power in this terrible underground organization.

 

It's natural to open the folder given to him. Akechi expects to see an assassination target, a name and a reason. A location to enter the metaverse from. A picture.

 

It’s odd to see what looks to be abstract art, a series of dashes lined up in columns. It’s even odder to read the text underneath and realize that these random dashes are DNA, and the paper in Akechi’s hands signal that yes, in fact, Masayoshi Shido is the father.

 

Akechi panics, his heart clenching in his chest. This can’t be happening, can’t be real, Akechi was so careful, so meticulous-

 

He reads furthur, and that panic turns to rage.

 

“What are you? A con artist?” Akechi’s tone is flat, dead. “I’m not in the mood to deal with this today-”

 

“I’m no con artist.” The boy cuts off, “My name’s Ken, Amada Ken, and according to those tests you have in your hands right now we happen to have the same dad.”

 

Akechi’s mind screams with an unknown emotion, his personas, both of them, claw at his heart. Robin Hood about the pure insolence of the child in front of him, Loki about how dare this child think he can trick them .

 

“Leave.” Akechi says, pushing the papers back at Amada, crinkling the folders with the force of it. “If this is a joke from father it is not very funny.”

 

Amada stands his ground, simply grabs onto the folder and puts himself more square in the way of the exit. Amada’s nearly the exact same height as Akechi, his hair curls in the same way. They both look similar, startlingly so, its enough for Akechi’s thoughts to skip.

 

“I’m not joking.” Amada says, deadly serious. “I’m not leaving either, you still look like you think I’m lying.”

 

“Please.” Akechi moves to get through to the exit. “I do not have time for this.”

 

Amada throws out an arm, blocking the exit solidly. “Well it just so happens that I do.”

 

Akechi opens his mouth to say something, to get this person to just leave already-

 

Amada cuts him off. “I’m not looking to get anything out of you. I’m just looking to get more information on our shared father.”

 

A pause, Akechi says nothing, eyes tight around the edges as his pent up emotions slip through his neutral mask.

 

“I am angry. I’ve only been aware of this- ” Amada wiggles the folder in his hand “-for a short time. I’ve been trying to find you as soon as I read the documents, but you are, surprisingly, a hard man to find. You popped up on the news a month ago, I managed to get time off to come to Tokyo just this week. I’m just here to inform you that I’m going to drag our shared associates name through the mud and back for abandoning my mother.”

 

Akechi knows better than this, knows that this is just a ploy by his father to test his will, his dedication. But it sounds so nice. It sounds like an actual dream come true. It too good, actually, it was posed just right enough that Akechi knew it was fake. This was a ploy. It had to be his father testing him. What was the right thing to do? Tell the imposter to fuck off? Try to reason with him not to go after Shido?

 

Akechi knows that he’ll be the one to take down that bastard of a man, knows that it’ll be him that comes out on top of this fight. Akechi won’t let this fucking no name child come up out of nowhere and usurp him, to sneak right around and stab Shido between the ribs in a move unseen by everyone playing this game. Akechi makes a decision.

 

“Well, if you have nothing to share with me,” Amada lets his hand fall, opening the exit up, and begins to move. “Have a wonderful afternoon, Akechi.”

 

Akechi finds his tongue. “Wait.”

 

Amada halts his movements, his face infuriatingly hard to read.

 

“I can share with you information on our shared associate. I won’t share it for free, however. I request that for everything I share you give me something about yourself at equal value.”  

 

Amada smiles, Akechi feels like he’s both lost and won something. Amada isn’t like dealing with an adult who’s underestimating him, nor like dealing with the other simpletons Akechi’s own age.

 

“Let’s discuss this more over a meal, my treat.” Amada’s smile is perfectly fake as he happily tilts his head.

 

The smile looks sickeningly like Akechi’s own.

 

 

Akechi immediately tests the limits of what he can get away with.

 

He asks for sushi, suggests a nicer restaurant. Akechi likes sushi, always tries to get Sae to order it in the office for late nights. She usually just told him to go the vending machine, it was only a few select times that he managed to get food out of his supervisors.

 

It doesn't take very long at all for the two of them to get to the restaurant, the walk quick enough during the working hours. The whole walk the two of them didn’t talk much, allowing them both to take in the other.

 

Amada’s hair was shorter than Akechi’s, curled up more at the ends. Akechi couldn’t tell who was taller, but they both had good posture. Akechi found the similarities in them easily enough, their noses, the shape of their eyes. They would easily pass as brothers.

 

The restaurant wasn’t too busy this time of day, so they got a seat pretty immediately.

 

“Do you want to exchange information now, or wait until the food arrives and peddle through smalltalk in the meantime?” Ken’s smiling again, looking over the menu and at Akechi.

 

“I’ve never been good at smalltalk.” Akechi acknowledges.

 

“I would like to know exactly how deep our shared associates network in politics goes, if you do know that.”

 

Akechi takes a deep breath, he’s not willing to give that up so easily to an unknown. “How about I start with the questions? Ease into this instead of jumping into the deep end?”

 

“Oh?” Amada’s face is carefully neutral, and now Akechi knows why the police officers who work with him hate to work with him. “I would be amenable to that.”

 

“Where did you get these papers?”

 

Amada smiles now, “I have a good friend who gave them to me, she was looking into my family as a background for my job.”

 

Akechi hums, “Your job?”

 

“My turn to ask the question, Goro-nii.” Amada’s smile turns sharp, and Akechi knows now that this game will get interesting.  “I would like to know if there’s any other siblings wandering around that you know of.”

 

“No, before you showed up I hadn’t even considered the possibility.”

 

The initial drinks arrive, the waitress placing a water down for both of them. She looks between them both, and smiles. “It’s rare to see twins! What can I get for you today?”

 

The two of them order, not bothering to correct the woman on her mistake. Akechi doesn't want to make a scene, he’s not sure why Amada doesn't say something.

 

“My turn for questioning?” Akechi asks as soon as the waitress leaves with their orders. “I want to know why you came to me, and not directly going to our shared associate.”

 

“My friend, the one who got these documents, encouraged me not to, she’s been in direct contact with him before and has been incredibly supportive of me as I’ve looking into this endeavor.”

 

Akechi now has a more holistic picture of Ken Amada. The only people who interacted with their (supposedly) shared father were people of great influence. To get the documents would have been a struggle, but to actually talk with the man would be an entirely new kind of ball game. Akechi could easily enough search around for the people who interacted and then disagreed with his father, even easier now that he knows that the ‘friend’ of Amada is female.

 

“Do you and him talk often?”

 

Akechi thinks for a moment, and decided to stick as close to the truth as possible. “Not often at all, he usually only contacts me when he wants something from me.”

 

Amada hums an answer, and the lunch continues.

 


 

By the end of it neither party had truly gotten what they wanted, but hadn’t gotten nothing out of the deal either.

 

Ken had gotten Akechi to call him by his first name by insisting on it, telling Akechi that nearly none of the people around him called him ‘Amada’. Akechi had not gotten Ken to call him anything but ‘Goro-nii’, Ken smiling every time he says it because Akechi must have reacted to it the first time.

 

They had learned more about each other, both honor students, both highly active in their school. Both born in June even.

 

Both absolute smart-asses.

 

The whole lunch was a passive aggressive mess. The two of them would pick apart each others words, their posture. Akechi thought he had the upper hand for it to be yanked out from underneath him in the next instant.

 

It was an amazing amount of fun.

 

The amount of snark between the two of them was nigh unreal, Akechi not used to be able to fully just unleash the emotions he usually hides. Amada, Ken, gave back as good as he got. Akechi wasn't careful, didn’t pull his punches, he didn’t need to impress Ken, didn’t need Ken on his side. Ken simply slammed back everything Akechi gave.

 

It got to the point that the conversation swayed into other topics, but Akechi didn't even mind the change.

 

Akechi was … almost not looking forward to Ken leaving.

 

Ken, however, lived outside of Tokyo. If he was telling the truth he went to Gekkoukan High, lived in the dorms there. He was only in Tokyo for the day, having gotten express permission to do this instead of his class trip.

 

Ken had handed over his phone number, giving Akechi his phone to input his contact. Akechi had allowed Ken to do the same, both boys watching their phones like hawks as the other handled the devices.

 

Akechi got an immediate text message, simply with a cordial hello.

 

They both pause outside the door.

 

Goodbyes are always awkward, halting and unsure. Akechi’s still not wholly on board this train, has to check with his father and tell him to knock this cruel joke off. Ken would be a person that Akechi could see himself being friends with, but the situation was too wildly out of his own control. Ken could ruin both Akechi and his father, all with a simple word, a rumor. Akechi and Shido were connected by an official paper, approved in the court system, Ken was connected via a private line that was much easier to erase.  It was a position that needed to be rectified. Akechi needed something on Ken to even the playing field.

 

“I’ll text you?” Ken says his voice trailing up in a question.

 

Akechi looks over, glancing at Ken and just seeing himself.

 

The way Ken’s falling back in his sweater, averting his eyes and hiding in his long bangs. Akechi simply sees a younger version of himself in the street beside him, standing carefully waiting for the verdict of his life after his mother’s untimely death.

 

Fuck.

 

Either Ken was the best actor in the world, and Akechi would kill his father slowly and painfully for this, or Ken wasn’t lying about anything.

 

That was a terrifying thought.

 

“Yeah.” Akechi agrees, “I’d love to get to know my little brother more.”

 

Ken’s cheeks turn a bright ruddy red, the first real careful smile slowly spreading across his face.

 

Akechi knows now, that however this turned out, it would be interesting.

Chapter Text

 

"Many that live deserve death. And some die that deserve life. Can you give it to them? Then be not too eager to deal out death in the name of justice, fearing for your own safety. Even the wise cannot see all ends."

 


 

The first thing Akechi does is start the research on Ken Amada.

 

The first couple of articles on google simply are of another person entirely, who’s name is spelt slightly differently. Akechi has to put Ken’s name in quotation marks, searching specifically for the person he wanted.

 

Ken’s name pulls up several articles from a local newspaper on Gekkoukan High, two articles speaking highly of the soccer team and the academic accomplishments. Ken was mentioned as both a star player and star student, pictures of Ken playing soccer with his team, a picture of Ken and a few other students straight backed in front of the school with the caption ‘hardworking honor students’.

 

A little more digging and an article describing a terrible accident with a drunken driver destroying a home, killing a woman protecting her son from the collapsing beams. Ken Amada was the only survivor, traumatized by the death of his only living relative.

 

Well fuck. Akechi narrows his eyes. This was too close to his own story for him to be comfortable. It’s almost feels like this had been planned, someone had carefully made the same character in a story but the characters somehow had split and became two.

 

He’s going to have to do more research on his own, so he needs to get in contact with his own people, people his father has no real influence over.

 

The first step is to actually confirm those papers, their relation.

 

Akechi had gone back into the restaurant after Ken and him had parted ways, flashed the detective badge, and got the cup that Ken had used. Akechi’s case always has a few things slipped away from forensics to gather evidence. It’s easy to seal the cup away as evidence and convince himself that this is just another case.

 

Akechi knows that this will be hard to spin, to get under his father's nose, but Akechi’s not one to back down from a challenge and this one he feels will be particularly rewarding.

 

He’s already been cleared to not return to school for today, so he simply goes to the police station.

 

The nice secretary lets him in with a smile, telling Akechi that she had watched his appearance on TV and was very proud of him. The secretary is older, and hands Akechi a hard candy as he passes.

 

Akechi unwraps the candy as he presses the button on the elevator to go down to the forensics labs, swiping his ID to get access to those levels.

 

There’s only one person in forensics that Akechi can trust wholly, the one person that Akechi knows will only give the facts, give the truth.

 

Akechi knows him from his mentor, he had been shadowing another detective for awhile and the older detective had given him sage advice, she had told Akechi to always be sure that his forensic team was trustworthy and good, because they could make or break a case.

 

Naoto Shirogane had taken Akechi to her friend in the forensic department, Yosuke Hanamura, and told Akechi that if he couldn’t trust the people giving him information then his worth as detective was nothing .

 

Hanamura was usually found in the fingerprinting lab, testing how fingerprinting interacted with fabrics.

 

Akechi finds him there today, Hanamura going through and collecting data for his doctorate thesis like he was always doing these days. The smell of chemicals when Akechi opens the door was nearly deafening.

 

“Hello Hanamura.” Akechi greets, standing by the open door. “Mind if I snag you for a minute? I need a DNA test.”

 

Hanamura startles at his name, slipping off his headphones and looking wildly around for a second. “Oh, sup Akechi. Yeah I have a few, I can help.”

 

Hanamura rips a post it note and quickly writes out that he’ll be back and to not touch the machines four, five, and six. The door to the fingerprinting room was propped open, to try and wash out the smell of chemicals, with a door-jam that wasn’t really meant to ever be a door-jam but had somehow found itself as one.

 

Hanamura was nice enough to talk with, chatty in a way that wasn’t annoying just simply there to fill up the white noise. Hanamura talked about his day, talked about how he was so close to being able to get fingerprints off of fabrics that were worn for about a day afterwards through high activity. Akechi didn’t know the whole story, but he had overheard enough conversations between Shirogane and Hanamura to know that there was a man in jail only there on confession alone, and this could be a huge breakthrough in the case against him.

 

The DNA lab was huge, Hanamura had to swipe his ID to open the door for them both.

 

There was a few machines running, one other forensic scientist there, waiting on their results.

 

They politely greet each other, but Hanamura gets to work fast.

 

“What kind of test we running here? Simple match?” Hanamura’s pulling on new gloves now, ones not stained suspiciously blue.

 

“I need to know if these two samples are related.” Akechi puts his case on the sterile table --ignoring the wince from both of the forensic scientists in the room-- and flips it open. He pulls out the cup from the restaurant, sealed in an evidence bag, and another much smaller bag filled with a few of Akechi’s own hairs.

 

“Oh, fun.” Hanamura takes the two, looking between them both. “Trying to prove if they’re really the father hm?” He laughs, snorting at his own poor joke.

 

“I believe I’m trying to prove if these two are half brothers.”

 

Hanamura’s eyebrow ticks up as he looks at the evidence given to him. “That’s an interesting relation, what case is this for? The one that happened a week ago with the almonds?”

 

“It’s not any case, call it a hunch.” Akechi knows of the case that came in a week ago with the almonds, it was a weird case.

 

Interesting .” Hanamura says, and starts to collect the spit samples from the cup. “I can have this to you by midday tomorrow, do you want to come into the shop and grab it yourself or do you want me to text it to you?”

 

“I’ll come in and handle it myself, thank you.” Akechi watches as Hanamura works for another few minutes before leaving the lab altogether.

 


 

Akechi’s was sitting in class, waiting for the lunch bell to ring. Akechi didn’t have his own packed lunch, but he had enough money to wiggle a decent meal from the cafeteria.

 

Akechi felt his phone buzz in his back pocket, his phone getting a text.

 

It was either Ken sending another picture of that dog of his-

 

( His name is Koromaru and he’s very happy that I’m home! )

 

-or it could be Hanamura sending him the results.

 

All day Ken had been texting Akechi about various things. Akechi had been sneaking his own various messages out during the day, whenever a teacher called him out on it Akechi just claimed it was police business.  Ken would send pictures of the frankly adorable shiba dog that apparently just wandered around with him, or talk about how the teachers were droning on. Akechi would respond with pictures snaped of various K9 units that were in the police department, talk about his own day and school.

 

Akechi flips out his phone, ignoring the teacher’s slight hesitation at the sight of a student being so openly defiant, and checks who sent him the text.

 

It was Hanamura, saying he had gotten those test results.

 

Akechi takes a deep breath, the slow warmth of happiness bubbling up inside his chest.

 

The lunch bell rings, the student’s jumping up to get their food. Akechi himself moves quickly, wiggling through the crowds to get out of the school. Akechi uses the money he would have used for lunch on a taxi to get to the police headquarters. He texts Hanamura that he’s on his way and would be there soon.

 

The nice secretary said hello, it was nice to see him, and gave him a hard candy. Akechi thanked her, said it was nice to see her doing so well, and unwrapped the candy as he pressed the down button in the elevator.

 

Hanamura was already waiting for him, hands crossed across his chest and headphones in.

 

“You have my results?” Akechi says, moving towards Hanamura as Hanamura gently took off his large orange headphones.

 

“Yup, wanna see them yourself?” Hanamura’s already walking to the DNA lab, Akechi follows behind.

 

The DNA lab is bustling now, five or six people moving in tandem, all trying to get all they could from what looked like a dissected bag of almonds.

 

Hanamura moved nimbly through the crowd, evading contact with the others without really bumping into anyone. Akechi doesn't know if Hanamura used to be a dancer, but he certainly sometimes moves like one, curls his hips a certain way to get around obstacles that Akechi wishes he could emulate in a fight.

 

Hanamura snags a folder sitting by the printer, and gets back to the door where Akechi is waiting.

 

“These are your results, I can go over more in detail somewhere else if you want. This room’s crowded.”

 

Akechi agrees to that, so the two of them end up in Hanamura’s small, bland office. There were  only two pictures on the desk, one was an older picture of a group of people in which Akechi only recognized two and other just showed Hanamura and a tall silver haired male.

 

Akechi did know the woman who was sitting in the swivel chair, eating her lunch and scrolling through her phone.

 

“Naoto, this is not your office.” Hanamura says, arms going across his chest, the folder carefully tucked underneath one of his arms. “Are you trying to hiding out from Inspector Megure in forensics ?”

 

Shirogane shrugs, popping the small cookie she was eating entirely into her mouth. “I’m not going to say no, nor yes- hello Akechi.” She looks around Hanamura and waves with her clean hand.

 

“Hello Miss Shirogane.” Akechi bows poliety to his mentor, the previous holder of the title ‘detective prince’.

 

Shirogane leans further back in Hanamura’s desk chair, snagging another sweet cookie from her lunch. She offers one to Akechi, who gladly steps around Hanamura to accept it. The cookies, the whole lunch, was probably from her fiance, a very nice man who had entirely too many keychain accessories. The cookie was the first thing that Akechi had eaten that day and honestly, it was one of the better things Akechi had ever consumed.

 

“Should I leave? Are you about to talk about case details that I am not mean to know?” Shirogane asks, her sharp eyes catching on the folder Hanamura puts down on his desk to steal a piece of Shirogane's lunch.

 

“That depends, Akechi?”

 

Akechi thinks about it for a moment, but decided that it wouldn’t be either here nor there to allow Shirogane to listen in on the results of this test. “It’s fine, it’s just for a hunch after all.”

 

Hanamura flips open the file and moves to the light board that hung on the left wall, clipping two transparent papers too it. Hanamura flips the switch and a low humming fills the room, the bright light of the light board makes everyone wince for a second before they focused on what Hanamura was showing.

 

Two different sets of data, almost looking like seismographs were displayed clearly.

 

“The DNA that I was provided was clean enough on both samples to get a good reading, on the left is the sample from the cup and the right is the sample from the hairs. The cup sample had two sets of DNA on it, one male one female. The female’s DNA nearly doesn't match at all, the only thing in common are some spikes that indicate ethnicity.” Hanamura taps the small spikes he’s referring to.

 

Hanamura then overlaps the two transparent sheets, fixing it so that the two labeled ‘male-hair’ and ‘male-cup’ were on top of each other, carefully placed.

 

“The two males have a partial match,” Hanamura points to where the spikes in the graphs overlap, and Akechi tries to keep his breathing under control. “The match is about 38%, which is low for actual siblings but high for half siblings, abnormally high. The DNA has an interesting mutation on the X-DNA actually, here.” Hanamura points out the spike he’s referring to with a fingertip. “The mutation’s really odd for a person of Japanese descent, but not totally uncommon of people from Germany. If you got this DNA from people around here I can almost guarantee they have a relation, at least through their mother’s side.”

 

That’s a surprise actually, and it catches Akechi off guard for a moment, the two overlapping spikes are very similar, it’s uncanny. “The two said they were connected through their father.” Akechi manages to get out through his tight throat.

 

“They might be.” Hanamura acknowledges, ”38% is incredibly high for only half siblings. Its closer to 27-23%, with a 2% room for error. If you know for certain that the two share a father then that explains some of it, because the shared mutation is on the X-DNA, and that means that their mothers were most likely related somehow, furthest relation I’d say cousins.”

 

Akechi sits down in the chair facing Hanamura’s desk, hands interlacing and pressed against his forehead. “This,” he swallows, “This complicated my hunch.”

 

Shirogane and Hanamura share a look, Akechi knows that the two of them are discussing something with their eyes, but he could care less right now.

 

Akechi’s phone in his pocket buzzes, and Akechi’s breath shakes heavily as he tries to calm himself. That would be Ken most likely, with a text showing off his lunch or another one of Koromaru.

 

Akechi pulls himself together with a shaky smile, a thank you. Hanamura’s brow creases, he gets that look on his face that Akechi knows is a ‘I’m-not-your-big-brother-but-I-will-be-one-now’ expression. Shirogane knows her former student better than Hanamura does however, and reaches out with a “Akechi-”

 

“Sorry! Thank you for the information this was incredibly helpful-”

 

“Akechi wait-” Shirogane’s standing up now, moving quickly behind the desk to get at him.

 

“I’ve used my lunch period up, I need to get back.” Akechi’s already getting out of the room, through the door. “Thank you, again!”

 

Akechi’s hurrying to the elevator, his hands clenched tight into fists and his chest burning up with an indescribable emotion. His persona’s scream at him, Robin Hood’s clawing at his heart, slamming his head against Akechi’s chest, kicking around Akechi’s skull. Loki’s claws are tearing up his insides, dragging through his ribs and scarring the inside of them, trying to escape the cage. Akechi wants to cry, to scream, to let something out of this hellhole of a feeling. Who cared if Ken was related to him, really, that closely, why didn’t his father know, why didn’t his father care . Their mothers might have been cousins, might have been sisters for all he knew. He didn’t even know his mother had a fucking sister, how fucking- Akechi was burning up with emotion, emotion he didn’t know how to express, how to deal with, how to get out of his fucking chest .

 

Akechi’s mother died in 2007, but he’s never fucking missed her more-

 

Akechi’s whole world stops in the elevator. He’s alone, carefully clutching his briefcase, as a thought graces his thoughts.

 

His hands race to his phone, inputting the code quickly, the date he’ll never forget, 061007, six digits. October sixth, 2007.

 

The article that Akechi had looked up was still there, right when Akechi pressed the app for the internet, the day that Ken’s own mother had died terribly in a horrible accident. Two days before Akechi’s own mom committed suicide.

 

Akechi’s brain starts connecting the dots, if his mother and Ken’s mother were related, somehow, someway, then they might have been in contact with each other, supporting each other through what they had been going through. If-

 

If-

 

Ken’s mother’s death-

 

It might have caused his own mother’s-

 

It might have been a cause in-

 

The elevator dings, Akechi takes a deep breath, clicks his phone closed and shoves it back into his back-pocket. He’s not going to speculate like that, not going to even start to deal with that train of thought.

 

Robin Hood wants blood . Loki’s claws are in his throat, tearing it up and making Akechi want to scream . But he can’t, he fucking can’t .

 

Akechi walks out of the building, his back straight and his head held high. His lip has been bitten through, but he’s ignoring it. He needs to go back to school, his lunch period is almost over.

 

Akechi doesn’t have the money to call another cab, he’s on a student’s budget after all, he’s barely scraping by as it is.

 

Akechi decides fuck it, he’s not in the mood for public transportation today.

 

He calls for a cab, breathing a little to heavy still.

 


 

Koromaru’s stolen most of my lunch

 

Is the text from Ken. The attached picture of the dog with the message is of the albino shiba that seemed to follow Ken around during school. The dog looks so goddamn happy, with sauce of some kind smearing against his nose and Ken’s hand pushing his face away from Ken’s lap.

 

Akechi doesn't smile, he’s sneaking these messages anyway, the teacher droning on and on about something they’ve already gone over twice now. Akechi sends a quick message of his own, the teacher having threatened to take up Akechi’s phone even if it was the prime minister calling.

 

Didn’t get to eat much lunch today at all, was busy down at the station.”

 

Akechi doesn’t even bother to put away his phone because the message gets Ken’s reply nigh on immediately.

 

? Did you not get lunch at all today? ●︿●”

Goro-nii, make sure you get food.”

It’s bad to not eat at all. ヽ(´Д`;)ノ”

 

Ken’s message’s cause an uneasy murmur to echo between his persona’s. Nobody’s taken care of Akechi for a long time now, so now the concern is something he’s not sure how to deal with fully.

 

I’ll get food when I get home.”

“Most likely.”

 

Akechi thinks to his apartment’s empty cupboards,the fridge that has two condiments and leftovers from a month ago still sitting there. This wouldn’t be the first time, and Akechi hates to do it he usually budgets better than he has been but this whole month’s been hard. Akechi knows how important it is to eat, to sleep, to take care of his basic functions so he doesn't burn out.

 

...”

“I dont like the sound of that.”

“At all.”

“Where is your school. (人・ω・)”

“I’m taking you to dinner. ( ´∀`)”

 

Akechi raises an eyebrow, Ken lived a far distance away, far enough that it would be not feasible to get to Tokyo by train by the time that Akechi got out of school. Akechi texts the school he goes to anyway, just to see if Ken could actually do anything at all.

 

( ・`ω・´)Thank you! I’ll pick you up at the gates.”

 

Akechi raises a brow, and texts one more quick message before putting his phone away.

 

I thought I was meant to be the big brother?”

 

By only 22 days!!”

 


 

Akechi’s actually surprised to see Ken by the gates when he gets out of school, leaning against the brick wall that surrounds the school in his own uniform. Ken’s on his phone, furiously texting someone, and lo and behold at his side is a familiar face.

 

An albino shiba inu rests carefully between Ken’s feet. Koromaru’s head comes up to Ken’s knees, the white dog hair on Ken’s uniform clearly saying that this was Koromaru’s prefered spot to sit.

 

Ken’s head pops up as students begin to file by him, smiling at the people who stare openly and waving at the girls who giggle.

 

Ken notices Akechi, and calls him over with a wave. Koromaru barks, whole body wiggling happily.

 

“I see you’ve brought a friend.” Akechi remarks when he gets close, watching as Koromaru stays put between Ken’s legs.

 

“He’s the best dog a boy can ask for.” Ken remarks. “He refused to let me go without him, and my senpai wouldn’t put up with him whining without me.”

 

Akechi does notice that Koromaru really hasn’t moved from Ken’s side, even when other people move by them the dog stays were it is. Well trained then.

 

“I’m surprised you managed to get here in time, who’d you have to bribe to get here?”

 

Ken laughs, “A friend, I had to ask incredibly nicely. Promise to put in overtime.”

 

Akechi wants to know more, wants to pry.

 

“I have found a wonderful restaurant however, Aki-senpai recommended it to me and it’s got good reviews from the other people he’s brought there.” Ken moves from the wall, Koromaru sticks faithfully to his heels. “Lets go?”

 

Akechi’s tightly wound ball of emotions bubble, they twist, but they also loosen just a little bit. Akechi sighs, and lets Ken lead the way.

Chapter Text

Fidelity is the brother of justice.


 

 

Akechi’s morning starts with his phone buzzing.

 

His hand slips out from under the pile of mismatched blankets, fumbling around for the damned thing for a moment. The phone’s just on the nightstand, plugged in, so Akechi pulls the charger cable from it and pulls it back under the blanket to answer.

 

The bright screen says ‘Masayoshi Shido’.

 

Akechi is instantly awake, upright, he’s answering as he’s slipping out of bed.

 

“Hello?”

 

The soft pause on the other line makes Akechi tense up, it’s Shido’s silent disapproval. Akechi knows not to fill the silence, knows it will only make things harder on himself later.

 

“I need you to hunt down the man known as ‘Ichiryusai Madarame’. Infiltrate his palace and secure a route to him, I want him paranoid, scared, but not dead. I have plans for him later, but I need to have him backed in a corner, do you understand.”

 

“Yes sir.” Akechi nods, there was no room in his father's voice for mistakes, no room for any kind of softness.

 

“I expect you to have this done by Wednesday, I have a meeting with the man on Thursday and I want him to have a day to get used to the new state of his mind.”

 

“Yes sir.”

 

The dial tone, Shido had hung up.  

 

Akechi stands in his one room apartment, the phone to his ear and in his pajamas on a sunday morning. It’s too early to be awake considering that Akechi was up late last night working on his homework, working on getting a report done for the police station, texting Ken.

 

It’s nearly five in the morning, and Akechi won't be able to get back to sleep so soon. He grips his phone in his hand, thinking how much time he needs to devote to this new mission of his, who even was this new individual that needed to be terrorized? Akechi begins his search, easily pulling up the person of interest. A wonderful artist apparently, a master of various styles and in museums around the globe.

 

Akechi spends about an hour going through basic news of this man, tumbling through forums of absolute art enthusiasts about this man. There was many a dark rumor about this man, how he really didn’t live at his supposed house, how he put on a public face, how he may have stolen artwork from his students.

 

Akechi pulls up the glitchy navigation app and types in the name, just checking to make sure that this man could be exploited through a palace or if Akechi had to actually hunt down all the blackmail himself in the real world with the help of backstreet individuals.

 

The name gave a positive hit, and now it’s just a guessing game of what in the world the palace could actually be.

 

Akechi sighs, sits on his shitty bed, and gets to work making guesses.

 

It’s not terribly hard to figure out that Madarame has a museum for a mindscape, he is an artist after all, it was the second word Akechi guessed. What’s harder is to figure out where the palace was. It could have been anywhere, technically, but it’s easier to guess places that Madarame frequented. That took a while longer, Akechi having to go through multiple art studios before finally settling on that shack where he supposedly lives.

 

The application beeps out the affirmative, wavering the world around him for an instant, before the phone screen just displays a map with a route to the palace.

 

Akechi hits the ‘return to the real world’ option, and decides to get along with his day. It’s nearly seven, that’s a realistic enough time to be awake on the weekend, so Akechi simply decides it’s time to get ready for the day, get work done, maybe do homework later on if he has the time.

 

He makes himself breakfast, an easy enough meal to slam together quickly, and eats it as he’s walking out the door.

 

He needs to get to the police station by nine, but it won’t hurt to get there early to get the paperwork he needs to do filled out and for him to get a few things he needs from the older detectives before the meeting today.

 

Akechi sighs, rolls his shoulders, and plasters on a smile.

 


 

Ken’s awake by eight, finished with his run by eight forty-five, and ready for his day by nine. Koromaru’s always a good running buddy, but he’s older now and needs more time to recharge than he did when he was younger.

 

Ken pets Koromaru for a minute before leaving, making sure the dog’s food bowl is full and the water dispenser is working right before he heads on out to go to the Kirijo Group’s regional headquarters to meet up with everyone.

 

The regional headquarters of the Kirijo Group is incredibly fancy, one of the main developmental facilities that the Kirijo Group owns, and the people who work on the main floors just think of Ken as another intern in the mix, another face to get coffee and work on basic tasks. The people who work in the deeper parts, the ones covered up with so much red tape and misdirections, know him as one of the few known persona users in the world.

 

Mitsuru’s called a meeting to discuss the mental shutdowns happening in the capital. She’s dragged Akihiko back from europe, Junpei back from America, Yukari from wherever she was filming from and Fuuka from the countryside. Mitsuru’s also called in the auxiliary, the persona users formerly known as the Investigation Team.

 

Ken arrives right on time to the meeting on the fifty-fifth floor, the view one of the shimmering shiny ocean around them, the idyllic green hills just outside the city. Mitsuru’s already at the head of the table, folder in front of her and looking over her notes.

 

Ken sits right by Akihiko, to his left and by Mitsuru at the head of the table, his seat was predetermined by the small name tags that had been set out, carefully attached to the personalized coffee mugs. Ken says hello to his senpai, and takes a sip of the coffee to find it perfectly brewed, as always.

 

Across from him is Naoto Shirogane, she’s chatting to her fiance on her left, Kanji Tatsumi. The two make an interesting picture, but a picture that Ken likes to see. The two of them are happy together, they work together like perfectly fitted machine parts.

 

Junpei’s cup is on Akechi’s other side, to his right, but Junpei isn’t there yet, most likely running late to the meeting. Yukiko Amagi sits one down from Junpei, she’s holding onto her own cup and waves when Ken greets her.

 

There’s still a few seats missing, but these kinds of meetings have always started about fifteen minutes late.

 

Ken has a folder in front of him, but ignores it in favor of texting. They’ll go over the whole thing in detail during the meeting, Mitsuru was a very thorough, and when the whole cognitive shutdowns occured Mitsuru had jumped on it, these shutdowns eerily close too those old cases of Apathy Syndrome for anyone's liking.

 

He texts the other members of the student council a reminder to make sure that the sports festival preparations are getting underway, one in response to a girl who asked him to date her at three in the morning through text (no, sorry, not interested), and continues on the conversation with Goro-nii from last night.

 

I’ve thought about it, and decided that I do like waffles better

 

They had talked about various foods they enjoyed, and Goro-nii had casually mentioned liking pancakes, and Ken had admitted to never really trying them before, as the dorm had a waffle iron and why would you eat pancakes when you can have waffles?

 

So of course that conversation had lasted about an hour.

 

“Sorry I’m late!” Junpei's voice comes from the door, spoken in english. He’s been with a minor league American team for the past six months, being scouted by the major leagues for a team in the state of Georgia.  The time difference is never good to him, so Junpei needs the time he takes.

 

“We’re just waiting for one more group, the two have already texted me that they had a late start this morning.” Mitsuru says, gesturing Junpei towards his seat by Ken.

 

Junpei sits down heavy, he slugs his bag down by his feet and whispers to Ken that he has presents to give them all. Ken internally preens, excited by the small American gifts that Junpei always brings back for everyone.

 

The small talk around the table is mostly a few people here and there chatting about how life’s going, their jobs and coworkers, random bits of news. Ken gets a few hellos, a few nice-to-see-your-doing-wells, but they mostly leave him to his phone as they can see his finger’s texting.

 

It only takes a few minutes for the last two to meander into the room, looking flushed, rushed, and embarrassed for being so late. Yu Narukami and Yosuke Hanamura, who make the excuse of car trouble early this morning as they had left their apartment.

 

Yu sits across from Akihiko, to the right of Naoto Shirogane, Yosuke sits on Ken’s side, one up from Fuuka on the end.

 

Mitsuru thanks them all for her time, flips open the folder on the table in front of her, and starts the meeting.

 


 

“Where’s Shirogane today?” Akechi asks the nearest officer at the meeting. It’s for a case that relates to the almond one, this one truly involved in peanuts now.

 

The officers around Akechi are high level detectives, and usually Shirogane would be amongst them, but her slim form is nowhere to be seen. He’s looked around, usually wanting to sit by her and listen to how she approaches the case at hand, but it looks like she’s absent.

 

“She’s been called in by the Kirijo Group, they needed her and Hanamura for the day.” Inspector Megure says, shrugging at the way the powerful corporation demands one of the forces best detectives and best forensics scientist that the Tokyo Police Department.

 

Akechi sighs, knowing that this meeting will be long without friends to chat with, but also taking a moment and filing away the mention of that particular group. He’s heard that name before, who hasn’t really? They’re incredibly influential, influential enough that Shido wants to get their pockets and their current C.E.O to sway to his side. Akechi’s been asked to look into all the high level employee’s, but they didn’t show up on the metaverse app, and the backroad access he had through various Yakuza contacts turned up nothing.

 

Akechi himself admits that his entire scheme is attributed to the Kirijo Group, as three years ago he had gotten an in through a unfaithful employee, an employee who thought they could get richer quicker by spilling information to the right people. Akechi had taken the phone that particularly dumb employee had stolen from the Kirijo Group’s R&D department, his original intention was to take the phone and turn profit, but a partially strange looking app had piqued Akechi’s interest.

 

Through trial and error Akechi was now where he was, carefully pressing through the strange world the app gave him access through, thanking whatever deity was looking out for him that the app simply appeared on his new phone he had gotten about six months ago.

 

The Kirijo Group was something Akechi always had a passing interest in, but now knowing that Shirogane and Hanamura had potential contacts there? Now Akechi would have to ask them about it, later, in a way that could be shaped into something much less pointed.

 

Inspector Megure calls for attention, telling the officers in the room to find their seats they needed to get started and go over the information they had gathered last night from the new crime scene that had popped up in this case.

 

Akechi sighs, but sits down and checks his phone as it buzzes in his pocket.

 

It’s Ken, continuing last night's conversation.

 

Akechi stops himself from scoffing at the statement, about how wrong Ken can be about breakfast foods. Waffle’s held the syrup for far too long in their squares, allowing the maple to wet the waffle and ruin the integrity of the whole plate. Pancakes had a smoother texture, a better overall feeling.

 

You can be wrong about things, that’s okay. ”  

 

Akechi backs out of the messages with Ken, his phone would buzz when another text came in he didn’t have to watch the dots jump as Ken typed out a reply. Akechi scrolls down a few names and clicks on Shirogane, he types out a quick message asking her if she wanted the meeting notes from his meeting and what she was doing that required missing it.

 

Akechi clicks the messaging app closed, and places his phone on the desk next to his legal pad.

 


 

“Oh! Akechi texted me.” Naoto comments, looking at her phone during their lunch break.

 

The company had paid for a nice restaurant to cater their lunch, the sheer amount of food makes Ken think about how many days he can live off the leftovers. The lady who brought them all lunch even had a small bag of high quality dog food for Koromaru wrapped up in a fancy gift bag.

 

Ken, who’s standing by the window and fiddling with the jersey of the team Junpei would play for next season, it was his gift to Ken from America and Ken loved it. He heard Naoto’s comment and turns, eyebrow cocked.

 

“You know an Akechi?” Ken asks, almost casually. It would make sense, actually, now that he thinks about it. He had looked into Goro-nii as soon as he had started to pick up popularity with the novelty of his young age and high profile police cases, and since Naoto is (if Ken’s remembering right) a detective she might know him! “Small world!”

 

As it turns out, they both know the same person, Naoto and Ken do. It’s rare that the two team’s even meet, let alone interact with the same people, so knowing the same person outside of this whole persona business is a neat bit of novelty.

 

“Yosuke and I both know him actually, a sharp mind in the field.” Naoto nods to Yosuke, who’s talking with Yu and Mitsuru near the windows. “He’s usually around every other day, helping us out with the workload, I think he’s officially on record as a junior detective.”

 

Ken’s smile is one he wears easily, not wholly fake but not at all real either. “That is so cool! I know him through our parents, we’ve hung out two or three times.”

 

Naoto smiles, “It’s always nice to see the younger kids get interested in police work! If you ever wanted to come and visit the office’s I could give you a tour sometime.”

 

“That would be so awesome! Getting a personal tour of a police department! Would I get to see all the top secret cases?” Ken’s already getting his camera app out, opening his phone to snap a picture.

 

“I’m afraid not,” Naoto laughs, “Just a basic tour I’m afraid.”

 

Ken pretends to be sad about that, pouting, before asking Naoto to take a picture with him so he can send it to Akechi to say hello.

 

Naoto gets photobombed by Rise sneaking into the photograph, making bunny ears behind Naoto’s blue cap and sticking her tounge out. Ken’s laughing, the whole photo a great one, with a good many of his friends milling around in the background and Naoto’s brief look of confusion at the intrusion.

 

Ken sends it, with a wave.

 

He pockets his phone, slipping it into his back pocket. Akihiko’s calling for Ken’s attention, bringing him into the conversation with Yukari about how Koroumaru’s doing, and how Yukari was thinking about bringing the old dog onto set for a few scenes that involved a dog.

 

Ken’s already thinking about how to convince Koromaru to be on the show, maybe treats?

 


 

Akechi’s phone buzzes when he’s biking back to his home, so Akechi ignores it, waiting until he’s back in his building to reach into his pocket and grab out his phone.

 

It’s a little awkward, holding a bike and trying to get onto the elevator, but adding trying to read the messages on a tiny phone screen just made it all worse. Akechi manages it without losing dignity, and waits till the shitty elevator kicks into gear before really focusing on the text. It’ll take a moment to get to his floor.

 

Two messages from Ken, one from Shirogane.

 

Shirogane just thanked him for thinking of her, and would love to see Akechi’s notes on the meeting. Her tone is always polite and cordial, Akechi had already taken pictures of his notes at the station so he simply sends them to her in a huge block chain.

 

Ken’s sent him a picture, and has responded to the earlier conversation about breakfast foods.

 

“I honestly would be down to eat any breakfast meal unless it was cereal. I can’t have milk I’m lactose intolerant. Are you also lactose intolerant or is that not a family thing?

 

Akechi is lactose intolerant, and says so in quick response to the first message he types that out and sends it. The elevator dings, and Akechi slips his phone back into his back pocket to move his bike into his apartment.

 

His bike fits by the door, carefully propped up as it’s one of the most expensive things Akechi owns, and Akechi checks his phone to see the picture that Ken had sent.

 

The photo loads in and it’s clear the focal point is Ken himself wearing a nice navy jersey that has a cut off english logo and throwing up a peace sign. The people slightly to the left of Ken is what catches Akechi’s attention, because that’s Shirogane.

 

She’s looking at the camera, clearly seeing the bunny ears that the girl behind her is holding. Akechi smirks, he now knows who Ken’s powerful friend is, the one with contacts with their shared associate. He knows someone in the Kirijo Group.

 

That makes Ken almost dangerous. Having friends like that. Akechi knows just how to use people though, and if he has an in to the higher ups of the Kirijo Group then he’s going to wiggle himself into the just right position to manipulate them.

 

The girl who’s pranking Shirogane also looks awfully familiar, Akechi can’t place where he’s seen that face before though. The people milling in the background don’t answer many of the questions Akechi has, noticing that one of the men is wearing a shirt with what looked like the same logo on Ken’s jersey, another woman wearing pink that Akechi can swear he’s seen before.

 

The hole of Ken Amada is just getting deeper, and Akechi is determined to get to the bottom of it.

 


 

Ken Amada holds a folder full of information on the cognitive shutdowns in Tokyo, with a mission that had Mitsuru Kirjio’s signature on it.

 

He’s smiling as he texts his brother, asking if Akechi knew any good places to eat near Aoyama-Itchome.

 

He’s got a set of Phantom Thieves to investigate.

Chapter 4

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

 

I have always found that mercy bears richer fruits than strict justice.


 

Makoto is slightly surprised when she gets to school on Monday and see’s Principle Kobayakawa in the student council room.

 

He’s sweating, heavily, but that’s nothing new. The principal's got some kind of exciting news, he’s actually attempting to smile, to be nice to the children for once instead of his usual dismissive tone.

 

He explains to everyone that the schools in the district are going to do an exchange of student council members tomorrow to get a feel about how the other school councils are run and handled. The principal is going on and on about how nice it is that the students at his school had been chosen for such an honor it was simply amazing! The principal rattled about this award and that and how it was so charitable of the Korijio Group to finance the leaders of tomorrow during this expedition.

 

Makoto sees through this instantly. The principle is getting paid to do this. It must be a pretty penny too, judging by how happy the man looks.

 

Makoto doesn't volunteer to go, she can’t as the student council president. She needs to stay at her own school and show the guest around. The student council president for each school would act as a ‘guide’ to the guest student. It wasn’t bad, however. Not only did Makoto get to miss out on three of the six class periods for this, she even got an extended lunch to bring the visiting student food from around the area.

 

The student from Shujin Academy that’s going to visit another school tomorrow is a second year, her hair braided to the side and a content expression when she got chosen.

 

Makoto thanks Principle Kobayakawa for informing them and then asks what school Shujin Academy has received to host for, more information regarding the subject of how this whole system was meant to work, why was the student council only told of this a single day in advance. The huge man simply laughs, waving away Makoto’s questions. “I’ve sent you an email with everything you need to know on it.” The man clearly thinks it’s cute that Makoto wants to be professional about these things.

 

Makoto thinks it is very much not cute at all when the man’s already leaving the room, telling the student council to take care of themselves and get ready to show their skills as leaders of the school tomorrow morning bright and early!

 

Makoto uses her morning to gather the things she would potentially need to have for tomorrow, like the budget for school clubs, the general schedule that the student council followed for their meetings, the minutes from last meeting. She does check her email, and gets what looks to be a forward from a superintendent of a school district in the heart of Tokyo.

 

The gist of the long-winded email was that a school had dropped out of the program last minute. Shujin Academy had been selected to participate only about three days ago, with the confirmation email coming in late last night. The school’s in the program were located all across the country, coming from places like Tokyo, some near the seaside near Iwatodai, even from out in the deep country like Yasoinaba. Makoto hadn’t even heard of some of the cities where students were coming from.

 

The high school that was assigned to Shujin Academy was a school that Makoto was familiar with, one that showed up on the top ranked schools in the nation. The school for elite kids from the top tier of society, the best of the best.

 

Gekkoukan High School.

 

The representative coming tomorrow is a student by the name of Ken Amada.

 

Makoto preps the whole club room, she asks the student going to a nearby school tomorrow to arrive early please. She plans during class, keeping notes all the while. She has to move her investigation of the Phantom Thief graffiti that was behind the school by the dumpsters.

 

Makoto makes plans, keeps backups in her journal. She will not allow this minor setback to keep her down.

 


 

Ryuji’s waiting for the morning train at his connector. He lives the furthest away from Shujin Academy so his morning commute is the longest. The northbound train was arriving in about two minutes, giving Ryuji enough time to send a few messages on his phone. The phantom thieves needed to get around Yusuke to unlock that door in Madarame's palace. The four of them had a plan they would put into motion after school today.

 

The train arrives after Ryuji catches up from the morning chat memes he had missed while doing his morning run. Ann was up and about sending awful photos of Ryuji from middle school, Akira was pleading with her for more, reacting with hearts and laughing emojis.

 

The train’s not too crowded yet, not having reached more popular stations, but it’s still crowded enough that Ryuji decides not to sit down and take the seat from somebody who really needs it.

 

( A whole six months not being able to put weight on his leg, having to grit his teeth and try not to cry as not a single person got up to allow him to sit down-)

Ryuji’s standing by the door, leaning against the vertical bar with his eyes glued to his phone. Ryuji looks at the people around him only for a moment as he settles in for the trip, another high school kid with a uniform Ryuji hadn’t seen before and a average looking businessman.

 

The group chat reveals that Ann’s plan involves more clothes than Ryuji had ever owned in his entire life, she is very adamant that Akira and Ryuji better hurry up to the door, that Morgana better be able to get that lock open.

 

“Excuse me?” a voice pulls Ryuji away from his phone by the words, clearly directed to either him or the businessman.

 

It’s the highschool kid, looking a little nervous, unsure. “Uh, that uniform, do you happen to go to Shujin Academy?”

 

It takes a second for Ryuji to realise the kid was actually talking to him, and nods. “Yeah, why ya ask?”

 

“I’m apart of the student council exchange for today, and am unsure which station to get off of for your school.” The kid’s clearly nervous, showing his phone’s navigation app to Ryuji and how it only told him the town itself not the station name.

 

That’s why Ryuji didn’t recognize the black uniform, the black and white emblem. That made sense then.

 

“It’s Aoyama-Itchome Station.” Ryuji confirms for him, “It’s a little bit of a walk, but it’s huge you can’t miss the students all walking towards it. Our uniforms are pretty visible.” Ryuji’s pats the plaid pants that Shujin Academy was well known for, the pattern standing pretty uniquely amongst the other more bland ones around the city.

 

“Thanks man,” The kid’s tension drains from his shoulders, a look of relief on his face. “I’m just really nervous, having to travel all this way to Tokyo, then last minute getting assigned the school with the whole scandal with that awful teacher that just happened.”

 

Ryuji perks up at that, because hey, that’s the Phantom Thieves this kid was talking about. “Oh?” Ryuji makes an encouraging noise, to prompt the student to continue on with the conversation. Ryuji wants to know what others think of the Phantom Thieves, wants to hear praises about his amazing friends. “You heard about that? Heard about who apparently was behind all that?”  

 

The high school student looks excited, a huge smile on his face. “Yeah! The Phantom Thieves! My friends and I are all over the website that’s been put up.”

 

That smile. Something about it. Ryuji’s seen it before, he knows it. He can’t place it exactly, can’t pick where he knows it from, but Ryuji knows that this smile is something he has seen before and should be wary of.

 

Ryuji’s instincts are screaming at him, so he goes on guard.

 

“There’s a website?” Ryuji asks, trying not to seem too interested in the topic, trying to take Ann’s advice and be chill about it.

 

“Are you one of the people who doubt the validity of the Phantom Thieves?” The high schoolers expression falls back into neutral, and Ryuji feels like this question has a lot of weight to it.

 

“I think that, if what they say they did was something the Phantom Thieves actually did, then they’re effin’ awesome.”

 

The high school kid seems to accept and process that answer for a moment. “How would they possibly do it? Steal a heart? I think they blackmailed the teacher.”

 

Ryuji thought that train of thought wasn’t a bad one, heck it was the first thing that Ryuji and Akira attempted to do, get dirt on Kamoshida.

 

“They might have convinced him to confess.” Ryuji’s putting his phone away now, turning more wholly to get involved in a conversation that’s happening.

 

The kid just raises an eyebrow.

 

Ryuji laughs. Even to him that sounds like a weak argument. They didn’t so much as convince Kamoshida to change his mind as much as they threatened his life. Threatened his minds life? Threatened his mind with his life? They threatened him.

 

“Yeah okay it might have been blackmail.” Ryuji admits, “But what kind of guilt makes a person go through all that ? It was kinda an intense confession.”

 

The high schooler leans closer, interested. “Oh? Tell me all about it.”

 

So Ryuji does.

 


 

Ken Amada thanks his lucky stars that the blond kid on the train was so easy to rope into conversation. Strangely eager to talk with him all about the escapades of the ‘Phantom Thieves’.

 

Ken had listened until they needed to switch trains for another three stops, then stood by the blond on the next train and continued to talk with him.

 

Ken had made a good choice, fishing for information from this thug. Bleached hair, the slouch, the t-shirt under an unbuttoned blazer, not even bothering trying to wear his suspenders. All signs that this kid didn’t really give a shit about what the authority of his school said and or thought about. The Shujin Academy student simply shelled out invaluable information, kept talking at the slightest press of a question.

 

Ken only had to steer the conversation, ask the right questions, feel out how the student responded to what Ken said and react to that accordingly.

 

The kid breaks off at Aoyama-Itchome Station, saying he saw his friend and would want to walk with him.

 

“See you around the school today, later man.” The student had said, flashing a peace sign and heading off into the crowds.

 

Ken kept an eye out, moving with the rest of the students as the blond fought through the crowd to meet up with a boy with glasses and a girl who looked foreign. Interesting friends.

 

The walk to school was a little bit of a haul, almost nine blocks away from the station. As Ken got closer to the school he felt the stares of the Shujin Academy students. The whispers about his uniform, his hair , his bag, his whole self. The questioning weight of it all was something Ken’s dealt with before. It’s nothing new. It’s something he’s going to have to deal with forever.

 

As a whole, Shujin Academy looks strange to Ken. The school is smaller than Gekkoukan, the grounds carved from whatever land could be spared in the bustling city instead of a whole island to itself. The gates of the school are simple, a quick stairwell to the entrance. The facade plain brick.

 

For a school meant to be the birthplace of a growing movement, Ken’s not particularly caught in awe of it.

 

“Amada?”

 

The voice makes him turn, and he sees a neatly put together young woman standing right beside the gate. Her back is straight, her arms folded behind her back, and she looks like she’s only a few minutes from making someone’s life a living hell.

 

“Yes. Niijima, I presume?”

 

The shake hands.

 

“If you would like to follow me, I’ll direct you to the student council room. I’ve set up an itinerary, the main thing I’ll be having you do today is to shadow the student council members as they do their daily tasks.”

 

No nonsense then? Ken could handle that. “Of course. That would be excellent, I’ll follow your lead.”

 

Niijima nods, turns on her heel, and walks. Ken follows closely behind her, ignoring the questioning glances sent his way. The whispers about why he’s with the student council President. She seems not to care either way, headed straight to the council room.

 

It looked neat inside, with what was clearly the council members already there and waiting. They all perked up when Ken walked in the door, interested.

 

“This is Ken Amada.” Niijima’s already introducing him, gesturing, “He will be a guest of Shujin Academy today, apart of the Student Council Exchange program that allows councils from other schools around the country to interact and learn from each other.”

 

“Nice to meet you.” Ken gives a polite bow.

 

The council all greets him back, each giving their names.

 

Niijima seems pleased, like a happy mother watching her children get along. “Now that we have introductions out of the way, let’s talk about the functions and daily activities of the Shujin Council.”

 

Ken finds a seat next to Nijima’s, settling down and placing his bag at his feet.

 


 

Makoto finds that she likes being a guide for this whole exchange program.

 

The teachers are already aware of what’s happening and the students are all informed by a morning announcement. No one bothers her as she explains the school, the purpose of what happening. Ken is a respectful study, asking questions for clarity when needed and making the tone conversational.

 

“-due to the recent events, the committee has had to redo the budget allocation for the sports clubs.” Makoto is saying, her fingers pointing at the specific spot on the budget sheets that showed the change between having the disbanded track budget feed into the volleyball budget and the recent edits.

 

“I’ve heard all kinds of things about those ‘recent events’ that happened in this school.” Ken says, eyes scanning over the excel sheet. “What exactly happened, because I’ve heard everything from the teacher forcing a student into suicide to breaking a student’s leg.” Ken points to an unmarked category on the budget. “What’s this?”

 

“That’s the leftover funds the clubs and students raise that go to the school festival.” Makoto answers automatically, still trying to find a way to diplomatically answer the first question raised. She thinks on it a moment more, before deciding to go with the truth of the matter.

 

“A teacher was allowed by the school to go unchecked for too long. He was a huge draw for very talented athletes, but treated the athletes around him very poorly.”

 

Makoto thinks of that poor girl, the way she was spread so still on the ground. She could have listened more to the soft protests the whispers of warning, should have listened to the way Sakamoto hissed in pain every time he had to walk up those stairs in his thick brace.

 

“What stopped him?”

 

Makoto looks sharply at Ken, see’s the very careful blankness on his face. He’s clearly fishing for answers, trying to get information out of Makoto in a subtle way. He’s either a brillant gossip, or looking for something very specific. Either way, Makoto is not a fan.

 

“If you wanted to know about the Phantom Thieves you could have just asked.” She says, tone hard.

 

Ken’s body shifts, his whole self now facing Makoto. There’s a defensiveness about the way he holds himself, a steady stance, Makoto’s taken enough martial arts lessons to realize when a person can fight. Ken’s not doing it on purpose, it’s not threatening in any way, he’s simply responding to the tone.

 

“I want to know about the so called Phantom Thieves.” Ken’s tone is still neutral, still casual, but the undertone of seriousness is present. “It wasn’t a coincidence that this school was chosen so last minute to be apart of this whole exchange, I’ve been tasked in getting base information from Shujin Academy and it’s students.”

 

Makoto wasn’t expecting that answer. Wasn’t expecting the blunt way it was laid out. She knew that something was fishy with the way Shujin Academy was chosen so late in the game, especially with Kosei just a district over. She now had the answer. “You’ve also been put on the Phantom Thieves case?”

 

That makes Ken’s stance relax, a brief moment of confusion flitting across his face before it was that careful neutral again. “ Also ? Are you investigating them as well?”

 

Makoto nods. She pushes back from the table and stands. It only takes her a quick minute to find her school bag tucked along the cubbies. Her laptop opens up easily, Makoto finds her notes, her organized documents of research, and places her laptop on the table right in front of Ken.

 

“I’ve spent almost a full week tracking down all the information I could. Here’s all I have on it.”

 

Ken moves closer to the laptop, only for Makoto to block him with an arm.

 

“If I show you this, you tell me why you came all the way from Iwatodai to look into this.”

 

Ken considers it for a moment, before nodding. “I can’t tell you everything, but I can give you and you an overview.”

 

Makoto accepts that offer.

 


 

Akechi dodges another shadow, a flare of wind slicing right behind his back. Akechi’s main goal has been met already, Madarame is on high alert. The shadows are jumping at each other’s throats, the shadow of the man himself has been pacing up and down the museum corridors for the past two hours, howling and screaming about petty thieves and art theft.

 

Akechi hauls himself up on what he can only assume is some kind of priceless modern art, using the delicate stonework to get high enough to kick in a vent on the ceiling.

 

Vents in these cognitive landscapes aren’t always the best way to get around, just as likely to lead to nowhere as they were to get you to safety. Akechi’s just one person, however, and he’s slim enough to wiggle through just about whatever he can reach.

 

It’s undignified, messy , and above all the cowards way to get out of a situation.

 

Akechi wiggles another twenty feet, and uses the butt of his gun to slam open the vent right before him.

 

The vent lead to the gallery room, the one with all the portraits of teenagers, full of paintings of young adults all done up in different art styles. Akechi already knows each name, from the very oldest to the very youngest. Each is a person who knows Madarame’s worst side, each is a person who this man covets for some reason, each is a person who will potentially spill all kinds of secrets about the man.

 

Akechi limps out of the side window he broke to get into this maze of a museum.

 

Before he goes back into the real world, Akechi needs to bandage the slow oozing wound on his side. A lucky shadow had raked its hands across his ribs, catching Akechi just in the wrong spot.

 

The white gaze burns as Akechi wraps his own ribs. The antiseptic medicine makes him wince in pain, it’s a weird twist to yank off the black inky clothes so he can wrap his ribs correctly.

 

The wrapping is not his best job, but it’ll do for now at least. Akechi can make it home, crawl into that shitty bed he calls his own and sleep until school in the morning.

 

The world comes back into focus when Akechi’s a good bit away from the monster museum, hiding his limp, his injury, with practiced poise and grace.

 

The world fades in with a rush of noise, of smells and sounds and feeling . The air in the real world actually moves while there is no wind in the cognitive world, it all feels like an incredibly humid room. The real world has variance and life too it that the cognitive world simply lacks.

 

Akechi makes his way to the station a block down the road. He never bikes to his targets, never wanting to take the chance of not being able to bike back home after a bad stint in the metaverse.

 

The stations crowded after a busy day, people just trying to make it home. Akechi has gotten a half day at school today, giving the principal of his school an excuse from the diet building. The excuse was real, Shido had given the orders, but the signature was forged by Akechi’s hand.

 

Akechi’s standing very still, waiting on his train to come into the station, when he spots an unruly mess of black paired with two blondes.

 

Hmm . Interesting. Akechi has just enough time to interact with them, just enough time to get to the other platform and -

 

“Akechi?”

 

Akechi turns, his attention breaking away from his targets and focusing in on- oh. Wait. Shit. Akechi knows this girl in front of him. He knows he knows this person.

 

“Niijima’s sister?” He guesses. He’s only about sixty percent sure that this is Prosecutor Niijima’s sister, he’s only seen her once or twice around the office when work ran late.

 

She’s nodding, already opening her mouth to say something else when another familiar face catches Akechi’s attention.

 

“The machine was out of grape,” Ken says as he walks up to Niijima’s side with two soft drinks, “so I got you-“

 

“Ken?!”

 

Akechi and Ken both startle. Ken twitches hard, eyes going wide and whole body jumping to attention. Akechi jerks back, before the pain immediately flared in his side so he just ends up a little lopsided.

 

“Do you two know each other?” Niijima’s sister’s looking between them both, a little furrow of confusion in between her neatly manicured eyebrows.

 

“He’s my brother.” Ken says.

 

“He’s a relative.” Akechi says, at the same time.

 

They both have no idea why the other’s even in this station, waiting for a train.

 

Akechi didn’t take this line, had told Ken that his daily routine didn’t run by this side of the city. Ken was meant to be in school in the seaside town of Iwatodai hours away.

 

Oh?” Niijima looks surprised, but after a few glances between them she seems to come to some kind of conclusion on her own. She nods, takes the soft drink Ken had gotten for her from the vending machine and cracks it open.

 

“Oh! Orange is pretty good!” She exclaims, looking down at the drink. “I’ll leave you both now, thank you for coming all this way from Iwatodai Ken, I had a wonderful time meeting you.”

 

“The pleasures mine.” Ken says back to her retreating back, his voice lost to her with the crowd.

 

The two brothers stand awkwardly for a moment. Ken’s not sure what to say, neither is Akechi. The two of them still too new at being actual brothers to one another to be friendly, but social niceties told them they needed to act in a certain way.

 

Ken broke first.

 

“Why are you hurt?” He says to Akechi, gesturing to Akechi’s side.

 

“Why are you in Tokyo?” Akechi shoots back.

 

“A student council exchange program. It’s for the betterment of the leaders of tomorrow-“

 

“Cut the bullshit.” Akechi cuts off Ken’s very convenient excuse. “There is no reason for you to be here. Why are you in Tokyo.”

 

Ken’s not backing down without a fight though. “Why do you have cracked ribs? There is no reason for you to have cracked ribs. What did you do?”

 

“I don’t have cracked ribs. Answer my question.” Akechi stands just a little straighter, as if to prove himself fine. It only makes the pain flare more , but Akechi’s always had an excellent poker face.

 

But Ken has the same face, so it’s not hard for him to see right through the cracks. Ken moves fast, quickly sliding forward.

 

Before Akechi can carefully retreat, Ken’s right by his side. Pressing the cold can hard into the divot of Akechi’s sixth and fifth rib.

 

Fuck! ” Akechi does yank back now, purely on reflex. The pain in his side cripples the movement. Making Akechi wince, arms flying up to curl at his middle as if to protect it.

 

“Looks to me that your ribs might not be cracked, they might be broken .” Ken’s moving again, moving to make up the space between them. Akechi flinches away on principle, not wanting another demonstration of that cold can on twinging ribs. All Ken does is grab ahold of Akechi’s wrist, the fabric of Akechi’s school uniform caught between two fingers.

 

“Come with me.”

 

Ken’s pleading. Looking so much like he did that first day they met. It’s a different kind of want, a different kind of desperation. This was something both of them were unfamiliar with, this familiar dependence. Ken didn’t know whether or not him or his help was wanted, Akechi didn’t know how to ask for anything without having needed to take it first.

 

There is so many questions to ask. Why is Ken in Tokyo? How did Ken know Akechi was hurt? Where could Ken take him to get treated with no questions asked? Could Ken even really be trusted still? Ken could be leading Akechi right to his own death, right to the hands of the people that Akechi’s trying to dismantle with his own hands. This wasn’t a good idea, wasn’t the correct thing to do.

 

But Akechi feels the burn along his ribs where it aches with a bone deep pain. He feels the bruises, the tired wariness in his soul from having to be so incredibly vigilant in every single one of his daily interactions. He thinks about what’s at home for him, the empty one room apartment that’s too cold and too hot at the same time with no food in the fridge. The best thing about going home would be the single painkiller he would be able to take and then sleeping until his alarm woke him up for another meanial day at school.

 

Akechi allows Ken to lead him away, connected to each other by a scrap of fabric between two fingers.

 


 

All it takes is one phone call.

 

“You need to stop taking advantage of this.” Akihiko is saying, already unhooking huge headsets from the back of the pilots chair. “It’s not easy or cheap to fly these you know.”

 

Ken’s pair is orange, his favorite color, and he puts them around his neck while Akihiko is finishing buckling Akechi into the back seat of the helicopter. The ones that Akihiko pushes into Akechi’s hands after he’s secured are just a plain black and white, the extra set that’s kept just in case an actual guest of the Kirijo Group uses the helicopter.

 

“Akihiko, you love flying these.” Ken accuses, “and you’re on the exact same payroll I’m on, I know exactly how cheap you fly for Mitsuru.”

 

Akihiko shrugs, not really having an argument for that. He does like to fly things, helicopters preferably over planes. He’s not her primary pilot, but he’s her number one most trusted right hand man. Akihiko can do just about anything, as long as Mitsuru says he can.  Mitsuru doesn’t pay him at all to take her expensive toys around the country, just demanding rides wherever she wants, whenever she wants.

 

It was hard to deny Mitsuru after all.

 

Especially when she’s paying you rather handsomely to be on call 24/7 for whatever the Kirijo Group wants.

 

(Benefits and downsides. Sometimes Ken’s just collecting money, going to school and getting a check in the mail. Sometimes it’s Ken getting up at three in the morning after going to bed at one because the Kirijo Group decides they need to do endurance testing on persona users in the Colorado Mountains in the middle of winter)

 

Akihiko takes the pilot seat, Ken sits right next to Akechi in the back.

 

“I don’t have an excuse from school tomorrow.” Akechi’s trying to argue, has been arguing this whole time.

 

“You will.” Ken affirms.

 

Ken had taken Akechi from the station to a nice office building. Nicer than Akechi was really used to. Nice enough to have people in the bathroom offer you little mints and warm towels. Ken flashed an ID card, Akechi didn’t see which one, or what kind, and the secretary was suddenly very polite. Akechi had started protesting in the elevator, asking where Ken was taking him and what was happening.

 

Ken had answered by taking out his phone and scrolling through his contacts before dialing.

 

The whole call took the length of the elevator ride, Ken asking Akihiko to come and pick ‘a friend and himself’ up from Tokyo, the express way.

 

“Akihiko’s still in the country.” Ken had explained as he was opening the door to the roof of the building. “If Akihiko’s still in the country I can ask him for favors.”

 

“Who the hell is Akihiko?” Akechi demanded, wrung out and tired and in pain.

 

“An old friend of mine.”

 

And with that, within thirty minutes the helicopter landed on the roof.

 

Now Akechi’s holding tight onto the straps on the ceiling above him, shaking as the streets of Tokyo fly by underneath him. Ken’s half leaning into the pilot area, chatting with Akihiko through the headsets. This helicopter is fast , with open sides that Ken sometimes will lean right out of to point out interesting things. Akechi is glad he’s strapped in bodily, the heavy duty rig keeping his torso secure as Akihiko takes his turns through the densely populated city, breaking free of the high rises into the more industrial part of the city.

 

The ride’s beautiful, the air up here crisp and cold for the early summer months. The towns they fly over get little comments from either Ken-

 

( “We’ve all been to the hot springs here, there’s a mean old lady who runs the inn who hated us. She charged us extra for ‘disgracing our rooms’!)

 

Or Akihiko.

 

(“ Lived on the mountain for about a week when I was in college. I had to come back after the manufacturing plant spilled into the river and made everybody in the town hallucinate.)

 

The landscape changes as it flies by. The sprawling city turns into a more organized suburbia. The green becomes more and more frequent, the houses less and less, appearing in hamlets all bunched together in a divot of the earth. The hills begin to roll, the rice fields start showing up. It’s breathtaking, getting to see all of it laid out so neatly, to see how the old roads wind and twist and curve while newer ones will cut right through.

 

It takes less time than Akechi thought to see the sea. The ocean’s huge, dark blue, and beautiful. The waves crest white as they crash into the rocky volcanic shores, the deep blue of the Pacific Ocean mingles and mixes with the brighter blue of the shallow waters along the coast. Akechi can almost see past the horizon line, and Ken points out small fishing towns that still rake in their lines and nets at the crack of dawn everyday.

 

The town of Iwatodai is a sight. The town is clean, glass buildings all lined in neat, ordered, planned out rows. There’s a small man-made island, that holds the Gekkoukan Schools, connected to the mainland by a walkable bridge.

 

The helicopter lands on a shorter building in the town itself, a street away from the water and tucked away into a corner. It takes the helicopter turning off for Akechi to realize just how loud the vehicle actually was. The relief of taking off the huge, heavy headset is almost palpable, the cold salt air getting at previously covered ears.

 

When Akihiko and Ken help Akechi out of the helicopter a dog’s barking at their feet, Koromaru’s tail is wagging about a hundred miles a minute. The dogs happy to see everyone, butting his head into Ken’s shins. Akechi gets both his feet planted on the ground firmly before looking around more thoroughly.

 

There’s a woman leaning against the door of the roof, shorter in stature and wearing what appears to be doctors scrubs. Her hair is a light color, bleached and dyed sky blue.

 

“Hello, Ken. Hello Akihiko.” She greets them both, and turns bodily to Akechi. “Are you my patient?”

 

“Fuuka, this is Goro-nii. Goro-nii, this is Fuuka.”

 

“Nice to meet you.” Akechi sticks a hand out to shake, not forgetting his manners.

 

“Oh! You’re the big brother we’ve all heard about.” Fuuka returns the handshake, soft smile lighting up her face. “It’s a pleasure to meet you!”

 

That makes Akechi’s ears burn, giving a significant glare to his brother. Ken’s looking red around the ears as well, a blush high on his cheeks. Akihiko elbows Ken, laughing.

 

“Ken and I are going to finish dressing down the ‘copter. You two go on ahead.” Akihiko’s saying. He’s already shoving some kind of duffle into Ken’s waiting hands.

 

Fuuka nods, and gestures for Akechi to follow her as she descends the stairs.

 

The stairways just an access point, so Fuuka has to go down only one floor before she’s opening the door and moving into a hallway. The building looks to be a old fashioned dorm, most of the doors open to show off empty rooms. Beds without bedding and empty closets with doors wide open. The whole building feels like it’s faded with time, full of life once and now just sparsely used. The faded sunshine coming in through curtains that had long since lost their original color, the soft carpet that seemed to sag under its own weight, the smell of a old home. It all was almost washed out, like a wrung out washcloth.

 

It’s in one of these empty rooms that Fuuka’s ducking into, opening the door and holding it open for Akechi to follow her in.

 

This room is one, the only one, that’s clearly lived in, neat flannel sheets tucked up in hospital corners and a desk that’s organized. There’s a dog bed by the nightstand, full of white dog hair, and a cork board on the wall with pinned up letters and things to do. There’s a whiteboard right by the cork board with a calendar written out.

 

It’s clearly Ken’s room, with a laundry hamper filled with orange and yellow shirts and a picture on the desk that had a much younger Ken in the middle of a pack of teenagers.

 

“Sit on the bed. I need to see what you’ve done to yourself.” Fuuka’s already pulling things out of her pockets, laying them on the neat desk. “I got a very brief message while you were on the way over, but I need to know how badly your side has been injured.”

 

Akechi simply sighs, and undoes the school blazer to slip it off his arms. Even with just his undershirt, Fuuka’s already frowning at the white gauze that shows bright under the thin fabric.

 

It’s a struggle to get off the undershirt, but Akechi manages with minimal pain.

 

Fuuka’s face gets a pinched look to it as she immediately goes to those bandages, quick deft fingers catching the end and gently undoing the white gauze.

 

“You’ve wrapped this too tightly.” Her voice is soft as she chastising him, not judgemental but simply reminding.

 

When she reaches the end of the bandage Akechi can hear the little intake of breath Fuuka makes. It’s not a pretty sight, he knows, it’s a decent sized gash with black and blue marks already forming around it. The blood has long since stopped, the only fresh ooze coming from where the scab had been pulled off with the wrap.

 

“What did you do? ” Fuuka’s asking, her voice small and faint as she reaches for a small kit on the desk.

 

“I’m a police detective Miss, my job gets dangerous.” It’s an excuse that’s worked before, on more than one person.

 

Fuuka however doesn't look terribly convinced, she has a little furrow between her brows as she threads a needle.

 

 

Ken’s tired and sweaty after ‘helping Akihiko get the helicopter clean’ turned into a ‘Akihiko wants to playfully spar, survive ’. Koromaru’s panting, having tapped out after a few heavy rounds to sit on the side and commentate with happy barking.

 

Ken pushes the door of his room open, ready to throw himself down and sleep for a week, but stops at the unfamiliar sight.

 

Akechi’s asleep , wearing an old blue shirt that might have been Junpei’s in high school and a pair of flannel pajama pants. Fuuka sits on his desk, sipping tea out of one of the two tea cups and scrolling through her phone.

 

She looks up at the sound of a door opening, before getting off the desk with nary and sound and moving towards the door. She gently places a hand on Ken’s shoulder and directs him to the hallway, closing the door behind him.

 

“His ribs are broken.” She says, matter of factly. “He has at least two fractures, heavy bruising, and a cut I had to sew up, seven stitches.”

 

Yikes .” Ken says under his breath, glancing back at his closed door.

 

“I put a dose of sleeping aid into the tea as I made it, he’ll be out cold for the night, he needed rest. I gave him some of your pjs, I told him they were simply extra but I think he saw through my ruse to try and make him feel better.”

 

Fuuka pauses for a moment, eyes cutting from the door to Ken now, sharp as the scalpels she works with. “He’s a very pleasant boy, Ken.”

 

That means she’s adopted him, she had seen something she liked underneath the exterior that Akechi always portrayed. Fuuka’s always has had a big heart. Her large heart isn’t a weakness though, because Ken knows that if the two half brothers ever do wrong to the other and Fuuka hears about it both Akechi and him are dead where they stand.

 

Thank you, Fuuka.” Ken says, truly thankful. “I know it was your day off, but he really was hurt.”

 

Fuuka laughs, the sound like a silver bell, and waves away Ken’s worries. “I’m happy to help, really, I sometimes feel so bored up in that hospital all day. This was a nice break, to get to see you and Akihiko, to meet your family.”

 

Ken goes red around the ears again, looking away and at the floor at Fuuka’s words.

 

“I was even thinking of speeding up the healing,” Fuuka’s still got laughter in her eyes, “it’s been so long since I’ve used my persona after all.”

 

Ken does snort at her joke, just a single bark of laughter. Fuuka worked in a hospital as a doctor, she did surgery for a living, it wasn’t uncommon for her to use her persona at the end of the day and just send a few ‘ media ’ spells at the people who needed them the most. She was an excellent doctor, but her patients always remembered her for their quick recovery times.

 

She rolls her eyes at Ken trying to retain his laughter, and pats his shoulder. “I’ll go downstairs to summon it, don’t want to wake my patient up before eight hours after all. Take good care of him tomorrow, he should be able to go to school the day after.”

 

Ken nods, that makes sense. “If things go terribly wrong I always have Samarecarm .”

 

Fuuka laughs, “ Morbid Ken.”

 

Ken simply shrugs, it was true. It wouldn’t be the first time one of them had yanked somebody back from just beyond the brink. Samarecarm was a very useful persona ability.

 

Fuuka gives one final pat, moving to go down the stairwell. “Take a shower and go to bed Ken, you’re on patient duty tomorrow.”

 

Ken sticks his tongue out at her, getting a eye roll and a laugh in return.

Notes:

hey remember when this was just for fun?

yeah neither do i

Chapter 5

Notes:

it,,, the fic,,, is 50 pages,,, oh my god

Chapter Text

 

 

If we do not maintain justice, justice will not maintain us. 

 


 

 

Akechi wakes up feeling the best he’s felt in years .

 

The bed’s soft, warm heavy blankets weigh down his weary bones and the softest shirt he’s ever worn. The sunlight streams through faded blue curtains, the smells of something delicious comes in and is what ultimately wakes Akechi up. It’s a beautiful morning.

 

Immediately Akechi sits straight up.

 

High alert, what’s going on? Where is he? Who’s room is this? Why is everything so fucking soft. Why is everything so fucking warm. Who is in here with him?

 

Koromaru huffs from the foot of the bed, woken up by Akechi’s movement, and it all comes rushing back. The cognitive museum, the injury, the goddamned helicopter ride.

 

Well, Akechi now knew how Ken was able to get to Tokyo so quickly when he wanted to. Apparently working for one of the largest corporations in the world had some benefits.

 

But why was Ken working for the Kirijo Group? What the hell? How did a high schooler like Ken have access to all of the things that he had access too?

 

Akechi gets out of the most comfortable bed he’s ever spent the night in and folds the sheets back as best he can while a dog sits perfectly still at the foot. Now that Akechi’s awake and it’s the light of day, he gets his first real good actual look at Ken’s dorm room. It can’t be anything other than Ken’s, with the orange hoodie that had worn elastic on the sleeves hung up behind the door and a picture of Ken and Koromaru pined carefully to the corkboard. The rug on the floor is an ugly blue green, and there’s a shelf that has long since been filled past its max capacity.

 

The books are all things for school, there's only a few ones for pleasure reading down at the end by the window. Akechi’s not above snooping, he is a detective after all, and so it takes him no time at all to case this room like a crime scene. Koromaru’s got one lazy eye trained on Akechi has he roams around the room, the dog ever watchful for his master.

 

The desk just is normal, revealing a laptop that Akechi doesn't have the time to go through. The books are all normal. The closet just holds normal clothes, taped up boxes labeled with things like ‘Shinjiro’s’ and ‘Old Things’. The only thing strange about the closet was how clean it was for a teenage boy living on his own. The TV just had a single game system on it with a DVD player tucked behind it, a small collection of games and movies on the shelf right below.

 

Akechi’s running out of places to look.

 

He sighs, and prays a moment to not find anything too weird.

 

Underneath the bed was surprisingly baren, clean. The only thing that’s underneath the bed is a long container that has small roller wheels. There is nothing of the more … traditional skeezy variety. Thank god.  The container is half transparent, so Akechi can tell that it holds what look to be dowels? Long sticks? The underneath is too clean, this container must be pulled out pretty often. It’s an easy reach to grab and pull the container out, its surprisingly heavy as Akechi drags it out. Whatever’s inside is made of metal, clanking around as Akechi moves it to the light. The container had snaps that keep the lid on, and it takes Akechi less than five seconds to figure out how to get the lid off.

 

Wow.

 

Subjectively weirder than porno mags, and with way less explanation as to why it’s underneath a bed.

 

Spears.

 

Spears of all kinds of shape and size. Sharp, the gleam of the blades deadly in the morning light. The spears have worn fingerprints into the leather-bound handels, each blade was very carefully constructed from high quality stuff, these aren't the kinds of spears used in traditional dances, these spears are weapons . They’ve been used and loved for a long time, Akechi can tell that much from the way it looks like Ken’s handprints have moulded themselves into each one. Akechi doesn't know why the hell Ken chose a spear of all things to have hidden away like this, clearly used and well loved, and frankly it just brings up more question than answers.

 

Akechi puts the lid back on, and slides the weapons back underneath the bed where they belong.

 

Akechi pulls himself back up, halfway through the motion he looks and sees Koromaru’s very unimpressed face.

 

Is, is the dog giving him an disgusted look? Are dogs even capable of judging people? Koromaru sure as hell was giving him a judging look.

 

“Piss off dog, I’m investigating .”

 

Koromaru rolls his eyes and gives out a huff, standing up to stretch.

 

Koromaru hops of the bed and strolls to the door, opening it with a scratch of claws.

 

The smell of food comes stronger now with the door open, the sound of a person moving through the kitchen and a radio playing low. Akechi follows the dog out of the room to see Koromaru had waited for him at the end of the stairs, impatiently tapping his tail.

 

Akechi follows Koromaru downwards to the bottom floor, to the large kitchen that's just off the large common area.

 

There really is no other people in this whole place, not a soul was living here besides Ken and Koromaru. The couch only had one spot that was worn, the one right beside it filled with dog hair. The whole space was practically dead besides from the spots of life that Ken clearly used often.

 

It seemed very lonely.

 

Living all alone in a building like this.

 

Ken’s in the kitchen, he’s scrambling eggs and listening along to a bluetooth speaker that he’s placed on the counter. The rice in the cooker is already done, it’s just Ken making the eggs and veggies now. Ken turns when Akechi steps on the bottom step, a creak alerting Ken that people are walking down the stairs.

 

“Oh!” Ken smiles, almost a real smile, and turns back to the cooking. “I’m just finishing up here, breakfast will be ready shortly. I usually just eat in the living room or my own dorm, but you can sit wherever you want to.”

 

Akechi nods. “Thank you.”

 

The two of them end up sitting on the couch together, eating quietly as the music from the speaker continues to play. Koromaru’s sitting at their feet, sitting against Ken’s shins and lazily begging for food occasionally. Ken never gave the old dog any, insisting that Koromaru couldn’t have human food. Akechi only gave up half an egg to the dog’s puppy-dog eyes, sneaking the food to Koromaru when Ken wasn’t looking. If the old dog hadn’t judged him earlier then he might have gotten more.

 

Akechi finishes up the food, placing the chopsticks down. “Ken. May I ask, how am I going to explain to my school why I am not there today?”

 

Ken looks up mid-chew, chopsticks still in his mouth. It takes a second, but Ken swallows and puts his own utensils down. “I’m getting an excuse from Fuuka, for your ribs.”

 

“My ribs that don’t hurt anymore.” Akechi brings up that point. “Healed, almost magically , overnight.”

 

Ken simply raises an eyebrow.

 

“What kind of painkillers did you give to me?” Akechi asks. If he has to go back to the pain of broken ribs after this kind of brief respite then he’ll actually might beg for that kind of medicine again, for more trips into the metaverse in the future.

 

“Normal ones, don’t worry. Fuuka just gave you regular ibuprofen.” Ken takes his plate and stands up, going to go put it into the sink. Ken holds a hand out, gesturing to Akechi’s plate. Akechi hands over the dirty dish and trails after Ken as he heads into the kitchen.

 

“I’ve taken regular ibuprofen before, and I am happy to inform you that what I took from Fuuka was not the normal dose.” Akechi knows that he could down double the dose of those over the counter painkillers and those things not even put a dent into the throbbing burn.

 

“So this has happened before?” Ken asks, pausing in pouring soap over the dishes to allow them to soak. “You getting hurt like this?”

 

Akechi’s eyes narrow, unhappy that Ken picked up on something that he should not have. “What’s it to you? It doesn't interfere with what I do, why does it matter?”

 

“I'm your brother.” Ken says, turning to face Akechi more wholly. “It’s natural for me to worry about you, and your goddamn broken ribs-

 

“They were not broken .” Akechi grabs at the place where the gash has been wrapped up nicely. “I am walking around, standing straight without pain, My ribs are fine.

 

Something in Akechi breaks, something emotionally that's built up to far and just is bubbling under his skin.

 

Nobody was nice to Akechi. Nobody offered their bed, nobody offered their home, their food. Akechi was a terrible person who did terrible things, he broke people to get to where he was. He broke their minds into shatters and was not regretful about it. Every single person that he killed helped Akechi claw and bite and fight his way to where he was not. Not a single person before let Akechi sleep late and eat casually on the couch and call their doctor friend to help out Akechi when he’s injured. Akechi was used to fighting on his own terms, patching himself up and holding himself strong and steady.

 

Akechi didn’t need Ken.

 

Ken was just another fucking headache that got added onto Akechi’s life.

 

Akechi could live perfectly fine how he’s been living. He has survived everything the metaverse threw at him. He’s put his own insides back after battles that he couldn't win, Akechi’s stitched himself back together and smiled the next day at an interview. This kindness was not meant for a person like him, this kind of dependency made a person weak.

 

Akechi was many things, but he was not weak .

 

“I’m not your brother, either. We’ve known each other for a month. I’ve lived eighteen fucking years without you in my life. I’m not going to be swayed to your side simply because you’re nice to me. I don’t need this. I don’t need you.”

 

Akechi’s hands grip hard on the counter. He’s desperately trying to stuff the overflowing emotions back into the depths of his chest, trying to contain Robin Hood’s hands pounding at his recently patched together ribs, trying to keep Loki from tearing out his heart and ripping it to shreds.

 

It’s hard . Akechi’s so fucking tired. He just wants to continue to sleep, forever, in a bed that was as warm as the one he woke up in. Akechi wants to rely on the people around him like Ken does, but who does he have around him besides the barest scrapes of relationships with people who only tolerate him because he’s built his entire reputation on lies. Akechi’s so used to the masks that he wears in everyday conversation that when the mask cracks too many things rush out at once.

 

“I know you don’t need me.”

 

Akechi looks up sharply at that, sees Ken’s jaw go into a hard line as his brother’s shoulders go stiff.

 

“I know you and me haven’t known each other long. I know that our whole relationship is built on a single man. I know that I don’t know how this whole sibling thing is meant to work.” Ken looks away, hiding in his long bangs and his hands going to worry at the elastic at the wrist of his shirt sleeves. “But damn it, Goro, I’m trying .”

 

Akechi’s first thought, the first thing that gets brought unbidden to his mind is ‘ don’t, I’m not worth your effort’ That thought gets strangled quickly enough, Akechi trying desperately to put all the emotions spilling out from a moment of weakness back into the ridged places they belong.

 

“I don’t know what you’re thinking, I’m not a mind reader. But I know that I don’t have anyone that I can call family anymore and I think you’re in the same boat. We don’t have to be perfect siblings Goro, but can we at least try and get somewhere where we’re both comfortable? I don’t know how much I can trust you, I don’t know how much I can ask of you, but I want you to trust me, and I want you to be comfortable asking things of me.” Ken looks Akechi in the eye now, determined. “I know we’re not full brothers, but I don’t want to lose the little bit of family I have left.”

 

Silence.

 

Ken and Akechi stand in the kitchen of a dorm that’s too large for just the two of them simply staring at each other. Ken’s eyes have a watery buildup of unshed tears of frustration . Akechi’s just waiting for the point that the screaming starts, where Ken’s frustration leads to Akechi being kicked out and left to his own devices again. Ken’s shoulders are shaking with the rolling emotions, Akechi’s not much better, still holding onto his middle like maybe he can soften the blow that he knows is going to come eventually.

 

Family only caused pain, in the end. Akechi’s family destroyed him. They tore him up and spat him back out at the absolute rock bottom. Akechi had no money, still doesn't have any, he had no name, no way to live . Family was a terrible thing that only tore at him, drained him of all the hope he once had. Akechi loved his mother dearly and he found her hanging in their apartment. Akechi wanted to love his father but Shido immediately disregarded and brushed off the child that was legally his. Akechi couldn’t put his trust, his heart, into a brother that would betray him. Akechi couldn't put his trust into a brother that worked for an organization that was surrounded in more questions than answers.

 

Ken was shrouded in mystery. Akechi knew Ken on only the most base level. They talked about nothing most of the time, things only about as deep as the weather or what occured in their day. They didn’t trust one another, not at all. Ken had his secrets, had friends in high places and a secret hidden spear collection under his bed. Ken could snap his fingers and people would do things. Akechi, well, Akechi had killed people.Akechi could use a persona and go into people's minds like the deadliest kind of scalpel and make them cause accidents that disrupted and caused terror.  

 

Akechi wasn’t going to admit that to Ken, and that was the problem. To get more information on Ken Akechi would need to give something away. Akechi and Ken had the same kind of mind, they would never give away something that they wouldn't get in return with added interest. The two of them needed to give something, and they each knew that they wouldn’t do that.

 

It was an impasse. Ken and Akechi both knew this.

 

“I’m sorry.” Akechi says, finally, after a silence that lasted far too long.

 

Ken sighs. “Yeah. Me too.”

 


 

Akechi changes into the clothes he wore yesterday. Ken had run them through the small washer and dryer that the dorm had. The unfamiliar detergent was soft and smelt like green apples, Akechi found himself enjoying the smell.

 

The shower was a stall based kind of system, with plenty of hot water to waste and a basket full of various shampoos and conditioners and body washes. The whole basket was clearly shampoos and conditioners from other people that got thrown into a huge mix. Ken didn’t seem to really have strong feelings towards one kind of soap or another.

 

The bandages have to come off for the shower, and Akechi’s careful when he unwraps them. He’s not looking forward to see the injury, but he’ll have to try and keep it relatively dry if he doesn't want it to get infected.

 

Akechi takes a deep breath and looks down at his ribs.

 

Well.

 

That's not right.

 

Well okay, the skin does look right, and that's the problem.

 

There is no bruise, no discoloration or pain. The large gash that was there last night now is just a soft scab, almost looking ready to fall off and reveal the soft new pink skin of a scar underneath. This wasn’t right. Injuries like the one Akechi had didn’t just heal overnight. The kind of hit that Akechi took normally took about a week before Akechi stopped feeling the need to cry when he moved, let alone heal this far.

 

What the hell had Fuuka done to him?

 


 

“A car’s going to come for us around three.” Ken informs when Akechi strolls into the living area of the dorm after his long shower, “I’ll be headed to Tokyo alongside you.”

 

“No helicopter this time?” Akechi asks, curious.

“Sadly no, Akihiko is leaving the country again tomorrow, and he’s not avalible to give us rides. Ken sighs, “He’ll come back soon though, so that’ll be fun to see what kind of souvenir he brings back.”

 

This is the kind of small talk they usually did, this kind of base level back and forth. Akechi knew it, Ken knew it. Both of them wanted to get further than this, but was unsure how .

 

An uncomfortable silence hangs over the living room, Ken’s hand threading through Koromaru’s soft fur while Akechi tries not to fiddle with the things around him. Ken looks distinctly uncomfortable, unsure of what to do next. Akechi debates it for a second, before deciding to reach out with an olive branch.

 

“What did Miss. Fuuka do to me?”

 

Ken startles, his hand diggs a little deeper into Koromaru’s fur. Ken’s eyes widen, look away for only half a second, before something makes Ken’s shoulders square up in a kind of firm realization. “She healed you. To the best of her ability. The Kirijo Group has her looking into medicine like that, to help people get back on their feet faster. I asked if she could help you, and she could.”

 

Akechi knows that what Ken just said was a lie, but it was only a partial one. There was truth in that statement however, and that was a good enough start.

Chapter Text

Justice is the constant and perpetual will to allot to every man his due. 

 

"What was that place?" Yusuke asked, eyes wide and legs shaky as he looks up at the people around him.

 

" That , that was something we need to discuss over dinner." Akira says, hauling Yusuke up and steadying him as the tall artist got his feet back from under him.

 

Yusuke nods, accepting that, "Yes, of course"

 

The place they go is someplace simple, someplace close. The restaurant wasn't full yet, but it wasn't incredibly busy either, it was the perfect kind of place to relax and fade into the background. Yusuke sits right next to Akira, still a little dazed, and Ryuji and Ann sit next to one another on the opposite side, ready to back Akira up if he needs it.

 

They explain to Yusuke about the metaverse, they tell him about what the Phantom Thieves were doing, about their crusade to change the hearts of people who desperately need the change of heart that the Phantom Thieves give out.

 

They ask Yusuke to join them, ask him to be apart of their fledgling team, and he looks at the three of them, the four of them as he looks at Morgana and realizes that this cat was the same one that was apart of their team-up in the metaverse against the shadows that Yusuke had to desperately run from in the beginning. The shadows that Yusuke had to dodge desperately before he got his own power, before he felt his fingertips freeze and the icy power burn within his core and he summoned the deepest part of himself and fought desperately against his sensei.

 

Yusuke agrees, desperate to find out why the man who raised him said such horrible things to him.

 

Akira, Ann, and Ryuji shake on it, welcoming Yusuke to the team.

 


 

The calling card to Madarame goes viral, as it does when they post it everywhere around a famous art exhibit, when the Phansite displays it loud and proud on the homepage. The internet goes wild, they speculate, they ask questions, they want to know whos going to win this fight.

 

The correct answer to the bet between the two warring parties was the Phantom Thieves, as they took that painting right from Madarame's soul and displayed it proudly on the empty wall in a soft coffee shop on a forgotten backstreet in Tokyo. But of course most people don’t know that fact.

 

The internet explodes again, asking questions that they demand answers too, they want to know. They want to know how, why, and mostly who .

 

Akechi watches, as Madarame gets put into prison, the single child under his care gets a single check that goes into a bank account that the child artist can't touch until he turns eighteen and disappears back into the crowd. Yusuke Kitagawa is someone that Akechi knows about, how could he not ? He's studied up on Madarame, he's seen the horrible paintings up on the walls Madarame's museum of greed. He took notes on all the faces and names he saw plastered up there as 'properties' and 'masterpieces' and he's looked into every single one of them.

 

Kitagawa is the artist that stood out the most because of how long he had been in Madarame’s care.

 

The Phantom Thieves popularity shoots up, because they unveiled a person that did horrible terrible things and of course Akechi gets backlash . Akechi see’s new comments on his food blog about how terrible he was, how awful his hateful comments were, how Akechi should die .

 

Akechi simply moves on, deletes those comments, and continues onwards like he always had.

 

Akechi catches sight of the suspected leader of the Phantom Thieves, a Mr. Akira Kurusu, chatting casually at the trainstation with the skinny artist who had been caught up with the whole debacle. The two of them are smiling, chatting, and Kitagawa is much too close. He’s waving his arms and talking about something Akechi can’t hear.

 

Akechi moves closer, trying to be within earshot without being seen.

 

“-the shadows have caused a great deal of inspiration!” Kitagawa is saying as Kurusu’s laughing. “I think all of our individual persona’s are something I would love to draw one day-!”  

 

Akechi moves away, because now he knows that Kitagawa is in on it, that the Phantom Thieves are who he thinks they are and that they are actively recruiting .

 

Akechi catches his train, all the while with a smile on his face.

 


 

You’re in a good mood today, Goro-nii”

 

Oh? Am I?

 

You haven’t told me to shut up once today! ٩(●ᴗ●)۶”

 

“Is ,,, is that how you judge my mood?”

 

Akechi frowns, cocking his head tapping his finger twice on his desk as the lunch break continues on. Ken and himself had been texting most of the day, talking about things deeper than just the weather for once.

 

(⌒▽⌒) lmao  I can read the tone of ur texts most of the time. When you tell me to shut up it's usually because im getting on your nerves.”

 

Akechi gives it to Ken then, sometimes Ken does get on his nerves. Ken’s moods range wildly from trying to hard to be happy to radio silence when he’s mad. Akechi’s not a fan of it when Ken’s clearly not happy but trying to put on the air of being happy, and it just makes Akechi irritated and they both spiral into a horrible mood.

 

I’ve gotten a breakthrough in my case.”

 

That’s close enough to the truth for Ken and his new ‘honestly clause’ of this shaky foundation that might be friendship.

 

Tell me about it? Is it the Phantom Thieves case?”

 

The teacher calls for the classes attention, the break is over. Get back to your seats students it’s time to be quiet.

 

Akechi’s hands type out ‘ yes’ before his brain catches up to him and deletes the message. He shouldn’t tell Ken about this, he doesn't have any real evidence to back him up yet, all he has is vague ideas and hunches and a world that shouldn’t exist .

 

Akechi has no real way to explain to Ken how he knows who the Phantom Thieves are without making Ken think Akechi’s lying to him and making up this whole huge bullshit story just to get out of telling the truth. So now there's a conundrum.

 

Should Akechi tell Ken where he thinks the Phantom Thieves are? But he has nothing to back that up either, besides a vague idea he’s already shared with the general public. The whole public is looking at Shujin Academy students with a critical eye and a judgemental tone.

 

I don’t think I can share that with you just yet.”

 

The teacher has a pause in their speech that makes Akechi look up and slip his phone back into his desk. The teacher’s looking at him with a sharp side glare, like he knows that Akechi is breaking the rules but he can’t actually pin him yet.

 

Akechi mentally apologizes for the way that conversation ended, and goes back to paying attention to a class he already knew everything in already.

 


 

The office that Shido works in is high class.

 

High enough class to make Akechi’s skin crawl. It’s fake in how amazingly dripping with wealth an office like this was. The man himself was in a meeting, but he had requested Akechi to be in his office to talk with after school that day, to be there at seven thirty sharp so that Shido could squeeze talking to Akechi in between two meetings as he stops by his office for ten minutes. Akechi had gotten here early because he had hoped that he wouldn’t miss the office’s free assortment of fancy little lunchtime snacks, but alas that hope was in vain. It was too late, and now Akechi was a whole ten minutes early to a meeting he didn’t want to actually have.

 

The only person who’s keeping him company is Shido’s secretary, a nice man whose hair went grey early and whose hands shake as he files away paperwork. He reminds Akechi of that nice woman at the police office, the main desk worker who’s hair is the same shade, who has the tendency to wear the same color blue, and whose eyes are just on that eerie edge of yellow.

 

The secretary, oh goodness what was his name again? Something with a T?, had looked at Akechi as he walked in and saw how Akechi’s eyes lingered on that basket that had all the lunchtime snacks. The secretary had pulled out candy that was always hidden behind his desk, the same kind of candy that the woman at the police station had, with the white base and the blue circle in the middle, and he had offered Akechi one.

 

Akechi unwrapped the candy slowly, thanking the man the entire time, and popped the candy in his mouth.

 

Shido walks into his office not a moment later, barking at someone behind him as a group of people scurry away. He's clearly not in a super good mood, the vein in his forehead is throbbing and his whole face is a ruddy red color. Shido is pissed .

 

“My whole operation is in jeopardy” Shido faces Akechi with a fury, his tone is low and sharp, ready to attack. “This Phantom Thieves business is bad for my business.”

 

Akechi says nothing, continuing to suck on the candy and watches as his father fumes around his office, pacing around and looking all the world like a caged animal ready to pounce.

 

“I need everything tightened up, I need the contact everyone I have under me and I need to keep this ship running smoothly and shit like this messes up the whole operation!” Shido finally sits down after pacing the office twice, nearly throwing himself into the too nice office chair.

 

Shido’s silently fuming, and clearly isn’t going to continue this conversation, so Akechi raises on eyebrow and asks, “Is this you asking me to get rid of the Phantom Thieves?”

 

Shido exhales loudly, his fingers clenching so hard on the desk that Akechi thinks he can see the indent that his fingers leave. The man’s mad, yes, but he’s always calculating, he’s always thinking, he’s always trying to stay eight steps ahead of his opponents.

 

“Not yet .” Shido hisses, eyes unfocused as if he can see the chessboard laid out in front of him instead of just picturing it perfectly in his mind. “I can still use those pesky fucking thieves for something .”

 

Akechi hums non-committedly, knowing that his father will most likely wait until he can use the Phantom Thieves to be the scapegoat for something later, sometime later when Akechi can twist some evidence around to his favor and present it to the public in a pretty package.

 

“I need you ,” Shido’s pulling out a pen from his top drawer, yanking his notepad down, “to keep tabs on the looser ends of the ship I’m running. I need everything to be perfect, I can’t allow things to go haywire this late in the game.”

 

Akechi holds out his hand, and Shido slams the paper down so forcefully that Akechi can feel the creak of his bones in his wrist. Akechi doesn't like Shido see him wince though, doesn't let Shido see that Akechi got hurt because of him, because all Shido will do is take the anger he’s feeling right now and hurt the people around him.

 

The piece of paper in his hand is just a list of names.

 

“Check up on every single one of those people, kill them if they step one toe out of line.”

 

Akechi feels the candy in his mouth finally dissolves, and stands.

 

“Of course. I’ll get right on that.” Akechi agrees, eyes still looking over the names.

 

It’s not until Akechi’s almost to the door that Shido says, “Wait one moment, actually.”

 

Akechi does, pausing for a second near the silent secretary.

 

“My backers have been fluctuating recently because of the very vocal lack of support from the Kirijo Group. I need dirt on that company, on the CEO, on anyone I can. Get that company either on my side or silent. Understand?”

 

Akechi cocks his head, looking back over his shoulder and narrowing his eyes. “We’ve already tried that before. Kirijo doesn't have a metaverse location I can infiltrate.”

 

“I don’t care how you get what I need. I just need you to do it, I will not take no for an answer.” With that, Shido focused his attention back onto the once neat paperwork on his desk.

 

Well.

 

Kirijo Group? Akechi guesses that’s convenient enough for him. Akechi was planning on looking more into that group anyway. He’s actually planning on interrogating the two known connections to the group that he has recently been made aware of. He knows that he’s going to work on friday, skipping school with a smile and a wave at the faculty because they all know that he’s only attending classes for something to do during the day.

 

Akechi needs more information on Ken, on the Kirijo Group and he’s going to get it, one way or another this time. He doesn't have to brute force his way into trying to find something this time, he’s not on the outside looking into an impenetrable fortress, he’s managed to slip his way inside to smile at the guards around him and ask just the right questions.

 

He just needs to find the right combination of questions to ask, doesn't he?

 


 

Akechi’s school is really going to be the death of him. He barely hangs around here for a reason, he hates the people around him and he think’s the teachers don’t even bother with him anymore. Akechi’s shown them about the same amount of respect they show him.

 

He’s debating skipping English and just citing police work as the reason he desperately needed to not be here right now, but that required actually calling into work and asking to get a note excusing him from school.  

 

The only real break in his day was texting, sadly.

 

Akechi hated the fact that the buzzing of his phone was the thing he looked forward to the most during these long school days. It used to be that Akechi could pay attention in class, could manage to actually look like he gave a shit, but now that he has a single distraction he’s found just how hard it is to pay attention.

 

I have training with Yukari today, ugh, I’m gonna be tired when I finally get back to dorm later.”

 

What kind of training? Soccer?”

 

\(・∀・) You know I do soccer? Lmao! Nah I do traditional spear handling every other day, yeah i know, an old man sport,,, (;´Д`)”

 

Akechi thinks back, that explains the whole armory under his bed. It’s not something that’s really easy to get into however, and it's a strange habit to just take up. Ken was right, it was something that you saw older students get into, people really ingrained in tradition.

 

How’d you get into that? Are you in kendo?”

 

I can’t handle a sword for my life lmao. I’ve been using a spear since I was little, took it up in elementary school.”



Akechi thinks back to the picture on the desk in Ken’s room, of a small Ken surrounded by people older than him, all wearing the same arm band.

 

Ken’s past is still a fuzzed out grey mystery to Akechi, there’s aspects of it that Akechi does know but most of the finer details have been obscured by non-answers and straight up lies sometimes, but Akechi’s done the same thing more than once. Avoided Ken wanting to know too much about him.

 

But Akechi is very tired, and it’s always much easier to tell the truth anyway.

 

So Akechi simply continues on with the conversation, and ignores the little dark voice in his heart that tells him not to let anyone know anything about him.

 


 

Akechi walks into the police station, his briefcase is full of notes on the case that’s being discussed around the office, as well as his personal notes on other cases that are being investigated. His school uniform gathers no attention now, as Akechi’s a common sight around here at the time on fridays. It’s raining outside today, so the umbrella gets stashed with all the others at the front desk with the nice secretary, who offers him some candy.

 

Akechi thanks her, and unwraps the candy (the white kind, with the blue circle) in the elevator. He pops the candy in his mouth when the elevator opens again and lets in a group of officers who just got in from the day shift of the streets.

 

These guys are mostly meter cops, and they’re incredibly nice as they recognize Akechi and ask how his day is going. The four of them chat a little more about how absolute dreary this kind of weather was, really, before the officers get off at a different floor.

 

The floor that Akechi gets off at is just a floor above the regular officers, the true investigative unit.

 

Akechi makes a beeline for Shirogane's office, going there to drop off his things before finding Niijima somewhere in the depths of the prosecution offices and talking with her about the Phantom Thieves case. Since Akechi wasn’t actually a hired detective yet (think more along the lines of an incredibly well respected intern), he didn’t have his own operating space, and had to share with the people who actually worked full time here.

 

Shirogane was in her office, typing something up on her computer when Akechi walked in.

 

She looks up at the sound of the door opening, and her alert posture goes into a more lax one. “Hello Akechi, doing well?”

 

Akechi nods, “First time I’ve seen you around in a while, been away?”

 

Shirogane huffs, her hands pausing over the keys and running through her short-cut hair. “I’ve been running around for the past couple of days, an old friend wanted case files from a cold case from years ago so I had to go around trying to collect them all.”

 

Akechi remembers his first foray into the field, pouring himself over case after case trying to find how the detectives did what they did and how Akechi himself could do better . It was miserable work, going back on old files and looking over everything from a position of hindsight. It's always a game of ‘what if’s’ and ‘maybes’.

 

Shirogane leans on her hands now, smiling. “Oh Akechi, it wasn’t that bad don’t make that face.”

 

“I have no idea what you’re talking about.” Akechi says, gracefully placing his things behind the desk on the extra table that he always placed it.

 

Shirogane laughs, and gets up. “I’m going to take a quick break from this write-up to bug Yosuke into getting me some coffee from the vending machine. Want to come with me?”

 

Akechi thinks about it for a moment, before nodding. He’s always down to get food, and he knows from previous experience that Hanamura has a terrible tendency to simply pay for his friends meals. Shirogane once remarked that it was ‘an old habit’ of his, but Akechi simply took it at face value and accepted the food that Hanamura pushed into his hands occasionally.

 

The department has a decent amount of people milling around, moving from place to place and getting things done. Shirogane waves at a few people, giving baseline greetings as she moved to the stairs.

 

The forensic lab was lower in the building, and walking down the stairs is much nicer than having to walk up them. Shirogane’s quick on her feet, talking and walking at the same time. Akechi has long legs, but even with his height advantage it’s a struggle to keep up with her sometimes.

 

“So, what did you get up too while I was gone?” She’s asking him, taking the stairs almost two at a time.

 

“Nothing much,” Akechi answers honestly, “I’ve shadowed Sae Niijima on a few forays into questioning the people who have interacted with the Phantom Thieves, but sadly that’s a case that’s not going anywhere fast.”

 

The forensic lab needs a card to get into, and Shirogane swipes hers while she’s turning to give Akechi a disbelieving eyebrow. “ The Sae Niijima has nothing to show for her questioning of criminals? She’s usually so persuasive in getting them to give up the act.”

 

Akechi shrugs, “The two ‘victims’ of the Phantom Thieves say that they honestly don’t remember any interaction with the group.”

 

Shirogane turns forward again, and Akechi can tell that she still has questions rattling around in that head of hers.

 

Yosuke Hanamura was in his own office when the two of them knock and enter. His feet are on his desk and he’s on his phone, tapping away at some game.

 

“Yousuke, what are you doing?” Shirogane asks, voice flat.

 

Hanamura doesn't even take his feet off the desk, he just flashes Shirogane the game he was playing on his phone and gets right back to it. “I’m playing Yu in a mobile game while I wait for my results to get back. I’m winning.”

 

Shirogane walks over to him and yanks his feet off his desk.

 

Hanamura laughs, and clicks off of his game. “What can I do ya for Naoto, Akechi.”

 

“Come and get coffee with us?” Shirogane asks, already reaching to pull Hanamura up from his chair. Hanamura goes up with her pulling, following her lead and then pretending to let gravity take a hold of him and lean heavily on his much shorter friend. Shirogane punches him once, hard, in the kidneys and he gives a truly impressive death rattle as he actually stumbles.

 

The three leave the cramped office, Hanamura rubbing at his sore back as Shirogane strolls happily by his side.

 

The breakroom down in forensics is acknowledged to be better than the one that the police officers get in the upper floors, as the vending machines down here actually have drinks with so much caffeine it’ll stop your heart. Hanamura once said it was because forensic scientists  already are immune to the effects of coffee because of their college days. Akechi’s sure it’s because one of the other people down here bribes the delivery guy.

 

Hanamura goes to the vending machine, and asks what the other two want.

 

Shirogane tells him, and sits down in the break room chairs. Akechi takes a moment to look over the options and points out the coffee he would like.

 

“So, Akechi, are you investigating the Phantom Thieves? How’d you get put on a case like that?” Shirogane asks, leaning on the table.

 

“I’m just shadowing the main investigative head,” Akechi smiles, “I’m just more vocal about it.”

 

“That sounds cool.” Hanamura puts the drinks down in front of them and sits, collapsing into the chair to the right of Akechi. “I’m stuck on this stupid almond case, they have so much evidence to get through that it’s frankly ridiculous.”

 

Akechi opens his cold coffee at the same time Shirogane cracks open her soda.

 

“I’m just glad that I’m not on the most recent debacle, the robbery with all the car mix ups?” Shirogane starts telling the other two of that case, and how it ended up with about four different people getting their cars wrecked in a parking garage.

 

The atmosphere around the three of them is relaxed, easy coworkers just telling the others how their days have gone and which is the most recent aggression that they’ve experienced in the workplace. Shirogane has her feet propped on the feet of her chair, on the bar between the front legs, and Hanamura’s elbows are drifting closer to Akechi’s space, but their all comfortable. The conversation maybe lasts five or six minutes before Akechi’s phone buzzes and he instinctively checks it.

 

Its Ken, who’s sent him a picture of Koromaru dressed in a soft orange hoodie and sitting respectfully at the steps of a shrine.

 

“Oh?” Hanamura’s tone goes from relaxed and easy to teasing in an instant. “Does Akechi got a girl?”

 

The fact is so laughable that Akechi does actually let loose a snort before he gets himself under control again. He shows the two at the table the picture he was just sent.

 

They both lean in eagerly to take a look, and the flash of surprise that goes across both of their faces makes Akechi confused for a brief moment before Hanamura squints and asks, “Is that Koromaru ?”

 

They both worked closely with the Kirijo group recently, Ken had met them and taken a picture with Shirogane to prove it. But this was Koromaru, Ken’s dog . They shouldn’t recnogize a dog of an intern.

 

Should they?

 

“Yes. My brother’s dog.” Akechi turns his phone back to face him and begins to look through all the photos that Ken’s sent him and selects one that shows both Ken and Koromaru’s face, smiling happily at the camera.

 

He shows it to both Hanamura and Shirogane, looking for a reaction.

 

They both clearly know Ken. They seem surprised at the photo however, so they clearly don’t know Ken as well as they know each other. Hanamura seems more uncaring about Ken than Shirogane does, Akechi see’s the way her brow twitches inward for just a moment.

 

“You and Ken are brothers? I didn’t know that.” She asks, and Akechi knows that tone, knows that careful wording. She’s fishing for something, some kind of information. Hanamura flances once at her, and focuses back on the photograph, seems like he also knows that something’s going on here.

 

It’s always easy to forget Hanamura’s intelligence when he places himself amongst geniuses. Akechi should never forget that this is the same man who Shirogane thinks incredibly highly of, the same woman whose mind works faster than most people Akechi knows. Shirogane does not put up with people who are dull, and Hanamura’s managed to keep up with her most every step of the way so far.

 

“Oh yes.” Akechi smiles, the same thousand watt fake TV smile he’s made a million times before. He’s searching through his phone for a photograph again, trying to find- ah ha!

 

The photo is of Ken and him during the dinner when they got dropped off in Tokyo. Akechi wanted to take a picture for his food blog but Ken had insisted that they take at least one selfie together. They’re both sitting in a tiny booth, heads pressed together over the small table and smiling. It’s a good photograph, with great food in front of them and their faces almost mirrors of the other. The lighting makes both of them look a whole lot better than they felt that day, and the way Ken had angled Akechi’s phone made it so that their hair had blended together perfectly where it mixed around their ears.

 

Shirogane’s mind clearly hops into overdrive, she obviously wasn’t aware of the fact that the two of them had been related before right now. But with a photo of the two of them together right in front of her its obvious that the two of them are related somehow .

 

“We’re brothers, the two of us.” Akechi continues, looking at Shirogane, “We didn’t talk much due to a family situation when we were smaller, and we’re trying to reconnect now.”

 

Akechi is trying to sound sad, trying to garner just enough sympathy. Shirogane is usually so well put together, it’s hard to tell what she’s thinking unless you manage to really catch her off guard. “Our schedules are so busy usually that we just text back and forth, we haven’t seen each other in a while.”

 

“You don’t get to see each other?” Hanamura asks, his own voice soft.

 

Akechi remember Hanamura has a little brother of his own, adopted later in life but still loved. He could use that angle.

 

“Not as often as we would like. I’m tied up here with detective work and he’s interning at Kirijo Group with his friends.”

 

Both adults have that face again, a mixture of pity and something that Akechi can’t wholly identify. Akechi hates that look. He is not a child who is to be pitied, he is not a thing they can pamper and care for. Akechi lost his soft spots years ago, he’s not one that can be handled with care anymore.

 

“Mitsuru does look after him like he’s her own kid sometimes.” Hanamura comments, nudging Shirogane’s foot under the table. “He’s been wrapped up with them all for years, way longer than any of us.”

 

Shirogane nods, sadly, “Ken is a very dedicated to his team, they’ve all formed very strong bonds with each other.”

 

“God, S.E.E.S has been together since, what, we were in middle school?” Hanamura looks at Shirogane and she nods.

 

“Since 2009 I believe.”

 

Akechi thinks about that, the implication of a child being roped into a corporation that large. A corporation that deals with incredibly shady things and has incredibly controversial practices. Akechi had the idea of Ken being involved young, but that young? He was still a child when he joined up then.

 

S.E.E.S, where had Akechi seen that before?

 

The flash of the red armband comes back to him, the stark black lettering that stood out on all the people who stood still for that picture on Ken’s desk. That club, the club that Ken had been apart of since he was small.

 

That club was somehow connected to the Kirijo Group? All of them? Why? Why .

 

Akechi takes a step back, and mentally constructs a timeline.

 

The timeline does not fit with what Akechi’s original theory was. If Ken really was involved with the Kirijo group that early then there was no way that Shido would have any real influence on him. Shido was not the one who sent Ken his way.

 

That means the Kirijo Group was the one who found the connection between the two brothers, and honestly? That was a terrifying thought.

 

Akechi smiles into his coffee and Hanamura and Shirogane bother each other about their respective middle school days, because Ken Amada just got a whole lot more interesting.

Chapter Text

Revenge is an act of passion; vengeance of justice. Injuries are revenged; crimes are avenged.

 

“You normally don’t ask to hang out with me.” Ken says, his voice soft and tinny through Akechi’s phone speakers.

 

“You normally ask me, I thought I could change the MO and ask you if you wanted to spend the weekend in Tokyo with me.” Akechi says, folding his clothes and only glancing in the direction of his phone on the bed for a second as he pairs his socks.

 

“Ha!” Ken’s laugh is short and curt, coming right from the back of his throat. “I’ll see if I can get free from Yukari’s grasp on Saturday and head over to Tokyo.”

 

Akechi wishes he could see Ken’s face, but they’ve been reduced to using the phone as their lives pick up and become busy. Akechi has a plan for this weekend, to get information out of his brother . To settle some things between them. Akechi found time to be free, and offered it up to Ken while the two of them talked over speaker phone.

 

Ken was doing homework, rambling on about math, and Akechi was doing basic chores around his home. The phone shows that their conversation has been going on for about forty-five minutes.

 

“She’s the one who trains with you right? With the spears?” Akechi only vaguely knows of all the names of Ken’s friends, as he seemingly has an endless amount of them.

 

“Sometimes!” A sound of a pen scratching through another completed math question comes through Ken’s end, “We’re old friends, so we sometimes just hang out. She’s really busy on the weekdays, so we usually only get to meet up on the weekends.”

 

“Who did teach you how to use spears? I never did get that information and it seems like a hard thing to casually come across.” Akechi’s fishing, he knows that, Ken knows that, but it's also just casual enough to not give anything truly away.

 

A pause, as Ken gathers his thoughts. Akechi folds another sock with its pair.

 

“He used to be the chairman of my dorm, the man who gave me my first spear.”

 

Ken’s voice is oddly subdued, soft in a way that makes Akechi think he’s intruding on something much bigger than just an old mentor. The sound of Ken’s pen on the other end has stopped.

 

Used to be?”

 

The phone’s speaker catches the way Ken takes a wobbly breath. “Yeah. Used to be.”

 

Akechi lets the pause stretch between them, thinking about how to continue, if he even wants to continue on with something that Ken doesn't want to reveal.

 

Akechi pairs together another two socks, and lets the topic die in the silence between them.

 


 

Ken shows up four hours after school has ended, his train is one of the last ones he could have caught, but It’s still technically Friday when the two of them get to Akechi’s shitty apartment and Akechi puts his key into the door.

 

The two of them take off their shoes at the door, shoulders relaxing as both of them realize how late it is, how tired they actually are.

 

Akechi’s got a simmering nervous energy low in his chest, knowing how his own apartment looks compared to Ken’s dorm, how this apartment is small, run down, as clean as it could be but still needing elbow grease in places that Akechi was always too tired to get at. Ken’s not looking at anything negative though, he’s looking at how this space is Akechi’s through and through.

 

A minimalist kind of style, with only the barest hint of life here and there. A water bottle covered to the brim with stickers from bike shops and bouldering arenas around the area, a simple fern that bloomed in the window, the neat rows of books underneath the TV. It was simple, and barren, but it showed Akechi’s own personality in a strange and muted way.

 

“I’ve set up a second futon next to mine, I don’t have a whole lot of space.” Akechi says, quiet as to not disturb his neighbors through the thin walls at this hour.

 

“It’s okay.” Ken’s smiling, already sliding the duffle bag of his things down his shoulder to set down.

 

The futons are side by side, blankets of all shapes and sizes piled onto them like the world's worst matched quilt.

 

Ken puts his bag down near the door of the bedroom, rolling his shoulders out and sighing in relief.

 

“I’ll let you take the bathroom, I’ll change out here. I think we’re both ready for bed.” Akechi says, motioning to the one bathroom his apartment has.

 

Ken agrees to that, and unzips his duffle bag and grabs out an old T-shirt that used to be Akihiko’s and soft flannel pyjama pants. Akechi waits till he can hear the bathroom door shut and changes into his own sleep clothes.

 

Akechi’s wrapped up in his blankets by the time Ken’s out of the bathroom, toothbrush dangling between his fingers as he puts his day clothes and toiletries back in his duffle.

 

Ken slides under his own mound of blankets, and it's not long until their breathing evens out, and they both slide into an easy sleep.

 


 

Ken wakes up first, the light of the early morning breaking through the blinds and making Ken groan.

 

The sounds of the big city are unfamiliar to Ken, compared to the much sleepier town of Iwatodai. Tokyo’s louder, prouder, and a whole lot more in your face. Ken’s already up though, and he’s not going back to bed anytime soon.

 

Ken makes a soft warbling sound as he stretches underneath the mound of blankets that are piled on him. His feet tap Akechi’s knees, and Ken realizes that in the middle of the night the two of them had hunted for warmth and somehow had found themselves in the general space of the other. Akechi’s almost awake, his knees jerk away from the touch of Ken’s cold toes.

 

The two of them grumble through the morning, both not wanting to actually get up through the warm blankets and into the cooler air of the apartment.

 

Breakfast is a quiet affair, the simple meal was pulled from the fridge and heated up quickly. Ken’s hair stood on end throughout the entire morning, Akechi’s shirt somehow ended up on backwards but neither boy seems to care as they pull themselves together for the day.

 

Ken’s hair needs taming, his heavy duty hairbrush has light brown hair tangled up in it from eons ago, and even as he brushes the tangles out of it the volume just makes his hair curl up at the ends anyway. Akechi’s own hair lays much flatter, but he’s got to get all the tangles out of the fine strands after every time he sleeps or he’ll have to cut them out later.

 

It takes them a decent amount of time for two teenage boys to get ready, both of the two of them thinking that a shared trait between them is vanity.

 

Akechi likes his long hair, likes how its a contrast from his father's. Ken’s hair is only long from his own negligence, forgetting to get haircuts as he travels around and does work for both school and for Mitsuru. It’s merely a coincidence that their hair is so similar in length, just barely going past their shoulders, in the fluorescent light of the mirror in the bathroom it’s clearer that Akechi has darker hair, while Ken has the lighter color. Ken’s skin is a little tanner, Akechi’s a little paler, but they both have the sharp shape of their father’s nose, his hard jaw, the sharp cheekbones they both must have gotten from their mothers, their eyes almost the same color.

 

Ken has to meet up with someone this morning, Akechi has to check up with Sae at the police precinct to give her eyewitness testimonies. The two of them have already agreed to meet up for lunch later on in the day, before ‘hanging out’ casually like other regular highschool boys did.

 

Akechi hopes that Ken has some idea of how regular teenagers acted.

 

Ken thinks for sure that Akechi’s going to have a baseline idea for how kids their age acted around each other.

 

They would both be in for a jarring surprise later.

 


 

 

Ken sighs as Mitsuru picks up the phone again.

 

She’s been stuck at the Kirijo Group’s Tokyo Branch lately, with the world of politics breathing down her neck more so than usual. She’s been run ragged lately, but she always makes time to see Ken once every two weeks. Ken’s mostly here to give her the update on the Phantom Thieves case, hand her the folder of compiled evidence that he’s collected from various sources across the board.

 

She’s sorry that she’s so busy, Ken can see it in the way her shoulders slump everytime the phone ringing cuts off Ken’s sentences. She’s reading the file in front of her and talking to a board executive at the same time, one hand holding the phone to her ear and the other holding a coffee.

 

Ken’s not bothered though.

 

Mitsuru’s trying, and that’s all that matters.

 

--

 

Akechi winces as Sae nearly rips the files from his hands.

 

“You can say thank you.” Akechi grumbles, flexing his fingers for a second as Sae’s already turning and opening the witness testimonies.

 

“Thank you, for doing the bare minimum of your job and handing the prosecutor of this case the eyewitness testimonies.” Sae says back at Akechi, her back already mostly towards Akechi.

 

Akechi’s used to this kind of behavior from Sae, the dry desert humor that snaps back at Akechi everytime he tries to be witty towards her. She’s usually not in the mood to put up with Akechi most days, her job stressful and her nerves frayed.

 

Akechi can’t say he’s never seen her softer towards her colleagues before, it's just rare these days.

 


 

The lunch place they meet up at takes Ken a moment to find, really only seeing the sign because he notices Akechi by the roadside checking his phone.

 

“Coffee and … curry?” Ken asks as he walks up reading the red and white sign, thinking it’s an odd combination.

 

“It’s good, I’ve been here before.” Akechi says. “You’ll like it.”

 

Ken gives Akechi a look . “I’m trusting you, but be aware that I’m holding my opinion to the end.”

 

Akechi seems smug enough as he pushes the door open, holding it open for Ken to walk through.

 

The cafe is a cozy small place that can only be classified as a hole in the wall. The max occupancy could only be thrifty people at most, but it smells amazing. The soft lighting makes it seem cozier than it truly was, and the single bartender at the counter was an older gentleman who was reading the newspaper and only glanced up at the sound of the bell on the door.

 

The booth’s were comfortable, and the signs on the walls showed the menu items with prices. Akechi sits facing the door, so Ken sits facing the stairwell in the back that has a ‘private residence’ sign on the wall next to it.

 

The barista asks them what they would like from behind the counter, not moving from his spot on a barstool as he continues to read the newspaper in front of him.

 

Akechi knows what he wants right away, but it takes Ken a second of looking at the menu to decide.

 

The barista nods, and stands from the barstool to go behind the counter to actually make up the coffee’s and the small lunch items.

 

Ken relaxes into his seat, allowing his shoulders to fall for the first time since breakfast. Akechi also relaxes back in his own seat, resting his elbows on the table for support. The two of them had a busy morning, so it’s natural that their mornings are what they begin to talk about.

 

Ken asks about how Akechi’s morning went, and the two of them started at that.

 

The police station had been as it always was, busy, and Akechi had been stuck with in the prosecutor's office the whole time he was there. Sae had been overworked the night before, so wasn’t in the mood to actually put effort into the interaction between her and ‘the intern’ of the police department.

 

“God I hate being classified as an intern.” Ken laughs, “If I have to get one more cup of coffee for someone I’m going to scream.”

 

“You’ve been an intern at the Kirijo Group for a while now haven't you?” Akechi says, “Like, for a really long time right?”

 

Ken nods, “Yeah, officially since my first year of highschool.”

 

Akechi thinks back to the photo on Ken’s desk, how damn young Ken had looked. Akechi has to fight through the technical truth to get to the real answer underneath it all. Both of them were good at telling the truth on technicality, while also getting away with a whole lot of shit underneath. “ Officially ?”

 

Ken shrugs. “I’ve been friends with Mitsuru for a long time, so I’ve been around the Kirijo Group for a while. Mitsuru found things for me to do when everyone was working.”

 

“Are all your friends several years older then?” Akechi asks.

 

The barista finishes the coffee they ordered, and places the two cups on the table in front of them. Akechi and Ken thank him, and he goes back behind the counter to focus on the two other people who have walked in.

 

“Am I being interrogated?” Ken asks as he takes up the coffee, sipping it carefully. “Oh this coffee is good.”

 

“A little bit, yes.” Akechi knows that the coffee here is always made to perfection, but he tastes it anyway. Akechi’s not disappointed. “I don’t know as much about you as I would like.”

 

“You’re trying to figure out a specific piece of information, aren't you?” Ken’s eyes narrow, hands curling tighter on his cup, “Why are you trying to figure out how long I’ve worked for the Kirijo Group?”

 

“I’m figuring out a timeline of sorts.” Akechi says, “I’m figuring something out, call it a hunch if you will.”

 

“A timeline, involving how early on I was involved in the Kirijo Group?”

 

“Humor me.” Akechi asks. “Because at first I thought you had been sent by our shared associate , and if you’ve been working for a company that’s adamantly opposed to him for as long as I think you have then I would be wrong in my original theory wouldn’t I?”

 

Ken just blinked up at Akechi for a second, before Ken actually had the audacity to laugh .

 

Ken’s trying to keep his laugher to himself, but it’s just making the sound worse. It’s almost a snort, and Ken’s shoulders shake with the effort to keep quiet. Akechi knew at this point that Ken wasn’t working for Shido, he just wanted to have more of a base to know Ken on. It was a real idea and threat that Ken was just a plant put in place by Shido to report back Akechi’s actions to the man. Akechi had just wanted more information on the Kirijo Group and he felt like that was the quickest way to get it, he didn’t expect that Ken would laugh at him.

 

Akechi feels the flush of embarrassment burn his ears.

 

“I’m definitely not working for that man.”  Ken says, “What would ever give you that impression?”

 

Years of abuse would give that impression, friends that have sold him out before for much less.

 

“I like to keep all my bases covered thank you very much.” Akechi says, tone hard.

 

Ken’s still laughing, a little softer now, “I started interacting and getting to know the Kirijo Group when I was ten years old.”

 

“So the picture of you with the red armband, on your desk with all those older students, was that when you started working with them?”

 

Ken stops laughing.

 

“Yes.”

 

Akechi feels his chest burn with some kind of blistering emotion. What the Kirijo Group want with children that young? Ken was ten, ten years old and involved in something much bigger than any one child should have to deal with. All the students in that picture were young, the oldest being around Akechi’s age now. Did the Kirijo Group make those students the same as him? Did those students get an app with a red eye and asked to investigate the people that oppose them?

 

Ken had been ten years old .

 

“Why?” Akechi asks, honestly lost, “What did they want with you?”

 

Ken looks over the rim of his coffee cup, eyes blank.

 

Akechi knows that face. He sees that face in the mirror every time he comes back from a request of his father. That’s the face of someone who’s gone over an edge that they can never come back from and has long since accepted the fact.

 

Ken must see something in Akechi’s face, because he places the cup down on the saucer. “I gave them my time willingly Goro.”

 

“I didn’t ask if you did.”

 

“I knew what I was getting into when I asked to join S.E.E.S. I knew what I wanted to accomplish-”

 

“You were ten years old there was no reasonable way that those adults should have let you-”

 

“I was asked if I wanted a place to stay at first. Only a housing assignment. That was it. ” Ken’s knuckles are white. He’s not looking at Akechi anymore. “They only asked me to live with the others, and I did. I was the one who asked to join them. It was me who made that decision. Don’t think that I was some helpless child who got roped into something without my acknowledgement.”

 

“They took advantage of you.” Akechi says, jabbing wildly in the dark to keep Ken talking. “You were given housing and board-”

 

“I asked to join S.E.E.S, I took advantage of them . I was the one who had to badger their way onto the team because everyone saw me as a weak child who couldn’t do anything for himself. I was a valuable fucking asset and I demanded to have a place amongst them.”

 

Ken’s rage is palpable in the air, and Akechi feels like he’s playing a dangerous game with something he only really half understands.

 

Ken’s rage is not to be mistaken for carelessness, because he’s immediately jumping up at Akechi’s throat .

 

“The only reason that you would be so invested in this, dearest brother , is if you’ve been in a similar situation.” Ken’s eyes are sharp, dangerous, and Akechi’s fought enough battles to know when something is going to hurt him. “So tell me, who was the one who took advantage of you ?”

 

“No one.” Akechi says, too quickly.

 

Ken’s too well trained to not take advantage of a weakness like this.

 

“Is that why you brought up our shared associate earlier? Was he the one who used you when you were too young to understand?”

 

Akechi feels the anger rear its ugly head in his chest. Feels Robin Hood in his chest demand a battle, feels Loki demand blood.  “What makes you think that, pray tell?”

 

They should deescalate, should calm down and smooth over their heated words and take things slower, but both of them are ready and willing to die on the hill that they have made. Both of them are throwing hurt around, tearing open wounds that should have stayed covered and closed.

 

So Ken just smiles and says, “What in the world has our father made you do ?”

 


 

Makoto sits at home, her feet tucked under her hips and relaxing on the couch. She’s just got done with her homework, and is going over the complaints she has gotten today about someone extorting the students for money.

 

Sae get home, opening the door and sighing as the cool air of the apartment hits her. Sae toes off her work shoes and slips on the much more comfortable home slippers. She walks into the living room and places her bag onto the floor and flops down into the cushions.

 

“Hello Sae.” Makoto says, looking up for a moment before continuing on with her work. “How was the office today?”

 

Sae just groans, tired. “Someone below me tried to hit on me again, and I had to deal with Akechi today, why he’s got his hands all over the mental shutdown cases I don't know.”

 

Makoto looks up from her work, catching on Akechi’s name.

 

“I saw him the other day, Akechi.”

 

“Oh? Really?” Sae leans forward to undo her jacket and place it on the back of the couch.

 

“Yeah, his brother and I ran into him at the train station.”

 

Sae raises an eyebrow at that, she didn’t know Akechi had a brother.

Chapter 8

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Justice cannot be attained by violence. Violence kills what it intends to create.

 

“Why didn’t you tell me you had a brother?” Sae questions when Akechi rolls into her office that Wednesday afternoon.

 

Akechi looks like he’s seen better days, so many better days, in fact, this might be the worst that Sae’s seen him in a while. The makeup under his eyes is smudged just enough for Sae to notice the dark circles, Akechi’s learned a lot from the makeup artists at the television studios, but he’s still a teenage boy who’s learned everything incredibly shakily second-hand from people who were more focused on doing than teaching.

 

He might even be limping, but Sae stopped being able to fully discern how injured Akechi was a week after meeting him, he kept everything so incredibly close to his chest.

 

“I didn’t think you needed to know that.” Akechi says, putting his school bag down by the door with the carefully controlled grace that he always used with every movement.

 

“We both could have talked about being siblings, a friendly chat between co-workers.” Sae moves papers so that Akechi can find a spot to set his things down. “I talk about my sister all the time, it’s only fair play that I let you talk about your own sibling.”

 

Akechi sets himself down in the chair gingerly, he pulls his briefcase up on the table and snaps the clasps.

 

Sae raises her eyebrow higher and higher as Akechi silently pulls out his work and begins to arrange it.

 

He gets to the second page of a character witness before Sae finally says, “Akechi.”

 

Akechi looks up, not seemingly bothered by the expectation to talk about his family.  

 

“Akechi I would like to know about your brother.”

 

“There’s not much to tell, we have only a passing knowledge of one another. Half -brothers.” Akechi’s already on the third page now, eyes skimming over the testimony. “We don’t like talking to one another.”

 

“You don’t seem like you don’t like talking to him.” Sae says, her eyes sharp. She’s a prosecutor for a living, so lies are something she can more easily than physical injuries. “In fact, I would say you’ve been happier around here lately.”

 

Akechi glances up, his eyes hard, and Sae doesnt press him anymore. She knows when someone doesn't want to talk about something.

 

If family is something he doesn't want to talk about, then Sae won’t make him talk about it.

 

They work in less than comfortable silence. Sae goes over the witness statements that Akechi provides, Akechi takes notes upon notes, pouring himself over each word and line trying to find something he can use to find the guy that’s been causing all the mental shutdowns.

 

They work together for about two hours, it’s getting late in the day. Sae’s used to the longer nights though, and Akechi has to work around his school days. They both normally work until seven or eight and it’s not nearly that time yet.

 

“What does this mean?” Akechi asks, the first thing that’s been spoken in a while. Sae pushes his hair behind her ear as she looks up and over to the paper. Akechi has turned the paper towards her, and was tapping a statement he’s underlined.

 

“Oh, they’re referencing the old case of mass lethargy syndrome, apathy illness?, it happened a while back.” Sae knows that case, she had been in a law school during that case and it had come up in discussion more than once. It was a string of cases near Iwatodai and the surrounding areas. People would go into a coma-like state, unable to feed themselves, unable to care for themselves, it was fluctuating disease for about a year, with cases rapidly spreading then slowly affecting the population about once a month.

 

Wait a second.

 

Sae reaches over the papers piled onto her desk, clicking the computer out of sleep mode by slamming the space bar over and over. She quickly goes into Google, searching out ‘Apathy Syndrome’.

 

She gets old news articles, about the apparent ‘cure’ of the cases by the Kirijo Group. She scans an article quickly, and goes back to the search and adds, ‘2009’ into the search bar.

 

Sae reads aloud, “ Those suffering from the syndrome suffer from debilitating levels of apathy. When it strikes the inflicted will collapse in a heap wherever they happen to be and become unable to move, feed, or care for themselves.”  

 

Akechi’s already reaching for his own beat up laptop, typing quickly across his keyboard.

 

“We need to contact the Kirijo Group, we need to ask if they’ve applied the cure for Apathy Syndrome to the mental shutdown cases. If these two cases are in any way related we could have a chance of waking up all the shutdown cases who haven’t yet.” Sae’s already emailing people, asking if there’s any way they could get to the case files from all those years ago.

 

“The Kirijo Group was the one to cure Apathy Syndrome? The Kirijo Group in Iwatodai?” Akechi’s asking, already reading over article after article.

 

“Yes. Iwatodai was the centralized area of the outbreak, they set up huge funds for the people affected and they helped with the hospital visits. They do deal with medical equipment after all, they helped the community down there a lot.” Sae recalls having people in her own class use the community service hours on their resumes. “I remember how many people in my class were asked to work as paralegals, we helped families settle things while their loved ones were sick.”

 

Akechi was already neck deep in the web, looking at article after article.

 

“You should have been elementary school at the time.” Sae says, “Around ten?”

 

Akechi’s not listening anymore, he’s too busy reading news sites, journals, everything .

 

Article after article of cases of mental shutdowns, or something equivalent to. Each new article brought more and more information to light.

 

The cases where centered in Iwatodai, mostly students who went to Gekkoukan High. There were reports of the illnesses being a strong flu, a new bout of drug users, stress from overworking, everything and anything. The ‘cure’ was never described, only that it worked after being administered enmass to the patients who were suffering. Families had been elated to get their loved ones back, thanking the Kirijo Group, sending praise after thanks after praise.

 

On the whole, it looked incredibly similar to what was occurring now.

 

Akechi caused mental shutdowns, he went into the world accessible through the app and he killed the doubles with the yellow eyes. He came back to the police building, walked right inside the front door and proceeded to boost his own reputation by ‘solving’ puzzles about the various victims. Secrets that the doubles with the yellow eyes had all but screamed at him.

 

This was the exact same thing. A ploy for popularity, to be seen in the good graces of the people.

 

The working theory is that the Kirijo Group used people, people like Ken, and caused a ruckus that only they could solve.

 

All Akechi had to do was prove it.

 

Which, admittedly, is going to be difficult.

 

There had to be something here though, something buried in piles after piles of paparazzi drivel. A word, a phrase.

 

Or maybe a picture.

 

An article about the efforts of the community to helping the victims of this terrible sudden onset illness. There’s a few pictures, clearly taken by an older camera. The quality’s okay at best, capturing the sterile white of the hospital and the various volunteers helping out the staff. There’s a few of people in ‘volunteer’ t-shirts, some of the victims themselves, one or two of a doctor or nurse working tirelessly to help the people in their care.

 

One of a teenager about Akechi’s age, smiling sadly, softly, at the camera as she stands beside the bed of a victim with dyed red hair.

 

The image is beautiful , with the volunteer just on the edge of being aware of the camera, turned just so that her hair falls perfectly across her shoulders. She’s reaching out, tucking bed corners back into their perfect place, gracefully performing the perfect task for such a young lady.

 

She’s the perfect model, her face framed in the low light of day, her expression not the pity one would suspect from a caretaker of the sick, but a one of determination, an expression that said that we would do something about the situation, a woman who hasn't given up with all the odds stacked against her.

 

She’s posed just so, Akechi can see the huge glaring red armband that’s pinned into place on her left upper arm.

 

The letters clear as day spelling out, S.E.E.S.

 

The caption helpfully says, ‘ Even Mitsuru Kirijo herself is helping out the hospital staff in these trying times.’  

 

That’s the same armband. The same armband that had been wrapped around Ken’s arm in that old photograph.

 

Akechi goes deeper, gets more into it. His mind’s working a mile a minute, thinking how the Kirijo Group figured out how to help the victims of a mental shutdown, how they chose who got killed in the other world, who made the decision on who lived and who died. How the team, this S.E.E.S, was formed, how the people in the team got chosen.

 

Akechi needs to find out why children like Ken got chosen to be the harbingers of this kind of decay on people. Why specifically a school club? Was it for money? Was it a test? Ken did mention that he was housed officially before he was a member, was it dorm specific?

 

Akechi opens another tab, another link further down the rabbit hole, and he wonders.

 


 

Ken’s not mad, not really.

 

He’s upset . That’s worse.

 

He and his brothe- half , half brother, had gotten into a fight the other day.

 

They both had drug up some shit that they  shouldn’t have. Akechi made digs at things Ken wanted to have kept buried. The two of them riled the other up to the point that after Ken accused their father of doing something to Akechi he had shit down and flat out refused to answer anymore questions.

 

They had eaten frankly amazing curry and they had walked out of that diner with a boiling fury between them.

 

They parted at the station, Akechi had coldly said a goodbye, and Ken didn’t look back as the train’s doors closed.

 

Ken stabs the dummy a little harder, the sharp blade of his spear sinking deep into the neck of the mannequin. The only thing that keeps the spear from going right through the whole thing is the hilt of the trident, stopping Ken’s forward momentum.

 

Ken yanks the spear out, using the butt of his weapon to slam Mitsuru’s rapier out from her hands as she lines up a stab at the back of his head.

 

Mitsuru’s soft curse makes Ken smile, she’s never been terribly sneaky in those heels of hers, but she pays for it now in their training sessions.

 

The game had been a simple game of ‘kill as many dummies as possible but if you take out a teammate you get their points added to yours’.

 

Ken’s weapon was made to keep people at a distance, so he had an advantage.

 

Yukari was doing second best, her sneaky arrows making sure the people who weren’t paying attention got punished. Aigis’s airsoft bullets raced across everyone now and again, but she was more focused on gaining her own self points. Closer ranged fighters like Mitsuru and Junpei were doing poorly.

 

Fuuka was gamely keeping track of the points as she was being flown away by Akihiko, testing her abilities to effect the group at a distance.

 

Ken ducks another arrow, the rubber tip of it only barely scraping the wall.

 

Yukari was only using ‘safe’ arrowheads because of last week’s injuries. She was a fan of the traditional metal tipped ones, initially laughing when Junpei got shot in the gut last week before realizing that Fuuka was truly out of persona range and nobody had evoker on them.

 

They all had the safe weight of the evoker on their hip for this training session.

 

Ken feels the way the cold metal brushes against his hip when his shirt rises up, he sees Mitsuru’s on her thigh holster as she crouches low to jab Aigis with her rapier. Junpei has his on a shoulder holster, showing for a second when his arms raise to swing at Yukari.

 

Ken doges a rain of bullet hell from Aigis, sliding under the fire to slice at the dummies knees.

 

Junpei cries a victory holler and Yukari curses, loudly.

 

Ken jams the butt of his spear to trip up Aigis, and the heavy thud signals her fall.

 

Mitsuru’s back again, rounding on Ken after Aigis goes down and Fuuka tells them most of Aigis’s points have been taken by Ken.

 

Ken curses, loudly, and ignores the soft voice of Fuuka in his head chastising him for his language. Mitsuru’s too close now, and her rapier stabs him hard in the shoulder, the sharp pressure gives way to a dull pain as the rapier sinks into Ken’s shoulder.

 

Fuck .

 

The rapier gets ripped out of his shoulder, Mitsuru’s already on her next target, laser focused on Yukari.

 

Fuuka’s voice is worried and soft, but she’s still able to heal him from the distance she’s at. The hurt is soothed by the cool wash of a dia, the torn muscles and ligaments knit back together, the scrape of the bone fills in.

 

Ken grits his teeth, and gets his head back into the game.

 

He can’t be thinking about what went wrong in his personal life as a sword gets aimed at his kneecaps.

 

Later, when this was over, Ken is going to text Akechi and try to make amends.

 


 

Akechi’s sitting on his bed, eating a microwave meal and reading through an article about how the Apathy Syndrome affected a disproportionate homeless people and youths on the street when his phone pings!

 

He lets it buzz twice before picking it up.

 

It’s Ken.

 

Of course it’s Ken. Who else would it be? Akechi doesn't have friends that just text him, the public relations officer at the police station would call him, Sae would email him, his father would call.

 

Ken’s first text simply says:

 

Sorry”

 

That makes Akechi actually unlock his phone, checking his messenger app.

 

I didn’t mean to say what I did.

 

Well, okay I did but it was only because I got mad at what you were saying to me and reacted like a child.”

 

Akechi knows Ken’s being the bigger person here, but Akechi can realize that some of the blame was on himself for pushing the conversation as hard as he did.

 

Ken was clearly not comfortable with talking, but Akechi needed to know .

 

So Akechi has enough maturity to respond back:

 

I’m sorry I asked questions that made you angry.”

 

The conversations easier from then on out, like a knots been unraveled between them. The conversation doesn't flow amazingly smoothly, it still has its halts and jarring topic jumps, but it’s conversation at least. It’s been radio silence between them both for three days now.

 

Ken had been getting antsy, reaching for his phone and opening up the messaging app that taunted him with date of the last message. Akechi had felt the loneliness begin to creep back into his life, but didn’t know what to say to try and pull Ken back without making everyone involved more mad at what was happening. They both felt the absence of the other, sitting in the back of their minds like a loose string on a cloth.

 

Akechi asks to meet up, over the weekend, after the both of them had time to cool down. Ken agrees to that, asking if Akechi can meet up nearer to Iwatodai.

 

The two of them make plans for Saturday, Akechi agreeing to go to Ken instead of making Ken come to Tokyo again.

 

Ken offers to let Akechi spend the night in the dorms.

 

Akechi lets his fingers hover over the dim light of his phones keyboard, the light from the phone’s screen is one of the only light sources in the room. It’s late at night, the city outside shines down neon onto Akechi’s one room apartment, the lights are off and the computer shines a blue light on the walls.

 

Its silent, dark, and Akechi almost feels like a normal teenager.

 

He could see himself, in another time maybe, sitting in a bed that’s softer than his cardboard one and texting friends that he doesn't have now. Akechi has a sudden longing in his chest, Robin Hood runs it’s hands up and down Akechi’s heart, trying to soothe a hurt that it can’t really reach at. Loki’s not as tame, it faces uncertainty and pain with the same screaming rage that it always faces the world with, but Loki’s exhausting, wearing itself out by throwing its head back, scraping his horns against Akechi’s spine, and shrieking .

 

Akechi knows he’s overthinking, knows that this is a question that doesn't have a right or wrong answer, but he’s grown up with a household that didn’t have questions that didn't have an answer. Akechi knows that he could say no, he could say yes, and Ken would still feel the same at the end of the day.

 

But Akechi still feels like he can fuck up.

 

Akechi says that he’ll spend the night, thank you for the offer.

 

Ken simply sends back a smiling face.

 

(•‿•)

 


 

Akechi shows up at the station about an hour before dinner time.

 

He’s been busy this week, and has many a black and blue mark across his legs. The bank in the other world is being a pain in his ass, he’s trying to threaten to keep Kaneshiro’s mouth shut but those guards keep popping out of the darkness and thrashing Akechi when he’s caught off guard.

 

His knee had been smashed underneath a security officer's foot, Akechi only wiggling out of that fight by the grace of god alone. The bruise is a dark red, almost black, but it has a matching mark on the opposite thigh when a blunt baton slammed down hard enough to rattle Akechi’s teeth .

 

Akechi holds himself in perfect posture as he walks off the train, keeps his pain under wraps as he spots Ken in the crowd waiting for him.

 

Ken’s distracted by his phone, which probably is the only reason that Akechi gets away with the walk from the station to the dorms. Ken apologizes, saying that some of his friends are in town that aren’t usually around and they’ve been blowing up his phone all evening. Akechi lets Ken work on his social network in peace.

 

They just stop by the lobby of the dorm, Akechi dropping his overnight bag down on the couch and following Ken to get the dinner they’ve agreed on beforehand.

 

Dinner is just a pickup from a local restaurant, grabbing a large takeout bag and paying the nice workers and walking the three blocks back to the lobby of the dorm. Akechi can smell the food, and his stomach lets out a low grumble, wanting to eat already. He hadn’t eaten lunch because trainfood was expensive and Akechi knew he was getting food later on.

 

The lobby’s just as quiet as it was before, just Akechi and Ken sitting together on the couch, putting the to-go boxes on the coffee table and fishing pieces of food from the boxes at random whim.

 

They talk about their day, Ken finally putting his phone in his back pocket, and Akechi admits he’s had a boring one from the train ride.

 

Ken had a meeting with the self proclaimed ‘leader of the interns’ at work today, and he talks in length about how his boss has no respect for the people under him and doesn't understand what interns actually do in the company.

 

“I even technically outrank him!” Ken complains, shoulders sagging as he uses his chopsticks to gesticulate his exasperation. “He just goes on and on about how he knows some big wigs, and asks me to get him some coffee for them when I’m actually doing testing with the accuracy of hospital equipment. Everyone knows I’m friends with Mitsuru except this idiot-”

 

“You outrank him and he’s your boss?” Akechi remarks, reaching over and snagging some chicken from the box in front of Ken.

 

Ken groans. “It’s complicated, nobody under the age of eighteen can work legally full-time for the company, I’m classified as an intern but when I graduate high school I’m going right into R&D as I work on a degree in biochemistry.”

 

Ken switches topics, and continues to rambles on about the shitty boss, and Akechi snags another piece of chicken.

 

The dinner is uneventful, mostly.

 

Akechi accidentally drops a noodle onto his nice khaki pants, Ken uses his leg to keep Koromaru away as the dog begs for table scraps.

 

(Akechi will swear up and down that he doesn't give Koromaru any food, that Akechi knows what that dogs shouldn’t be given extra food at the table. Koromaru will remember to sit down next to his master’s lookalike from then on because he’ll give up anything on his plate for a good set of puppy-dog eyes.)

 

“You know-” Akechi sets down his plate when there seems to be an appropriate pause in conversation, “You’re whole deal with the Kirijo group still seems sketchy to me.”

 

“Oh does it? And your whole deal with the Phantom Thieves seems all hunky-dory?” Ken shoots back without missing a beat, reaching over and snagging a large piece of broccoli from Akechi’s plate.

 

“Hey!” Akechi tries to steal his food back, but Ken’s already half eaten it, shoving the rest of the large piece of food in his mouth. Akechi grumbles, but picks up another piece of broccoli, replacing the one he lost. “Don’t try to distract me with that nonsense,” Akechi fends off Ken’s chopsticks one more time, before continuing the conversation with a “What do you mean, my deal with the Phantom Thieves?”

 

Ken shrugs, “I think that you know who the real cause of the mental shutdowns are, I think you know the real identities of the Phantom Thieves.”

 

Akechi gets startled so badly that Ken is able to steal another piece of food, grabbing a carrot this time.

 

“Why would you think I know the identities of the Phantom Thieves?” Akechi says, trying to hide the shaking in his hands, smooth the panic in his voice.

 

“Because you’re in the perfect spot to know who’s the mastermind behind all the mental shutdowns. This case skyrocketed you to fame after all, and it’s not hard to tell that these cases have been wonderfully kind to a certain person who we both have a vendetta against.”

 

Akechi’s shoulders tense, his breathing picks up the pace.

 

“Our shared father has simply been reaping the benefits, guest appearances at the hospital for publicity, standing tall to help support the people who have been affected, oh yeah, and anyone who’s in political disagreements with him usually ends up a victim of these wildly random attacks.” Ken reaches for his drink, finally meeting Akechi’s eyes. “It’s a bit convenient, don’t you think?”

 

Akechi’s knuckles go white with how hard he grips his chopsticks.

 

“So I’m looking around, doing some investigation work of my own, and I find that you’ve been pretty confident in your cases about the mental shutdowns. The police force has said nothing but good things about you and your work, but when the Phantom Thieves came into play that must have thrown you off balance, a wildcard in your case. According to some inside sources-”

Akechi’s going to kill Hamamura and Shirogane.

 

“-the Phantom Thieves case was the one that you actually had to sit down and go at from multiple angles. You, by all accounts, were obsessed with the case until about a month ago, when you did that live appearance on that talkshow. Now they don’t see you caring as much anymore, almost like you already have figured it all out, and are waiting for the opportune moment to reveal it.”

 

“That’s certainly a tale you’ve spun for yourself.” Akechi says, placing his utensils down.

 

“I’m right , aren’t I?” Ken smiles, like a cat that's caught the canary.

 

“Why would I be withholding evidence in my own investigation?” Akechi argues.

 

“Because you’re a sneaky bastard who knows when it's a good time to play his hand.”

 

Shit.

 

Akechi laughs, a laugh perfected in the flashing lights of the press conferences, a laugh meant to discredit the accusations and give him time to respond. “Oh? You give me too much credit there, Amada .”

 

Ken’s eyes narrow, gaze suddenly sharp and piercing. “We’re back to last names now, Goro-nii ?”

 

“Why don’t we go back to talking about the business practices of your company, dearest brother of mine?” Akechi says, tone not terribly brother-like at all. .

 

“Why would we talk about things that might violate NDA laws when we can talk about you obstructing justice to get revenge on a man you hate!” Ken’s smiling now, but Akechi knows that smile from his own face, it’s a fake smile, one that means a fight’s about to happen.

 

A fight that Akechi can’t afford to lose.

 

“Oh, I don’t think my obstruction of justice is as bad as the fun little experiments that the Kirijo Group likes to implement on ten year olds.”

Ken’s smile goes cold, his body tensing.

 

“Yes, let's talk about how a business was using children to play games with the psyche of a person, to mentally break them into nothingness, oh what was that disease called again, Apathy Syndrome-”

 

“Stop.” Ken’s voice is cold . “You don’t know anything about Apathy Syndrome.”

 

“I think I can find some interesting correlations between what the Kirijo Group was doing then and what our shared acquaintance is doing now, actually.”

 

“Shut your fucking mouth, Goro-nii .”

 

Akechi’s blood sings with the tension in the air, with the fight that’s about to break out and destroy them both. His persona’s beg him to let them free, let them fight for him. To break the boy in front of them so badly that nobody would ever see the resemblance between them again. Robin hood wants to bathe the opponent in light so blistering hot that skin would boil and bones would melt. Loki wants to tear, to rip open, to fillet the ribcage open and pin Ken back against a white wall like a macabre butterfly.

 

“You have no proof that Mitsuru did anything, it was years and years ago that any of us wore the red band, we’re not in S.E.E.S anymore, the clubs long since been disbanded, the original members are too far apart for testimony.”

 

Ken’s sneer is a mirror of Akechi’s own.

 

“Talk big all you want, Goro-nii, but everything you’ve presented so far is eight years gone already, nobody’s going to remember that far back, you can easily disprove and discredit a faulty memory in court and you know this.”

 

“There’s evidence that what you did all those years ago is effecting today, you know. I don’t dig up old dirt for no reason, dearest brother.” Akechi’s smile is wicked , full of teeth.

 

“You don’t?” Ken’s sneer is wicked. “Well color me surprised then, because it seems to me that digging up dirt that’s meant to be dead is a side hobby of yours.”

 

“Oh, I thought this incredibly vital to look into! Considering that the Kirijo Group was the one responsible for giving the Phantom Thieves their method of attack.”

 

Hook line and sinker. Akechi’s smile grows wider as Ken’s face drained of blood. Akechi watches all the emotions fly across his half-brothers face.

 

“You’re lying to me.” Ken whispers, fierce and whippet quick. “There’s no way. The Dark Hour is gone . We made sure of it.”

 

“Oh? Really? How sure of that are you?” Akechi has no idea what the hell the ‘Dark Hour’ is, but he’s pretty sure that’s what Ken must call the app.

 

Damned sure. We made sure that everything was fine. We fought through it twice . I’m positive that it’s gone. We’re all fine now. Nobody’s ever going to suffer like that again.”

 

Akechi almost feels bad for him, almost.

 

Akechi pulls out his phone, opening it with a quick swipe of his thumb. The app sits proudly in the second page, the app loads right up when Akechi presses it.

 

Akechi shows the loading application to Ken.

 

A slight knot of tension eases as Ken’s face flashes genuine surprise. Ken looks like he’s never seen this logo, this app, before in his life. Maybe Ken’s method of getting to this cognitive world was different? He did go a long time ago, so maybe it wasn’t as refined?

 

The app loads perfectly well into a navigation screen.

 

“What the hell is this? A fucking joke?” Ken’s surprise, his hurt, has turned into a furious anger. “If you think that this shit is funny I’m going to kill you.”

 

Akechi looks up, his finger hovering above the ‘MEMENTOS’ search in his history. “What makes you think this is a joke?”

 

Ken’s silent, eyes wide, his whole body tensed.

 

“This definitely isn't a joke. I’m not cruel.”

 

Akechi presses the button, and the world around them starts to flicker.

 

Akechi’s going to show his half brother his ultimate trump card.

 

It’s a shame that after this, he’s going to have to kill his brother.

Notes:

remember when this was a happy lmao series about memes?

neither do i

Chapter Text

Men often mistake killing and revenge for justice. They seldom have the stomach for justice. 

 

The world’s twisted here in a way that Akechi’s never seen before.

 

Usually, without a palace to go to, the only places twisted with distortion in this application are places that something has happened in, someplace that has something tied to it that many a person has thoughts and connections too. The subway’s a dark place, the kind of place that Akechi’s not in the mood to explore, ever. Places of high traffic sometimes have a stray shadow or two running around, but Akechi’s never seen a place like this before.

 

The sky’s green , sickly and poisoned.

 

Things scream here, echoey and hollow in the ways that make Akechi’s skin crawl.

 

The dorm is the same, mostly. The shadows are dark, heavy, thick in ways that make the eye imagine things inside of them. The green light of the sky, the moon, makes the formerly soft, warm living room a scene from a horror movie. Akechi’s instantly on edge because something was wrong, horribly wrong. His phone, the only bright backlit light in the entire room blinks out, the red of the app dying to a black screen.

 

His phone has never died before. The metaverse keeps his phone alive, no matter what the percentage.

 

In the darkness Ken sits perfectly still. His shoulders tense, eyes wide and focused on the windows. Akechi can’t see the details of his half brother, can’t see anything but the broad details of his body, but he can see how wide Ken’s eyes are, the quickness of his breath.

 

Ken’s panicking, hands gripping the edge of the worn couch.

 

“This can’t be real.” Ken whispers, low, to himself.

 

He’s shaking.

 

Akechi hides the shake of his own hands, trying not to panic at the fact that his phone, the lifeline out of this fucking place, has just died on him.

 

“Believe me now?” Akechi’s not letting any of his fear through in his voice.

 

Ken’s up, he’s moving, ignoring Akechi entirely.

 

“Koromaru, get your collar.” Ken’s voice is low, tight, and in a tone that Akechi’s never heard before. “Get your collar and get out, run, find others if you can.”

 

The dog’s already up, darting to the stairs and running faster than Akechi thought possible from the old boy. Koromaru’s little paws can be heard tearing through the otherwise deadly silent dorm. Ken’s also headed upstairs, he’s running.

 

Akechi is not going to be ignored.

 

“Ken!” Akechi’s following his brother, tearing after him upstairs.

 

The whole dorm is covered in that sickly green light, the old wood of the furniture almost black in the awful lighting. The shadows have things in them, Akechi knows , he can see the small movements of creatures in the darkness of the dorm. The things in the shadows make no noise, they just watch, move, observe.

 

The hallway of Ken’s dorm the normally empty dorms have their doors wide open, and the inside of them have the impression of the people who used to live there. They almost look normal, almost. The rooms have something subtly wrong with them, there’s one full of an amassment of things that seem to be shivering in their places, moving across the floor and morphing together into horrors. There’s a room full of exercise equipment, the punching bag was moving as if it were being hit, but there was nobody in the room to hit it, there was no noise either.

 

There’s a room that’s almost bare, the only thing odd was the beanie and jacket draped on the bed, the bloodstain slowly spreading across the breast of the jacket dripping silently onto the floor.

 

There’s also a room at the end of the hall that’s just completely locked, the door closed and the shadows holding it closed in a vice grip.

 

Ken’s room is also off, the books seem to shiver on the shelf, the single window has a spectacular view of the green tinted moon.

 

Ken’s yanked out the spears from underneath his bed, he’s grabbing at them, trying to find the one he wants. Koromaru already has run through Akechi’s legs, a strange collar around his neck as he shoots forward into the green night.

 

“Do you believe me now ?” Akechi asks Ken, hands gripping the doorframe.

 

Get out of my way .” Ken growls, a spear in his hand to help him stand tall. “I need to get to Mitsuru.”

 

“You’re going to tell me what the hell this place has to do with the Kirijo Group, aren’t you?” Akechi shoots back, still standing in the door.

 

Ken moves .

 

The spear is more of a trident, with its three prongs that shine with a deadly sharp edge. Ken takes one step forward, planting his foot whipping the end of his spear up so hard that Akechi can’t even let loose a curse before the metal stopper on the bottom slams into Akechi’s elbow.

 

Akechi’s arm crumples and Ken slips past him into the hallways after Koromaru.

 

“Damn it!” Akechi spits out, furious. “Ken! Ken!

 

“I don’t have time for this right now! I need to get my team! I need to-”

 

They’re not here !” Akechi calls out, frustrated that Ken’s mind has completely jumped from the conversation they had been having to this new devotion to finding the leader of the Kirijo Group.

 

Ken rips Akechi’s hand from the back of his neck, eyes wild and stance defensive. “What the hell do you fucking mean .”

 

Akechi’s not going to explain anything, not that he can explain much. This is wildly different than Tokyo, there’s a feeling in the air that is darker, more dangerous that the empty streets of Mementos in the city. This feels like the one time Akechi had gone down to the subway when he was exploring Mementos, the nearly oppressive darkness and the way it's hard to breathe.

 

But Akechi needs to give answers to get them in this situation.

 

“It only pulls in the people near the phone, the app.The only people in this place are me and you.”

 

Akechi and Ken stare at each other, eyes wild with the anderline that’s swirling in their veins from the body’s natural reaction to being in a place like this.

 

“Why did you bring me to the Dark Hour.” Ken’s voice is dangerous, sharp as the blades at the end of his spear. “ Why do you have access to this place.”

 

A shadow outside screams, high pitched and with something that’s catching deep in the chest.

 

“I got a stolen phone from your company, with the app already downloaded. I didn’t make this, I didn’t ask to have access to this place.” Akechi has the upper hand here, and he pushes it. “I just need to know what this place is, what the ‘ Dark Hour ’ really is.”

 

Ken’s eyes flash with that low simmering heat that Akechi sees in his own expression sometimes, full of anger, full of something that tells Akechi that Ken’s not a new hand at that very sharp blade of his.

 

“An hour, taken from the day hidden away from the general populace, filled with shadows.” Ken has a tight hand on his spear, the way the lighting falls on his makes it hard for Akechi to see his face. “We made sure the Dark Hour was gone, we fought shadow after shadow, floor after floor, to make sure that our leader’s sacrifice wasn’t in vain.”

 

A shadow give a death rattle outside, farther away from the dorm than the first one. Koromaru’s taking them out, working his way through them to find help that won’t be there.

 

“What the hell are you talking about?” Akechi demands, floors ? He’s never had to deal with floors before. “Tell me what the Dark Hour is, don’t talk in riddles.”

 

“The Dark Hour can’t exist I’m telling you. We made sure it was destroyed.” Ken’s moving again, downstairs and Akechi follows him down to keep listening, to keep the pressure on to get this story out.

 

Akechi’s played his hand already, has shown Ken the metaverse now. Akechi needs to get this information, to finally get Ken out of his life. Akechi can’t let Ken continue to be a weakness in his defense, a person that Akechi’s enemies can exploit. Ken’s a person that knows too much, and Akechi can’t let that happen.

 

Akechi needs Ken to tell him everything .

 

There is no second chances here.

 

You’re telling me ? I’m telling you that the Kirijo Group is using you!” Akechi’s voice is rising, trying to be heard above the shadows outside that wail just outside of the building. “They lie to you! They tell you that you’ve done a good job, that you’ve finished, but they keep working behind your back! One day you’ll be called in to deal with this app, this Meta-Nav, because it’s gotten out of hand and they need someone to push it back!”

 

Akechi’s breathing hard now, the two of them are standing at the bottom of the stairs. Too close in the inky green tinted darkness, eyes flashing with fear, with hate, with something that neither of the other can read. Ken’s hand is gripped too tightly on his spear, his body is tense, pulled in on itself. Akechi’s hands are clenched into fists at his sides, his stomach tied up in knots.

 

Ken’s eyes are just on the side of wet, but Akechi’s not going to stoop so low as to take a cheap shot like that.

 

“You don’t know anything about me.” Ken’s voice bites out, furious. “You think that you know what I went through with S.E.E.S but all you’re doing is seeing your own childhood in mine! I wasn’t being used, I used! I took what they gave me and I was the one who harmed people! I wasn’t being taken advantage of!”

 

Ken’s free hand clenched hard in his shirt near his heart, pulling the fabric across his chest.

 

I walked into the team, demanded to be apart of them even though I was seven years younger, and I was the one who caused Shinjiro-!”

 

Ken stops talking, looking away, stepping away. He drops the hand from his shirt and takes a ragged breath.

 

“We’ve had different lives, different childhoods, I’m not in your situation and you are not in mine. Mitsuru knows that what her company did was wrong all those years ago, we lost Shinjiro, we lost our leader. We’re trying to clean up the mess to this day, trying to understand it all.”

 

“I don’t know what has traumatized you , I suspect is our father pushed you just a little too far off the edge, but stop trying to tell me that I’ve been used when I wasn’t. You’re wrong . You’re just pushing what has happened to you onto me and that not any kind of fucking fair-”

 

The glass windows somewhere in the building break, shattering. The screams are louder now, the shadows know that they are here and the things are trying to break in, to tear them apart.

 

The two boys stand still as the building shakes around them with the scream. Ken’s breaking away, running towards the sound in the upper floors, taking the stairs two at a time. Akechi follows him, cursing.

 

Ken might be used to using that spear to fight, but Akechi’s not sure if Ken’s able to handle the shadows. Fighting shadows are different than normal brawls, different than choreographed fighting. Shadow’s move like angry liquid, they move like they don’t have anything inside of them and can twist themselves up into impossible shapes to dodge a swipe.

 

“I know how adults think!” Akechi’s screaming over the sound of the shadow forcing its way into the building. “If you would just tell me what you were doing all that time, instead of just throwing scraps of information at me and hoping that I come up with the correct answer then maybe we wouldn’t be arguing all the time!”

 

The shadow was on the third floor, halfway through the window at the end of the hallway. It had too many arms, holding onto a blue mask with one of its many, many hands. Akechi had never seen a shadow like this before, and he hates it.

 

“Maybe I don’t want to talk about that time of my life?!” Ken screams back, already moving forward to push the shadow back.

 

Ken’s long spear made it so that he could be nearly two meters away from the shadow and still lash out. Ken embedded the tip of his spear into the eyehole of the mask, flicking his wrist to make the spear twist and destroy the mask by ripping the thing in two.

 

The shadow screamed again, convulsing half in the window and half out. Ken jams the spear into the center mass, over and over until the thing becomes covered in the ashy blackness and crumbles into black ashes.

 

There’s a silence for only a moment, looking at the remains of the now dead shadow and the shattered windows.

 

Then the two of them are screaming at each other.

 

Akechi’s voice is louder, he projects better and it echoes off the walls. He’s screaming about how could he possibly trust someone who won’t talk about their lives, their friends. Akechi’s taller by the barest centimeter, but he tries to use the height he has over his brother the same way his father uses his height against him. It’s a dirty tactic, but Akechi’s never been given anything he didn’t take by force. Akechi doesn't understand why the two of them are screaming, yelling, fighting, but fighting is something he knows better than soft words and conflict resolution.

 

Ken’s voice is softer, but it’s sharper in a way that makes Akechi flinch. Ken’s eyes are wild, dangerous in a way that shows a truly broken soul. Ken’s saying things that hit hard, hit fast, with a sharp sting of hurt that gets trailed behind. That they don’t need to pry into each other like this, that it’s just so fucking tiring to get into fights like this, that Akechi didn’t need to interfere in Ken’s life, that Ken had been taking care of himself since he was eight.

 

Ken is the one who throws the first punch.

 

A hard right hook, cracking into Akechi’s nose. Ken feels the way the cartilage under his knuckles give in and hears the snap !

 

Akechi rears back with a wordless yell, touching his nose carefully as the blood starts to flow over his upper lip. The pain shoots through him at the slightest of presses, and Akechi grits his teeth as he sets the bone back into place.

 

Akechi retaliates with a swing of his own now, connecting to Ken’s left side.

 

The two of them go from heated words to fast fists.

 

Ken takes a blow to his knee, but grabs Akechi’s long hair and yanks his brother into a door frame.

 

Akechi knows he has a black eye from the frame, but he definitely breaks two of Ken’s fingers when he bends them back all the way.

 

The two of them fight filthy, grabbing hair and clawing at any skin they could reach.

 

They both take a tumble down to the second floor. Bruises from the steps are going to show up bright later across their ribs, their legs and arms, but right now Akechi’s furious in a way he rarely is.

 

Ken’s spear is thrown further down, to the bottom floor, in the tumble. Ken didn’t want to stab either of them in the mess, so he had tossed his weapon down.

 

Akechi didn’t know how to use a spear, but the bottom floor has his bag, which has his gun, so if he runs down there he’s going to throw the spear out of Ken’s reach and he’s going to get his own weapon.

 

Akechi kicks Ken in the ribs as he scrambles upwards, keeping his brother down as he scrambles down to the bottom floor, vaulting over the last few steps and grabbing up the spear that had been dropped.

 

Akechi can’t use this weapon, and Ken’s coming down the stairs at high speed, already screaming at Akechi to ‘ Put that spear down!”.

 

If Akechi tried to fight with this Ken would just be able to yank it out of his hands and manage to turn it around. An early lesson in fighting was never try to use a specialized weapon against the person who had been trained in that specialized weapon. Spears are hard to use, unwieldy, and they don’t work like the much easier to use swords.

 

Akechi takes the spear and heffs it, throwing it like a javelin in the direction of the kitchen. The spear’s heavy, so it doesn’t roll very far, but it’s far enough that Akechi can make a scramble for his bag.

 

Ken’s fast, so he’s already snatching his prefered weapon up off the floor.

 

Akechi’s tearing through his bag, trying to find his gun. It’s at the bottom, hidden in the depths underneath his pajama pants.

 

The sound of footsteps are too close behind him, fuck-!

 

Akechi dodges, going low and rolling to the left as the gleaming metal tip of Ken’s spear flies through the space that used to be where Akechi’s side was.

 

It still catches Akechi’s forearm, as he flails out of the way, Akechi cursing as the blood flies from the skin near his elbow.

 

The spear also impales his bag, and Ken grimaces as he does the same twist motion as he pulled with the shadow, shredding Akechi’s bag and spilling its contents across the floor.

 

But there! A glint of gunmetal flashes as the gun gets yanked across the floor.

 

“You bitch! ” Ken curses as he also tracks the gun as it skids across the floor. “You planned on killing me!”

 

“Not physically!” Akechi shoots back, diving for the gun.

 

Ken catches Akechi in the knee and tears into Akechi’s joint with that brutal twist as he uses the spear to ground his brother for this fight.

 

Akechi goes down on his other knee, hissing in pain and falling onto Ken’s backpack that he keeps by the couch.

 

The tumble makes the contents of Ken’s backpack spill onto the floor, jarred by Akechi’s injured knee.

 

Books, notepads, a phone charger, and other various items spill across the floor, mixing with the clothes and toiletries from Akechi’s bag.

 

“You stabbed me!” Akechi holds his knee above the floor, balancing on his hands and uninjured leg. The blood’s smearing all over the floor, onto the destroyed clothing and soaking into the paperbacks.

 

“You were gonna shot me!” Ken’s kicking through the mess on the floor, looking for something.

 

Looking for the gun.

 

Akechi has to find it before his brother does.

 

The two of them frantically look through the mess, desperately trying to catch a glimpse of the shining metal before the other does.

 

Akechi’s going to have to kill his brother.

 

Akechi needs to silence a weakness, to keep Ken from slipping the secret that Akechi had figured out who the Phantom Thieves are. Ken was too close, had bypassed the defenses that Akechi usually had pulled up and had made Akechi weak .

 

Made Akechi yearn for conversation, depend on a person. He used to be able to just live by himself, use only himself for strength and support, but now Akechi wants to talk, wants to be soft, wants .

 

He can’t stray from his goal. He can’t let frivolous things get in his way.

 

Akechi finds a glint of silver and blue and lunges .

 

Ken kicks something heavy away, the metallic sound ringing hard near the kitchen.

 

Akechi whirls around, priming the gun in his hands and leveling it at Ken’s forehead.

 

The briefest flicker of thought that this isn’t his gun. This gun has a streak of blue in the handle that presses on his palm awkwardly. The primer is a little different, but it takes no thought to flick the safety off, clicking the cartridge back and loading the bullet in the chamber.

 

Ken takes the point of his spear and jams it through the back of Akechi’s hand on the floor, pinning his brother’s arm.

 

Akechi screams, the pain dancing up on his arm and making his nerves light up with pure pain.

 

The pain makes it so that Akechi doesn't even think , doesn’t even hesitate.

 

His whole body tenses, the finger resting on the trigger of the gun fires .

 

--

 

The sound is so loud.

 

The movies always make it so soft, gunshots.

 

The movies always dampen it, soften the edges and make them survivable to the hero of the story.

 

In real life, guns are loud . They shatter eardrums, they take your breath away.

 

The smell is disgusting, hot burning black gunpowder that gets stuck in your throat, the hot metal in your hands burning even from just holding the handle. The kickback of holding a pistol in one hand jerks the gun back, giving the shooter a clear shot of who they’ve just killed.

 

There is no hiding, when Akechi kills a person.

 

The entrance wound is small, but not noticeable. It’s quarter sized, but if it bleeds it doesn’t bleed a lot compared to the exit. The exit wounds of a gunshot blow away bone and tissue, it's an explosive force applied to a soft human.

 

Akechi is thankful he doesn't have to clean up his crime scenes.

 

The first time he put an illegal handgun to a yellowed eyed facade of a human being and pulled the trigger he vomited his lunch, heaved until he was crying, curled up not five feet away from the cooling body.

 

The shadow had twitched, seized as it died excruciatingly slowly and the soft gooey grey insides of it’s head spilled slowly across the floor like thick, viscous mucus .

 

Death wasn’t like how the movies made it. People shit themselves, pee on the floor and bleed more blood then you could ever think came out of one person. Humans are full of so many things and it’s so messy when they die.

 

Akechi still isn’t over the way people collapse on themselves, crumpling into a lifeless pile.

 

He’ll never look away when he ends a life.

 

It’s disrespectful, Akechi thinks, to be so above it all as to not look at the man who you’ve killed in the eye.

 

Akechi had never looked away from a kill before.

 

He’s not going to start with this one.

 

--

 

The sound that shatters the otherwise stillness of the air makes the air in Akechi’s lungs quiver.

 

It’s something different though, not the punch that hits you after a true gunshot. It’s not softer, not quieter in any regard, but it has a crackling effect that reminds Akechi of glass when it breaks into thousands of pieces.

 

Loki, where the persona sits in Akechi’s chest, slams into the rib cage that holds him captive, taking his sharp claws and tearing through Akechi’s soft insides demanding that Akechi needs to run . Robin Hood tries to soothe the hurt, the fear, the emotions that pour off the other persona in waves but Loki’s screaming out in a wicked rage that will not be tempered. From this, Akechi knows in the back of his mind that something is awfully, terribly wrong.

 

The wide eyes of Ken stare, unseeing at Akechi’s own.

 

There is no entrance wound.

 

Ken’s forehead is clear of any injury, not even the hair that flies around his head is broken.

 

Akechi’s first thought is relief.

 

That his brother is unhurt, uninjured. That Ken is fine .

 

Akechi’s personas tell him to get up, to get away, that there is danger here now, unleashed from underneath the skin of a sleeping beast.

 

Ken’s face is blank, as if his mind is still catching up to the fact that he isn’t dead, that his brain is sill unhurt by the gunshot.

 

The thing Akechi doesn’t notice, but his personas do, is the distinct feeling of crackling electricity in the air, the sharp bright light haloing Ken’s head.

 

It’s the scream that catches Akechi’s attention, and he finally looks behind his brothers head.

 

The thing is huge .

 

It’s main colors are orange and black, and it stands nearly five meters tall. The top of it’s spinning insides crest the ceiling and it has to bend over Ken like it’s a protective guardian. It’s as wide as a van, the torso and shoulders a double helix of spinning, orbiting zodiac. The thing’s legs are sharp, geometric, the ends of them stab through the wooden floors as it’s shifting, moving, scrambling for the space that this living room can’t provide it. The thing’s fingertips just end in claws, making deep gouges as it tears its way upright and stable behind Ken.

 

It’s screaming.

 

The thing has no mouth, has no face but the sound that’s coming from it makes Akechi’s toes curl, his insides clench in fear. The scream is one of inhuman pain, deep from the insides of a soul that its came from. The sound is deep, almost gagging in its inhuman screams.

 

The way it moves is the thing of nightmares, it’s geometric limbs flying everywhere with no control or abandon. It’s like looking at limbs that have been broken the wrong way backwards, healed, and then broken again.

 

Akechi scrambles backwards, desperate to get away from this horror, listening to the way his persona’s screech from his soul, telling him to run. His body’s too hurt, he can’t get away from this monster in front of him fast enough, his knee is injured, his hand won’t support his weight.

 

Ken’s still in the center of this thing’s rampage, staring unblinkingly at how it rages above him.

 

“Ken!” Akechi shouts, desperate to get his brother away from the monster that's tearing apart the ceiling above his head.

 

Ken snaps out of it, going from staring up at the destruction above him to focused, the person who had grounded Akechi. Ken takes in the scene in an instant.

 

Ken calls up to the monster thin above him, shouting words that Akechi can’t hear. The monster takes no notice, continuing to try and claw its way out of the space that it’s trapped in. Ken calls out again, loud enough that Akechi can hear the shouted, screamed words, the desperation in his voice.

 

Kala-Nemi!”

 

That makes it rage harder .

 

The monster tears through the ceiling, finally being able to stand to its full height.

 

Ken calls out again, reaching out a hand to try and calm the beast, but it’s not listening. The thing, Kala-Nemi? , rips more of the ceiling out from above it, creating dust and debris that rains down on Ken, causing him to cry out.

 

Ken’s running, hauling ass over the couch and screaming at the thing the whole time. Kala-Nemi’s had begun to slam what could be called its head into the walls, the rim of the hole its made in the ceiling growing ever larger breaking apart as the monster tries to beat itself senseless on the edge.

 

“What the hell!? ” Akechi yells as Ken lands heavy near him.

 

“We got to go!” Ken’s saying, he shoves the spear ( the spear that has Akechi’s own blood on it! ) into Akechi’s hands and slams his shoulders into Akechi’s waist. Akechi grunts in pain but Ken just picks up Akechi into a fireman’s carry, with most of Akechi’s weight being situated on Ken’s shoulders. “Don’t let go!”

 

Akechi’s not going to let go. Kala-Nemi has begun to fire off electricity, heavy strikes slamming into the floor around them as the whole dorm begins to shake like a leaf. Kala-Nemi’s going to bring this house down .

 

Ken doesn't sprint out of the dorm, but it’s a close thing.

 

“What the hell is that?!” Akechi demands as Ken takes off down the street.

 

Ken grits his teeth, shifting Akechi higher on his shoulders.

 

Ken! ” Akechi demands.

 

“That’s Kala-Nemi.” Ken says, low and angry. “He might be a persona.”

 

Akechi’s brain blanks .


“... and Kala-Nemi might be out of my control.”

Chapter Text

"The foundation of Justice is good faith"

 

“What.” 

 

Akechi’s mind is, for the first time in a while, completely blank, nothing in it besides a high pitched whine of a broken machine. 

 

“How are you not dead .” Akechi whispers. 

 

“You’ve clearly never seen an evoker before, have you? Ah, you’re just like when we work with the Investigation Team. Okay. Not a real gun. It didn’t physically hurt me, it’s for real world Persona summoning.” 

 

Akechi’s mind takes another second, he’s looking blankly at the side of his brothers face as Ken steadily jogs through the empty streets. The sky’s still green, the moon sickly and too large watching as the two of them run. 

 

Ken’s clearly panicking, sweating, his grip on Akechi will leave bruises when this is all over, but it's better than Akechi slipping off of Ken’s shoulders or being jostled around. The fireman’s carry hurts, but Akechi would rather put up with the embarrassing carry than be left in the general area of the rampaging persona. 

 

What. ” 

 

Ken huffs, clearly irritated. “Stop being stupid. I know you know what a persona is.” 

 

“I genuinely have no idea what's happening, actually,- ow! Be careful with the knee ! - and I would rather not have a repeat of me assuming anything.” Akechi’s words are interrupted by the way every step punches the air out of him. 

 

Ken finally stops running, ducking into an empty alley and setting Akechi down against a wall. 

 

The alley is disgusting, and it makes Akechi’s skin crawl as the trash around them. It smells like death here, is smells like death everywhere here. Damn. Akechi hates this place, hates everything about this. He wants to just be able to leave . Ken crouches near him, sitting on his heels as he’s looking out of the alleyway. Akechi throws the spear that had been held loosely in his grip to the side, not wanting to hold the weapon that crippled him anymore. 

 

“You’re awake.” Ken says, like that explains anything , “You’re awake, and not vomiting or crying or, you know, passing out in the street. You knew about the Dark Hour before hand, you have a persona.” 

 

“I didn’t know about the Dark Hour before hand.” Akechi admits, knowing that he’s way out of his league here, the only way he’s walking out of this place alive is if he works with Ken on this. 

 

Ken blinks, tilting his head as he looks down at his brother. “What do you mean? You brought us here-” Ken stops himself, thinking. “This is the same as the TV-World isn’t it?” 

 

“What the hell are you talking about?” Akechi pulls out his phone from his back pocket. “I don’t know about the Dark Hour, or the TV world, all I know about this stupid app that can bring you into the Metaverse.” 

 

Ken takes Akechi’s phone, inspecting the powered down device. It’s not turning on.

 

“Metaverse, a new term for an old thing.” Ken sighs, handing the phone back to his brother. “It’s probably connected to the Collective Unconscious.” 

 

The scream of Kala-Nemi echoes through the streets, the screams sound sad , echoey and lonely almost sobbing-like in quality as the sound fades. 

 

Ken sighs, rocking back on his heels. “I’m gonna have to beat Kala-Nemi back into submission.” 

 

“He’s your persona?” Akechi’s not going to get over that anytime soon. Sure, he knew that Ken probably had a persona based on his assumptions, but getting to see the massive monster spun the whole assumption into a different light. Kala-Nemi was massive , larger than anything Akechi had ever seen before. Larger than any shadow, any of the Phantom Thieves persona he's seen them use in the metaverse. Maybe because Ken’s persona was older? Do persona’s grow?  

 

“Holy shit.” Akechi says low to himself. “My personas aren’t killing me.” 

 

Ken’s gaze snaps from looking out of the alley to Akechi’s face. His eyebrows tick up in concern, worry, fear . Ken’s hands go from hanging loosely in front of him to suddenly holding onto Akechi’s shoulders. “You- no, oh god no .” 

 

Ken pulls Akechi into a hug. 

 

It’s a rough hug, by all accounts. Ken’s holding onto Akechi a little too tight, Akechi is down a hand and can’t really hug back, but the two of them just grip onto each other for a moment as best he can. Akechi’s head is in the crook of Ken’s shoulders, and in that moment Akechi feels absurdly safe . Safe in the arms of a brother that’s just beat the ever loving shit out of him. 

 

“Your persona isn’t killing you.” Ken whispers, but Akechi doesn’t think Ken’s talking entirely to him. “ Your persona isn’t killing you. ” 

 

And god damn, that’s something Akechi didn’t know he needed to hear. 

 

Akechi had always just kinda assumed that the personas he had were doing something terrible to him, saw the shadows in the metaverse, heard them whisper to ask to join him, please, saw the twisted desires they represent. He just assumed that one day he’d do something just a little too stupid, go a little too far, and become one of the thousands of shadows that are just milling around, waiting to tear any visitors to shreds. 

 

Akechi finds that he really needs to stop assuming shit. 

 

The two brothers just hold onto each other for another moment more, before Ken finally lets Akechi slip back down to the floor. 

 

“Your persona isn’t killing you.” Ken promises once again, hands shaking as he visibly tries to pull himself together. “It’s apart of you, a representation of your mind and soul. It’s not harmful, as long as you don’t overtax it.” 

 

Kala-Nemi screams again in the distance, the crumbling sound of concrete was getting closer. 

 

Akechi’s knee is bleeding steadily, he can look down and see the way the blood has soaked down to his socks, the red bleeding into his shoes, onto the filthy ground around them. Akechi’s entire hand is numb, a white blank noise that’ll make him cry when he disinfects the wound later, without the pain blocking properties of adrenaline. 

 

“Why is your persona …” Akechi trails off, listening to Kala-Nemi slam something heavy into the ground near them. Kala-Nemi is screaming, something distinctly inhuman that's the verbal equivalent of peeling off fingernails

 

“I have a few theories.” Ken says, low. “He was summoned by you, for one.” 

 

“By me ?” Akechi asks, wide eyed and tried to connect all the information given to him. There was a decent amount being thrown at him, and most of it was brand new, involving things that didn’t make sense anyway. 

 

“You put a evoker to my head during a fight in which a gun was involved.” Ken says, like it was simple. “Emotions were high, I felt like I was in danger, Kala-Nemi reacted, the evoker did its job and jump started my persona into a high enough gear that Kala-Nemi could be summoned in the real physical world.” 

 

That statement catches Akechi’s attention. “Summon a persona … in the real world?” 

 

“Yes. A feat that takes an incredible amount of energy, only a fraction of which is required to summon in the TV-World, or I guess you call this the metaverse?” 

 

A beat of quiet between the two as Kala-Nemi scream again, he’s on this street, stalking closer the whole time. 

 

“A persona can be sent into a … rage ? When you put too much power into it?” Akechi asks, voice as low as he can get it and genuinely surprised, he had never even thought about something like that before. 

 

Both boys yell when Kala-Nemi slams into the building Akechi’s using as a backrest. The building shudders, the bricks creaking as the building takes the full brunt of the weight of the huge persona. 

 

Ken’s grabbing the spear that lays beside them both, cursing up a storm as the dust and grime shakes off the building and covers the two of them. Ken doesn’t even ask as he yanks Akechi up from a sitting position and pulls most of Akechi’s weight as the two of them book it out of there. 

 

The street has been torn up by the rampage, buildings ravaged by claw marks and whole bits of brick having been gouged out. The only color besides the damn green of the sky was the bright orange of the huge, hulking persona. 

 

A scream, and all Akechi can see is light

 

It’s bright, blistering, and it hurts in a way that feels like having your soul scrubbed hard and wrung out too tightly. It’s bright and pure and made Akechi want to hurl . The light reached inside and burned out all the impurities, not caring that it was cleaning too hard, that the light was too hot , too bright.  

 

Fuck!” Ken screeches, “Damn light attacks!” 

 

Akechi’s still recovering from the attack when that huge persona slams a hand down near them, making both boys fall off kilter. 

 

Akechi’s knee makes itself known that it’s not going to be cooperational, and Akechi’s screaming as he tries to take weight off of it. Ken’s calling out for his brother, but he’s already lashing out at his own persona.

 

Ken’s spear is quick, his reach is long enough that Ken could get hits on the joints in Kala-Nemi’s middle, the metal-like material of the persona is a hard thing to break through however. 

 

The spear punctures Kala-Nemi’s hip joint, and the damn thing screams and takes a swipe at Ken. 

 

Ken crumples as he gets slammed into the ground, looking so small under the hand of his own persona. 

 

Akechi panics , and does the only thing he can think about in this kind of situation. 

 

Robin Hood!” Akechi’s yelling out, reaching out with his injured hand to his brother. 

 

It happens very fast. 

 

Robin Hood is large, much larger than a normal person, but is still a good two or three meters shorter than Kala-Nemi. Robin Hood is bright, colorful, and he’s physically attacking Kala-Nemi, taking the berserking persona down. The two massive monsters are fighting, mindless in the pure instinct both of the things are operating on. Kala-Nemi had the size advantage, but Robin Hood was stronger by the barest, slightest, hint. Kala-Nemi was faster , his metal joints cracking as he moves faster than Robin Hood could possibly keep up with. 

 

The two monsters brawl , inhuman sounds, inhuman strength. The two throw everything at each other. Lighting cracks up Kala-Nemi’s metal casing, causing Robin Hood seize in pain. Robin Hood throwing bright white blessed lights but Kala-Nemi was just shrugging them off. 

 

Akechi’s using his elbows to drag himself to Ken, feeling the loose small gravel underneath his shirt. 

 

Ken’s still breathing. 

 

Akechi reaches his brothers side and shakes him. 

 

Ken opens his eyes, groaning. 

 

The two monsters behind them continue to fight. 

 

“Ken.” Akechi’s shaking is brother even harder. “ Ken .” 

 

Ken pulls himself up, shaking. He’s clearly in pain, but more mobile than Akechi at the moment. Ken’s arms look unsteady, but he’s getting his feet under him. “I’m okay,” Ken’s voice is weak, and he looks like he’s having trouble getting enough air in him. “I’m gonna be fine.” 

 

Kala-Nemi’s winning the fight between the two personas, he’s bigger, faster, luckier with each hit. Robin Hood is putting up a decent enough fight, but Kala-Nemi was simply more experienced, immune to most of the attacks that Robin Hood could throw, had lighting to counter Robin Hood’s resistance to his light attacks. 

 

Robin Hood lost , crumpling under the wicked static of a heavy hitting electric spell. 

 

Ken’s up, standing under his own power. 

 

Kala-Nemi’s focusing back on the original targets now, getting ready to charge the two boys in the street. 

 

“Ken we have to go .” Akechi’s saying, uninjuried hand gripping onto the hem of Ken’s pants. 

 

Ken stands in front of his brother, holding his spear tightly in his shaking hands. His knees are trembling like a newborn fawns, but his jaw is locked, his eyes burning with a fire

 

Ken ! We have to leave !” Akechi’s frantic now, that persona is going to kill them both stone dead. 

 

Kala-Nemi charges

 

Ken ! ” 

 

The persona charges, hurling itself at the two, lighting cracking as the large zodiac across its torso spun wildly, the blinding light of its Bless attacks nearly bursting from its bolted seams. It’s claws lunge forward, ready to kill whatever, or whoever, was in his way.  

 

Ken reacted, fast, deadly, accurate. 

 

It was almost too late. 

 

Kala-Nemi had a spear through its chest, implaling itself with its own weight. Ken’s arms are shaking so badly that Akechi thinks the two of them are going to die by being crushed. The hulking thing above them doesn’t move, still as stone as it slowly creeps down inch by inch on Ken’s weapon. 

 

Akechi learns that personas don’t bleed. They don’t make noises when they’re injured, but the things do dissolve slowly as they die. 

 

Kala-Nemi disappeared with no sound, just fading away until the spear had nothing to hold it up 

but Ken’s shaking hands. 

 

Ken collapses onto the ground next to Akechi, groaning out a sound of wordless pain. The spear clattered down beside him, falling silent after a moment of rattling. 

 

“Fuck this.” Ken whines when he’s fully down. “Just, fuck this.” 

 

“For once, I wholeheartedly agree with you.” Akechi grits out. 

 

Ken’s still trembling as he summons his persona without the use of his gun, the evoker . The summon breaks into the world like glass shattering, there is no blur of blue fire that signals Robin Hood or Loki’s existence, but Ken grits out a “ Diarahan”. 

 

The wave of relief that washes through Akechi makes blacks spots flash across his eyes. The way his body is forced into being fixed with a quick snap ’ makes him grit his teeth and brings tears to his eyes. Akechi can see the way his wounds just heal over, the hole in his hand stitching itself closed, the way his knee goes from white hot pain to feeling nothing but perfectly normal. 

 

The spell gets repeated, and Ken’s standing up, looking at his ruined clothing covered in blood, dust, and dirt. 

 

Akechi’s own clothes are a waste of time to try and save, his pants leg is covered in tacky red and he feels the wet squish of his blood soaked sock everytime he moves. 

 

“I’m going to kill you.” Ken says, with absolutely no heat in it. “For scaring the shit out of me.” 

 

“I’m rather over us trying to kill each other, really.” Akechi says, flexing his hand to try and get the feeling back into it. 

 

“That’s because you know I could kick your ass.” Ken laughs, and scoops back up his dropped spear. 

 

“Truthfully? Yes. I would rather keep the full use of my limbs actually.” Akechi’s just very tired of it all, you really don’t appreciate how often you use your knee until it has a hole in it. He feels Robin Hood weakly curl into Akechi’s lungs, pressing against Akechi’s ribs and whispering please , please don’t fight again

 

--

 

Akira curses, feeling the headache build up behind his eyes as Makoto’s starting at the lot of them with wide, timid eyes. 

 

Makoto looks strange surrounded by everyone dressed in thick protective leather and strange costumes while she’s wearing only an approved slight modification on the school’s uniform. She’s looking desperately between the five of them, not knowing who to look at, what to look at. The walking ATMs that shuffle around them mumble about money, mumble about giving it to the bank, about being drained dry. 

 

Her eyes finally settle on Morgana, the cat standing near Ann and looking up at Makoto with wide eyes. Morgana’s always happy to chatter with somebody who can understand and hear him, so he’s already talking about a mile a minute. 

 

Akira just makes a motion with his hands, telling his team to get a move on, they have a corrupted heart to steal. 

 

The bank hangs in the sky, oppressive and mighty, but Makoto’s already got her feet back under her and she’s determined to not be useless in this kind of situation. She wants to help, wants to be able to give her aid in something that’s not just the school council. Makoto’s ready and willing to help this strange group of … this strange group. They weren’t technically doing anything wrong here, or illegal, but it certainly wasn't the most normal after school club activity. 

 

Makoto notices that the group, the Phantom Thieves, seems happy, though. Sakamoto’s standing tall for the first time since his injury a year ago, Takamak’si not pulled into herself, covering herself with thick hoodies and trying not to make eye contact. Kurusu’s smiling, happy, relaxed in a way that he’s not in school. 

 

Makoto’s sure of her decision when she demands the bank to open its doors for her. 

 

She’s going to help these people, and she’s not going to be useless any longer. 

 

--

 

Ken’s feeling the effects of Kala-Nemi’s rampage (and subsequent two full healings) when the two of them finally get back to the wrecked dorm. 

 

The whole building is done for, most of it crumbled into smaller concrete chunks. The surrounding buildings have heavy damage to them, half of them half crumbled under the weight of Kala-Nemi’s rage. 

 

Ken whistles, loud enough that it bounces off the rubble around them. 

 

“If the dog didn’t hear you before, he’s not going to hear you now.” Akechi says, trying to dig further into the center of the mess to see if any of his things are salvageable from the building having collapsed on the torn apart bag. 

 

“Koromaru always comes back when called.” Ken says, matter of factly. He’s also slowly going through the rubble, but he’s tried and he can feel Kala-Nemi rumble out in his chest, trying to soothe the hurt, the stress, but the persona’s mostly just letting out a low, comforting rumble. 

 

“What if he can’t hear you?” Akechi says, looking up from the middle of the ruined dormitory. “He did run off when you asked him too.” . 

 

“Koromaru has the sharpest hearing of any dog I know.” Ken defends his old friend, knowing that the dog has always come when called before, no matter how far he wandered off too. 

 

Akechi rolls his eyes, and gets back to shoving at a particularly large chunk of concrete. 

 

Ken whistles again, louder. 

 

A sharp bark! answers him. 

 

Ken smiles, and looks back over his shoulder at his brother. 

 

“Wipe that smirk off your face.” Akechi says, without even bothering to look up at Ken.  “I don’t want to hear about it.” 

 

Koromaru comes hurling at them, little paws scrambling over the broken asphalt. He’s barking up a storm, but his tail’s wagging happily. 

 

The little dog takes a flying leap at Ken, Koromaru’s up in Ken’s arms before anyone can blink. Koromaru’s wiggling, licking Ken’s face and making little happy sounds. Koromaru’s happy as can be, nosing his way further into Ken’s embrace. 

 

Ken-kun! ” The sound of Fuuka’s voice echoes through Ken’s head, from the sound of Akechi’s startled sound Fuuka’s latched onto him as well. 

 

Ken!! Where are you?” Fuuka’s voice sounds really crisp, like she’s close by. It’s got the same quality it does when the team does venture into the TV-World, clearer than anything close to the Dark Hour could pull off but still tinged with just a bit of some kind of interference

 

“By the dorm.” Ken calls, “I’m with Akechi. I’m pretty sure we’re in another offshoot of the Collective Unconscious.” 

 

I used Koromaru to track you.” Fuuka explains. “ I felt him around, when I couldn’t see him. I followed him, and found you two.”  

 

“Can you see anyway out?” Ken asks, petting Koromaru underneath the collar as he holds the dog like a small child against his chest. 

 

I’ve contacted Mitsuru and Akihiko, they’re looking into it right now.” 

 

Ken sighs putting Koromaru gently back down on the ground, the dog was an old boy after all, you had to be careful with him. Koromaru’s appreciative of the gentle handling and petting, he leans against Ken’s legs, proud of his job well done. 

 

“We might have to wait an hour, right?” Akechi says, casually from where he’s digging into the rubble. 

 

Ken’s hand stops from where he’s reached down to pet the dog sat between his feet. “Oh?” 

 

Ken tries to see Akechi over the concrete between them, but the only thing of Akechi’s that can be seen is the dirty shirt that covers his back. 

 

“You said that this place looked like your Dark Hour right?” Akechi finally pops his head up from the hole that he was shifting further down into. “So if it’s connected to that in anyway, it might be from the hour time limit, right?” 

 

“That’s an idea we can try.” Ken agrees, pulling up his sleeve to check out his watch. The large silver watch was a gift from Akihiko for his twelfth birthday, a constant weight on his right wrist and a valuable tool when you were working and couldn’t check your phone for the time. The watch ran without electricity, an automatic watch, and in the world were electronics traditionally didn’t work the timepiece ran fine.  

 

They had came in right after dinner, but had wasted a decent amount of time fighting each other, then running from Kala-Nemi. Ken does some mental math really quickly, because he knows about the time they had started eating, but didn’t check after that. 

 

“We have about twenty minutes left in the hour then.” Ken decides. 

 

Akechi nods, and goes back to looking for his lost belongings. 

 

Ken’s given up on his own belongings underneath the building, four floors had fallen into the living room and had scattered a mess across the street. He was worried about one thing, however. 

 

“Goro-nii, this isn’t actually going to effect the building in the real world is it?”  Ken asks, mostly looking down at the rubble that used to be his front door. “Because I don’t actually have a house to sleep if this somehow transfers over.” 

 

“It shouldn’t?” Akechi calls, “Nothing I’ve done so far has affected the real world.” 

 

“We are going to talk about this whole ‘you having a persona’ business when we get out of here, right?” Ken does now reach down and scratch Koromaru underneath the bulky evoker collar. “I’m going to report it to Mitsuru, and we’re going to have to, like, check up on you and grill you about this app.” 

 

“Let’s not.” Akechi says back, almost low enough that Ken could barely hear him. 

 

We are going to bring you in to look over you. ” Fuuka’s voice echoes in their heads, soft as ever. “ We do investigate into anything that involves personas.” 

 

The rest of the twenty minutes goes rather quietly, Ken resting with Koromaru sitting on his feet and Akechi trying to find something. 

 

Without the immediate presence of a threat, Ken could actually feel the difference in this strange offshoot of the collective unconscious and what he could remember of the Dark Hour. 

 

The Dark Hour didn’t have the same stagnant air as this place did, what did Akechi call this? The Metaverse? This place was very similar to the Dark Hour, but the more Ken looked around the less sure he was that this was actually the place he had lost his mother too. The place was suspiciously empty of coffins, and it wasn’t midnight. There was no blood that covered the ground, just dry as the ground in the real world was, no puddles of thick half congealed blood that Ken had to avoid slipping on when he was younger. 

 

This place was a very good replica, but Ken could see that shadow’s only lingered in the distance, away from the three persona users as if wary of them. There was no heavy, oppressive darkness that was a struggle to breathe through. Here he could see , there was no fog hanging at the corners, waiting to consume your vision and get you lost here. 

 

There was no Tartarus. 

 

Ken’s shocked to realize that. The direction of the school holds no mighty tower. There’s not a great monolith that ascends into the sky, no shining lights that scan the streets looking for people running for their lives. The building that Ken had been so used to gazing at during those years that the Dark Hour ran was just not there in the night sky. 

 

Finally !” Akechi says, climbing out of the holes that he had dug trying to find his things. 

 

Akechi’s covered in dust, dirt, and blood, but he’s smirking. He’s clearly exhausted, but he’s content with what he’s managed to pull from the mess. 

 

It’s his gun. 

 

“You’re not going to shoot me again, are you?” Ken drawls, but his heart starts to ram into overtime, he’s not in the mood for another fight, nor is he in any state for it. 

 

Akechi scoffs, and puts the gun into his waistband after checking the amount of ammo the gun has, sliding out the magazine, and then flicking the safety on and putting the gun into his waistband. “No, I’ve seen how well that turns out.” 

 

Ken’s heart still beats heavy in his chest, a scuttaco rhythm that makes Kala-Nemo wary enough to tighten its grip, lace its long claws through the gaps in Ken’s ribs. Ken’s not going to ever fully trust Akechi, not when the memory of his brother’s face when he pressed the gun against his head is still fresh in his mind at any rate. 

 

But Ken laughs anyway, laughs because he’s trained himself to be a ‘normal’ enough teenager, laughs because Akechi’s trying to break the thick tension hanging in the air by saying something, anything. 

 

Akechi shot his brother through the forehead. 

 

Ken had torn the tendons in Akechi’s knee so badly that he wouldn’t have been able to walk again, sliced through his hand with the mentality to maim. 

 

The two of them are messed up, fucked up beyond repair. 

 

The two of them sit on the destroyed front step of the dorm, the spear that’s still covered in Akechi’s blood laid flat in front of them. Koromaru is sitting between them, head resting on his paws. The brothers bask in the light of the green moon, listening to a city that was empty and keeping a wary lookout for anymore shadows that had the audacity to try and attack them. 

 

Akechi’s phone hangs uselessly in his loose grip. 

 

The two brothers simply exist together for a moment in time. 

 

It’s half a surprise when the phone comes back on, lighting up with power. Akechi certainly is happy is theory holds, holding his phone so both boys can see it. 

 

The phone’s app is the first thing that pops up, before it flickers , hard. 

 

The app’s screen goes black, before a popup notification chimes happily between them. 

 

MetaNav Error: Location Time Limited. Force Eject.’ 

 

 

Fuuka stands on the porch of her old dorms. Everyone else is inside, talking about worst case scenarios. 

 

Her nerves are already shaky enough, damn it. She’s not going to think about what she’ll have to do if those children are stuck in the Dark Hour. She’s the only one who can contact them, Mitsuru’s tried, more than once, without success. 

 

Fuuka desperately wants a cigarette, but she gave those up six months ago and she’s been doing so damn well

 

Her job is stressful enough, testing high end robotics at the hospital during complicated surgeries for hours on end, she doesn’t need anything more pressing against her frayed nerves. She’s not fond of going into the TV-world, was less fond of the Dark Hour, but she already knows she’ll travel hell and high water to help her team. 

 

They’re not losing another member to the Dark Hour. 

 

For as much as Fuuka loves the members of the Inaba persona users she always had a deep rooted secret hatred of how things had turned out. She hates herself for thinking it, but she sometimes sits up at night thinking about how unfair it was that S.E.E.S had lost two members, two children , while the Inaba team had made it out with no casualties. 

 

She knows that it’s a terrible thought. An awful thought from an awful, spiteful woman, but she just can’t help it sometimes. Fuuka has a therapist she tells all this too, and the very nice woman tells her that she might have survivor's guilt, that from her experience she might have a skewed sense of protective instincts. 

 

Fuuka just smiles warily, and accepts the fact that from her fucked up soul her persona latches onto the heartbeats of her friends and will never let them go quiet in her soul. 

 

She feels Ken’s right now, how alive he is. His young heart beats quickly, the persona sitting under his skin feeling light bright white light and white hot electric currents. Kala-Nemi is large in ways other than size, his presence is usually easy to find when Fuuka looks for him. The persona screams at them all to ‘ please look at me! Pay attention, please! `` with every bit of desperation Fuuka had seen in Ken when they had first met. 

 

Everyone’s persona was just an embodiment of themselves, at their deepest, most base desire. 

 

Rise had once said to Fuuka that it takes a certain kind of person to be a navigator, to have a persona that has no ability to protect yourself,  but to protect others, to investigate and look forward at the expense of yourself. 

 

So Fuuka reaches out, her persona reaching through whatever’s in its way, looking around, through, invading people’s space and trying to figure out how people tick

 

When they had first met, Fuuka knew that Ken’s brother was injured, badly, and that he had something bubbling just under his soul, ready to be unleashed into something more

 

But Fuuka had just written it off as having the potential to have a persona. 

 

Plenty of people had the potential to wield a persona, had the power to summon something right underneath their hearts. Fuuka met at least ten people a day in the hospital that had some kind of power in their chest, ready and waiting. 

 

Most people would never use that power, so Fuuka had just assumed that Ken’s brother had the potential , but would never get the opportunity to use it. 

 

Now she searches harder, digging into that low simmering of power she can feel from Akechi and yanking until her persona can hold the information close. Fuuka is over her tentative first year of having a persona, ever so careful about trying to pry and gain information, now she simply takes with no mind

 

Something’s wrong, with the power in Akechi, something deep in him is broken, leaking out power when it should be freely flowing. It’s clogged up with something, sickly and disgusting to feel around. It was like the power had been cut off because the outlet had swollen up and closed off. Fuuka could feel how Akechi had accessed his power now, going through the infected outer layer with a tearing force and not caring about trying to clean up afterwards. 

 

It was like Akechi was constantly picking at a scabbed over wound, making it worse with every summon. 

 

It was similar to how Shinjiro felt, those first few months Fuuka had known him. 

 

Fuuka really wants that cigarette. 

 

She’s focused so hard to trying to diagnose the problem that the soft sound of buzzing doesn’t actually alert her. 

 

It’s only when the shape of Ken’s hair becomes more solid on the stoop in front of her when Fuuka’s attention is snapped back to the real world. 

 

Her call of “ Ken! ” is loud enough that the people inside can hear her, and distantly she hears the comotion of them standing up to come to her aid. 

 

The three on the porch take a half a second, but they do fade back into existence in front of her eyes. 

 

Fuuka wrapped her arms around both boys, pulling them to her. She’s shaking, hands carefully positioned on the back of their heads to press them into her shoulders. Her anxiety calmes all at once, having them here with her. 

 

Ken tenses, not expecting the hug, but melts into it anyway. 

 

Akechi stays tense, only fractionally relaxing into the hold of a woman he’s met once before. 

 

Koromaru’s barking, wagging his tail where he’s squished between them all. .

 

The door behind them opens, a decent amount of people’s voices coming from the inside. Fuuka can hear S.E.E.S, talking over themselves, a few scattered members of the Inaba persona users. 

 

It’s Mitsuru’s who’s leading the charge however, her red hair flying with the force of her action. 

 

She sees the boy’s in Fuuka’s tight grip, the way their hair is wild, tangled messes, the blood that coats their clothing, the dirt and dust that covers them. Mitsuru can see the exhaustion that the two are suffering from. 

 

She sighs, hating to have to do this but having to do it anyway. 


“We’re going to bring you both into Kirijo Group for overnight monitoring.” Mitsuru says, tone leaving no room for arguments. “We need to hear, and learn,  everything about this new offshoot of the Collective Unconscious.”

Chapter Text

The Lord is known by his justice; the wicked are ensnared by the work of their hands

 

There’s a protocol in place for this. 

 

That’s not surprising, actually, considering that Mitsuru has a protocol in place for just about everything. Any doomsday scenario that Akihiko can cook up he proceeds to talk to Mitsuru about it and she very calmly fixes into place a plan for it. 

 

It’s something of a game for them, at this point. 

 

So now, using three company cars, Mitsuru conducts everyone to her company with the ease of a well practiced maestro. She specifically places Fuuka in the car she’s driving, keeping the line between all the car’s open. Ken and his brother are in the car with Narukami and Hanamura, the third car being driven by Akihiko. 

 

There's distance between each cars by design, so it only takes Fuuka a second to summon her persona when they’re out of sightline of Narukami’s car. 

 

Fuuka’s persona does take up space, so she sits in the back of the SUV, as her hands are clasped in a facsimile of prayer. Yukari and Junpei are in the backseat, watching over Fuuka and chatting to themselves. Aigis sits in the passenger seat, she’s talking to Akihiko over the car’s bluetooth.

 

Fuuka perks up after a minute or two. “I have them, Ken’s aware of my presence but his brother, Akechi, doesn’t realize anything’s watching him.” 

 

“Status of them both?” Mitsuru asks her, careful to keep her eyes on the road the whole time. 

 

“Tired. Akechi more so than Ken. Both have signs of healing skills being recently used on them, I think it’s Ken’s work. Both have summoned persona’s within the past 24 hours.” Fuuka’s eyes are glazed over as she looks at something only she can see, reading over words her persona shows only to her. “The two of them are the same arcana, Justice. Both have the same blood type.” 

 

Fuuka frowns. “Akechi’s persona is, is wrong? Something’s different in the way it’s connected to him. It’s …” 

 

“It’s like there’s something wrong with it.” 

 

Mitsuru thinks on it for a moment. “Akihiko. I propose we pull out all the stops.” 

 

Akihiko sighs, the bluetooth speaker picking it up as fuzzy noise. “Go ahead.” 

 

Mitsuru nods and tells Fuuka to go ahead with the plan. 

 

Fuuka reaches out, and begins her work. 

 


 

Akechi was tired

 

It didn’t hit him until he was in the backseat of the car taking them to the headquarters of the Kirijo Group, but damn he can barely keep his eyes open. Ken’s nodded off already, head leaning against the window and hands folded in his lap. Hanamura is in the front passenger seat, hand tangled with the silver haired drivers. Akechi recognizes the driver from photographs on Hanamura’s desk, the man’s been brought up in conversation before but Akechi’s too tired to remember it. 

 

Koromaru’s with them, sitting between the two brothers in the backseat and resting his head on Ken’s lap. The dog’s almost asleep, but his bleary pink eyes are open just enough to watch over his charge. 

 

Akechi leans further into the small corner that the seat and the door makes. The car’s just on the edge of being too warm, it’s late at night, the two in the front aren’t making noise. 

 

Akechi shuts his eyes only for a moment, a second, and he’s asleep. 

 


 

Fuuka relaxes, and her persona disappears like smoke around her. 

 

“They’re both asleep.” 

 

Lulled by the lullabies of Juno into their soul. Fuuka plucked the harp of their hearts and sent them into a sleep that only she would be able to pull them out of. Their persona’s listen to Juno’s soft call, Ken trusted Fuuka, trusted her enough that he did not hesitate to follow where Fuuka led. Akechi was less trusting, but he wasn’t given any reason not to trust the urge to sleep so he also fell. 

 

The best traps are laid with honey. 

 

There’s parking for all of them in the parking deck, first floor. 

 

The three company car’s slip into the line, identical to the others. Narukami and Hanamura are waiting from them, as they were the first ones to arrive. Akihiko it just straightening out his parking job when Mitsuru pulls in. 

 

There’s twelve adults here, six from S.E.E.S and six from the Investigation Team. 

 

When everyone gets out of their respective vehicles Mitsuru calls over Tatsumi and Akihiko to help her. Narukami opens the door to the backseat and catches Ken when he slumps out of the car, asleep and dead to the world. Akihiko picks up Ken with ease, slinging him over his shoulder. 

 

“This feels like kidnapping.” Tatsumi says as he reaches through the backseat and gently takes the brother. 

 

“It’s only sort of like kidnapping.” Junpei says. “Ken knows almost as many contingency plans as Mitsuru and Akihiko do.”

 

Tatsumi shifts so the weight more even as he pulls the limp teenager fully from the car. He’s carrying Akechi less like a sack of potatoes and more like an actual human being, arms under knees and supporting the shoulders.

“Just because one of the kidnapping victims knows that we're kidnapping him doesn't make it any better.” Tatsumi follows Akihiko anyway. 

 

“It’s just for some tests.” Fuuka says, quietly. “We’ll be doing them to Ken too.” 

 

Tatsumi just rolls his eyes, “Glad to know we’re equal opportunity kidnappers.”

 

Koromaru sticks close to his boys, getting underfoot to press his nose into Ken’s hands that dangle loose behind Akihiko. 

 


 

Fuuka does the tests. 

 

She’s the only one of them that has any real medical training, even if it’s less than a regular nurse. She makes robots for hospitals. She tunes them, gets them working right, overlooks surgeries done by them. There is no medical background in her schooling, but she’s the most qualified of them all. 

 

Isn’t that saying something?

 

The blood sits dark in the medical vials, carefully labeled and marked and whisked away to the people in the lab that don’t know anything about these samples. They have their jobs, and that’s to take the samples, process them, get them into something readable, and to give them back. 

 

Reflexes are fine. For both of them. The brother, Akechi, he has a name and Fuuka needs to remember to call him that, has a delayed reaction in one knee, but it’s within the realm of normal. 

 

Pupils reactive, that’s a good sign. 

 

The MRI’s take a while, they always take longer than CT scans, but they get the images Fuuka needs. 

 

There’s a part of the brain in persona users that’s slightly enlarged and it appears in both of them, Ken more prevalently than anyone else but that’s because he summoned so young. There’s activity there in both of them, sparking up and showing that persona’s had been used recently. 

 

Persona’s are all in the brain, after all. It takes up space, snaps synapses and flares electrical surges that can knock a person flat. A persona could fry your nerves, burn its place out of you with a vengeance and leave behind nothing but a corpse with a smoking hole in its brain. Persona’s are a representation of ego, a reflection of the self projected in a world as both a shield against the shadows and as a solid foundation to stay in the world where mind and matter is melded. 

 

Hanamura is working with the lab, he’s the one who grabs the blood samples from Fuuka. He’s the main overseer of the whole project. He won’t emerge from those labs for at least two days. 

 

He looks over, only very briefly, but doesn’t say anything about the sight of two teeangers laid prone on gurneys with the soft sound of two heart monitors beeping carefully. Yosuke Hanamura did look into bloodwork for persona users before, he’s looked into a lot of things for persona users before, for Mitsuru, for the Kirijo Group.

 

Yosuke’s constantly complaining that his expertise is dead things , not alive ones. 

 

Mitsuru always sighs and tells him that there’s nobody else on the team to look at things like this. 

 

It would be excellent to have Teddie here, even though he's only a college student still, he knows all kinds of things about psychology that would be an excellent insight. He’s gone over brain scans with his professors before, and he’s doing a thesis on the Projected Self

 

But Teddie’s gotten wrapped up with modeling something or other, caught in Tokyo and pouting with Rise in the group chat about not being there. It doesn’t matter if he’s the only one trained to be a psychologist if he’s not here

 

Fuuka does her tests fast, and when she’s done she calls in the muscle again. 

 

Akihiko and Kanji take the boys back to the car, setting them up in the position they fell asleep in. Fuuka takes the time it takes them to move the two to fire up her persona. 

 

Narukami emerges from the underground entryway at the same time Fuuka begins to wake them. 

 

Narukami shakes them both awake, smiling and telling the two of them that they must have been exhausted. 

 

Narukami walks them into the building, into the elevators, and up to Mitsuru’s office. 

 

The two teenagers are still groggy from sleep, blinking the exhaustion from their eyes. Ken doesn't look around, just bends low and pushes his hands through the thick fur of Koromaru’s collar, slipping his fingers under the rim of the glinting steel and very carefully unhooking the needles that give Koromaru the shot of pure adrenaline he needs to summon his persona. Koromaru has never given any sign of being uncomfortable while wearing the collar, but Ken doesn’t like to keep it on him unless he has too. 

 

Akechi’s the one looking around, glancing along the floors, the ceiling, the walls. Akechi’s never been in this building before and he’s memorizing it. 

 

He always thought he’d end up in handcuffs, kicking and screaming into the darkness of the depths of this building. Akechi never thought he’d be strolling along as a guest with his brother of all things. 

 

Akechi’s hands are shaking, but he stands tall as he scans the building around him. The elevator door opens and the three of them walk towards Mitsuru’s office on the second to highest floor. The walkway is over the floor beneath them, opened up to see the productive day of workers as important people traverse the walkway to see the president of the corporation. Now it’s empty, just the abandoned office floor of a high class empire. The windows are floor to ceiling, showing off the night sky and casting strange shadows across the empty floor they walk above. 

 

It is solidly night now, the darkness out here in the countryside different than the Tokyo skyline. The stars shine against the brilliantly black backdrop, it’s almost like pinpoints of a thousand eyes watching as three people open the glass doors of the office and slip inside. 

 

There’s only a few people inside the glass cage that serves as a worldwide information hubs head. 

 

Mitsuru’s one of them, sitting perfectly poised and waiting behind her large desk, eyes sharp like the rapiers she prefers to use. Akihiko’s rushed up here to stand behind his oldest friend, arms crossed across his chest and casually looking over the view of the floor below him, even when there is nothing to see. 

 

Tatsumi’s up here with his fiance, Shirogane. The small detective is sitting on the desk, ankles crossed and leaning against her longtime partner who is leaning against the desk they all gather around. 

 

Ken strides forward like he belongs there, ignoring the way Akechi glances quickly at the sudden movement and then follows him. Ken sits down solidly on the couch that’s not comfortable in the slightest. It’s meant to make people who come in here during the day leave faster, but Ken’s long since used to the hard surface. 

 

Akechi sits down beside Ken, and Narukami takes the position directly behind him, blocking them from quick access to the door. 

 

Akechi realizes that he’s been trapped, but this is a trap he’s known about ever since he got into the car. He walked into this place willingly, because it’s better to get answers directly from the source. He’s too involved in all of this nonsense. 

 

Ken knows that Akechi put the gun to his forehead and pulled that trigger. Akechi knows that he willingly tried to kill his brother and feels no remorse for that. It’s the guilt of these other people knowing his crimes. His reputation is going to be ruined amongst them, he’ll never be in good standing with this company. He’ll have to live with the consequences of his actions. 

 

Akechi doesn’t want to do that. 

 

Akechi assassinates people in a world that nobody can, well nobody could, access for a reason. He’s a fucking coward at heart, he puts the muzzle behind the head of people who are so far gone on the power of a world that isnt theirs and he smiles as he pulls the trigger, knowing that he’s about as safe in those actions as he possibly can be. 

 

Now he’s exposed, he’s been peeled apart like the world's most grotesque autopsy. He feels his limbs being pinned down by the stares of the people in front of him, skin pried back and exposing the internals that are just disgusting and dripping with the crimes that Akechi has commited. 

 

Akechi is not sorry that he’s killed those people. 

 

He’s just sorry he’s going to get caught. 

 

He tried to kill his brother.

 

That's not something that you can just bounce back from with no repercussions. Akechi’s not sure how his emotional state is holding up but its not come out of this encounter unscathed. Something in him is finally cracking under the pressure of a failure this spectacular. Ken’s not stupid, he’ll be able to figure this out, Akechi’s a dead man walking and both brothers know it. Akechi seriously fucked up here, there's very little he can do to salvage the situation to something that’ll make innocent sense. Akechi’s messed up, he’s messed up and there's nothing to distract him from the screaming in his head that’s telling him he’s going to die here.

 

Ken’s face is a perfect study in poker, not giving away anything to either his friends or his sibling. 

 

“I would like to know everything that occured when you two met up tonight, to now.” Mitsuru’s tone says no nonsense, and when she leans forward just a little bit she has files on her desk that show tantalizing bits of information that isn't enough for either of them. “We have an expert on the way now, but I would like to hear your story-” 

 

“Who’s on the way?” Ken asks, looking over the people in the room. 

 

“Margaret.” Narukami answers. 

 

Ken frowns, sitting back in the chair and looking at the silver haired man. “Margaret is coming? Here?” 

 

Narukami smiles, that soft enigmatic smile, and nods. “Yes. I convinced her.” 

 

“Who the hell is Margaret?” Akechi asks, trying to recall if Ken’s mentioned her before. He doesn’t think Ken’s ever dropped that name, it’s a name that Akechi would remember easily because it’s foreign. 

 

“She’s an expert on the subject of persona’s.” Narukami answers again, with that same kind of tone. 

 

Akechi frowns, because that is absurdly unhelpful. It’s like everything else that’s been sprouted off at him in the past few hours. It’s like living in a world of people who understand a fundamental concept that Akechi’s not grasping. It’s like playing a game without knowing any of the rules and everyone else is a professional player. 

 

It’s incredibly annoying. 

 

So Akechi looks at his brother, and motions for Ken to talk. 

 

Ken considers it for a moment, head tilting ever so slightly in thought. 

 

But Akechi’s not saying anything more, so Ken starts talking. 

 

Ken talks about how they had met up, got dinner, and they had an argument.

 

“It’s not uncommon for us to fight.” Ken explains, voice very carefully neutral. “We’ve only known each other for a few months now, and we’re working out the kinks in the way we treat each other.” 

 

“Akechi says something, I don’t remember exactly what, but his phone was running an app in the background responded to our verbal argument and sent us into that fake-Dark Hour.” 

 

Ken pauses, looking at his brother, and Akechi is counting what lucky stars he has left. If Ken doesn’t say it was all Akechi’s fault then Akechi might live to see another day. 

 

“Our fight continued in the Dark Hour clone, our screaming attracted unwanted attention. Shadow’s showed up and we fought them. Low level shadows, from the very bottom floors of Tartarus, there was nothing I couldn’t handle. Since it got the drop on Akechi it managed to injure his knee. But we managed to fight it off.” 

 

Ken’s lying to his oldest friends faces, and he’s not even flinching. 

 

“I tried to summon Kala-Nemi using the traditional method, the evoker, but because of the Dark Hour skin on the TV-world like projection of the Collective Unconscious I put too much power into the summon and overloaded Kala-Nemi, the same power I would have used in the Dark Hour.”

 

Mitsuru’s face softens, she sighs and stands. “Kala-Nemi rampaged?” 

 

Ken nods, just once. 

 

Mitsuru moves around her desk and slips her arms around the smallest member of her team. “I’m so sorry.” 

 

Ken reaches back into the hug, burying himself in the safety of Mitsuru for only a moment. His hands grip her shirt hard, his shoulders shake for only the quickest of seconds, but they break apart quickly. 

 

“Thank you.” 

 

Ken continues on with the story he’s weaving for them. Tell’s how Kala-Nemi got stopped by Akechi’s own persona and them teaming up. 

 

It’s over quick enough, the lies. 

 

Mitsuru, at the end of it, simply nods and leans back in her high backed chair. 

 

A beat of silence, everyone in the room taking a moment to go over the story. 

 

“How did you get access to the Collective Unconscious?” Naoto asks, curious and looking at Akechi. 

 

“A piece of  scene evidence.” Akechi answers after the appropriate pause. “I was inspecting a phone that was confiscated at a black market trade. I wasn’t meant to be looking at it.I don’t even know how I got to talking to the men working the case. The officer asked me to look at the phone and I did, I was just flicking through the apps.” 

 

Akechi pulls out his own phone, dead in his hands and scratched up at the charging port. It came out of that horrid world without any battery, so unlike how it normally comes out of the metaverse. 

 

“I opened up the app, it didn’t give me any instructions, just a navigation app. The last location was someplace called the ‘ metaverse ’ so I clicked on it to see where it was and-” 

 

Akechi stops, looks at Shirogane and shoves his phone out, towards her. “It’s been on my phone ever since. I’ve explored it, of course I have, I'm a curious kind of guy, and I’ve managed to figure out a few things on my own.” 

 

“Was incredibly helpful in the fake Dark Hour.” Ken adds.”He doesn’t know everything, but he knows how to summon and fight with a persona.” 

 

Naoto takes the phone, inspecting it. “The application ‘has been on your phone ever since’?

 

“Ever since I walked into the Metaverse, what the application calls the world it brings me too, every phone I’ve used has automatically downloaded the app without my permission. It takes up no space, doesn’t show up in my settings, and doesn’t use data. Doesn't even drain my battery to be in the metaverse normally, but this time it freaked out and shut off.” 

 

Naoto makes a low sound, and inspects the phone more thoroughly. “We’re going to have to confiscate this you realize?” 

 

Akechi stiffens. That’s not ideal. He uses that phone for work. He can’t afford to replace it, how will he explain this to anybody . He won’t be able to text Sae, or Ken-  

 

“We’re going to replace it, don’t worry. We just need to know more about this new entrance to the Collective Unconscious.” Naoto smiles, just like she would at the police station, hanging around the forensics lab and bumming coffee off of Hanamura. “We should be able to transfer everything, the only thing we need is the access point.” 

 

“Can I keep my phone until we can get a new one?” 

 

“We can have you a replacement by the morning.” Akihiko says, looking away from the downstairs for the first time. He looks at Mitsuru and waits for the affirmative. Once she nods the man is out the door, gone into the depths of the night, Akihiko wastes no time in getting things done, not one for any smalltalk. 

 

The man’s not even fully out the door before Narukami’s also moving. 

 

“She’s here.” He says, holding his own silver phone to show the text messages that have been exchanged. 

 

Akihiko’s silhouette is outlined in the dark of the catwalk by the bright light of the elevator. The woman inside the elevator steps out as he steps in.They pass by without speaking to one another.

 

Akechi’s turned around on the hard couch to watch. 

 

The woman’s hair is the same silvery color as Akihiko’s, held up carefully by a hairband that is a  strikingly familiar shade of blue. Her dress becomes black with the shadows as soon as she steps out of the elevator, but Narukami holds the door and when she crosses the threshold it shines that same blue that Akechi knows

 

The woman’s yellow eyes are fixed on him, and Akechi almost flinches with the force behind her glare. She’s tall, taller than the woman who works at the police station that's for sure, but she’s also clearly more confident than the secretary who works for Shido. 

 

She’s still walking, straight towards Akechi. 

 

Akechi goes to move, but the woman is fast

 

She grabs onto Akechi’s shoulders with a force he’s never felt before. 

 

“Margaret!” Narukami’s dropped the door and moves to intercept his crazed friend, but the woman’s not moving. 

 

“What have you done .” Margaret’s eyes seem to glow with an internal power that Akechi can’t even fathom. She, in that instant, is the internal rage that Akechi cannot fight against. She’s something that's inhuman and it makes Akechi’s primal hindbrain panic. He’s trapped in a room with a being that is far behind mortal understanding. 

 

What have my siblings done to you?”

 

Akechi’s panicking, trying to scramble away from the fury of something holding him down onto the couch. 

 

“Why are you torn like this? You’re infected, your soul is screaming in its prison.” 

 

People around the two of them are making noises, protesting, saying things, Akechi can’t hear them. His world is narrowed down to the woman in front of him. 

 

“Where are they? My siblings? Your guides? Why have they broken your arcana into this? You are a justice , infected by the fool. Someone, some thing is pulling your fate into too many directions.” 

 

Akechi feels the hands of the people around them trying to pry the two of them apart, but it’s not breaking the woman’s hold on his shoulders. Her fingers bruise black from where she’s digging into his muscle. 

 

Where are they?” The woman is whispering between them, but her voice is so loud that Akechi fears his eardrums may burst. “ Where are my missing siblings? What has happened to the velvet room? ” 

 

“You’re hurting me!” Akechi’s trying to push her off, but she’s a black hole in the form of a woman and she’s immoveable . “Please!” 


“They are your attendants! I can see it in your fates!” Narukami’s finally gotten one of her hands off, pried from Akechi’s skin like a burning brand. Narukami rips Margaret off of Akechi but her eyes are still burning. “ Where are my siblings! Where is Elizabeth and Theodore!

Chapter 12

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Truth never damages a cause that is just

 

“I don’t fucking know!”

Liar!  

 

“Margaret! Calm down! What are you talking about?!” Narukami’s not screaming, but he’s loud and he’s holding onto the furious woman.

“Tell me, Mr. Goro Akechi, tell me when you fell into the Velvet Room and rejected the contract to become the Fool .” 

 

“I’ve never been to a ‘Velvet Room’?!” Akechi think he’s been offended, but he’s not sure what he’s meant to be offended at. 

 

Margaret’s still fuming, mad enough that if Narukami wasn’t holding her back Akechi would be running from the room at top speed. Her eyes narrow in distrust, but she seems to take this at face value, for now . “Tell me, then, Mr. Goro Akechi, if you’ve seen a man and a woman who looks like me, white hair and yellow eyes. Her name is Elizabeth, his is Theodore, they have no last names you could ever hope to pronounce. You’ve seen them before, tell me about them.” 

 

It takes a second, but yeah. Akechi does know that the two people who she resembles are named Elizabeth and Theodore. 

 

“Mrs. Elizabeth works at the police station, as a greeter, and Mr. Theodore works at the Diet Building.” 

 

Narukami lets go of Margaret, the woman doesn’t lunge at him again, but her stance promises pain if things don't go her way. 

 

Narukami’s a man who has both balls and nerves of steel though, because he turns her physically and looks at her right in the eye. “Margaret, what the hell was that? I asked you to come here about his persona, not this-” 

 

“My siblings have been missing for two years almost, right after our master banished us from the room, I can sense them on him, looking out after their contract bearer.” Margaret steps forward, but she doesn't flinch as the persona users around her surge forward. “I know that the older persona users know of my siblings, know them because they were the ones who served under Igor when their own leader was the one to take the mantle of Fool. They’ve gone missing and I would very much like them back to take back the Velvet Room.” 

 

“They’re the ones you’ve been looking for?” Narukami asks, head cocked to the side as he thinks. 

 

“Yes.” 

 

Narukami sighs, shoulders slumping. “Why does this just get more complicated?” 

 

Tatsumi, the hulking man who’s still leaning against the desk and has a hand across his fiance’s waist, chimes in with a soft “You were the one who jumped into a TV .”

 

Narukami opens his mouth to respond but gets cut off by a-

 

“The Velvet Room isn’t in operation?” Mitsuru’s the one who pulls attention back, her face stern. 

 

“No.” Margaret’s own tone matcher hers with scary accuracy, no love will be lost with these two women. “It’s been out of normal operation for almost two and a half years. Igor banished me from the room first, as I was the eldest and the one who would be targeted first. I did not see where the others were dumped out of, but I know that at least Elizabeth and Theodore got out about two years ago.” 

 

“Igor’s not in charge of the Velvet Room anymore?” Narukami’s sounding confused, “Who-what could unthrone him?” 

 

“I don’t know.” Margaret’s facing Akechi again, her expression one that flashes with fury so cold that it makes even Loki whisper to Akechi to run . “The first person I’ve encountered with signs of interference has been Mr. Goro Akechi here. I can see his personas, fighting through his arcana, a Justice that has been beaten into a semblance of the Fool.” 

 

“A puzzle piece fitted so poorly that if another one was jammed in I think it might shatter his soul. Damaged from more than the shitty patch job, something’s been poisoning him.” 

 

Akechi really doesn’t like the picture that this is painting for him. Both Loki and Robin Hood shudder under his wavering constitution, they scrape the walls of his ribcage in an attempt at comfort that rattles Akechi’s teeth. The two persona’s slam against each other and seep into Akechi’s lung’s to try and keep the peace in Akechi’s soul. 

 

“I thought you said that my persona’s weren’t going to kill me?” Akechi’s voice isn’t as stable as he wants it to be as he addresses his brother.

 

“Persona’s aren’t meant to kill you.” Ken assures, looking between Akechi, Margaret, and Mitsuru. 

 

There’s a lot of noise, people begin to yell over each other. Nobody’s shouting , per say, but the noise of everyone in the room just rises as they all try to be heard over the others that are also trying to get their opinion out there. Mitsuru’s trying to pry information out of Margaret, Margaret’s trying to wiggle out of Narukami’s grasp to kill Akechi, Akechi’s trying not to panic at his apparently ‘dying’ status, Narukami’s trying to not allow Margaret to interrogate the people she deems to and Shirogane and Tatsumi are quickly getting out of the way. 

 

BARK

 

The whole room jerked to attention, falling silent at the shattering sound. 

 

Koromaru had jumped onto the couch, body rigid and ears flat back.

 

The dog, knowing his job is done and he’s gotten the attention of everyone in the room, goes and sits very solidly onto Akechi’s lap, securing him in place on the couch. 

 

The whole room seems to not know exactly what to do, there's been a lot of information dropped on them in a very short amount of time. 

 

Mitsuru opens her mouth, closes it again. 

 

The entire room seems to be looking at one another to make the next step, take the plunge and organize this shitshow. 

 

Narukami steps forward, silver eyes glinting in the darkness of the early hours of the day. He’s made hard calls before, harder than this. 

 

“I have a few ideas.” 

 

--

 

“I’m a victim too!” The shadow of a man is screaming at them, hands above his head in cowardence, draped across the gold like a madman. “Yeah! None of this is my fault!” 

 

Makoto’s knuckles gleam with sharp metal, Ryuji has dripping shadowy ichor dripping off his face and hair, trailing down his long neck and splattering across his torso. Yusuke took a hard hit in battle, his hand clutched tight holding onto Akira as they supported each other. Ann’s fingertips still burn with the fire her persona commands so easily. Morgana’s already lunging at the gold that surrounds him. 

 

The Phantom Thieves stand tall above the man they’ve just beaten to the ground. 

 

The man cowers below them, cursing society, the system in which they live, and the unfairness that surrounds them. 

 

Preaching to the choir, if there ever was an example. 

 

“You could have had anything you wanted! Used these Palaces as a way to make millions. Used and abused the people you see in here to exploit them into doing whatever you could possibly want! ” Kaneshiro’s screaming from his position on the ground, fingers into claws from where they’re scraping against the gold. “There's already another criminal, come into the palaces and used his power to get what he wants. He could destroy you-” 

 

The palace begins to crumble, falling apart at the seams as Kaneshiro realizes he’s lost. 

 

The fly of a man accepts himself for how he is, and the Phantom Thieves run into the night with the bars of gold in the backseat of their van. 

 

The thieves gather into the room above the attic, one after the other and pulled tightly in a mass. Yusuke holds onto Makoto’s wrist, Makoto has a hand around Ann’s waist, Ann throws her legs into a tangle with Ryuji’s, Ryuji slips his fingers into Akira’s, and Akira has his other hand tangled into Yusuke’s hair. They’re all tired, exhausted, and they want to reassure themselves of the presence of the others. 

 

They whisper questions in the late of night. Questions what was going on. Who was the criminal that steals into people’s hearts?

 

The Phantom Thieves steal hours of the night trying to see if there's a chance that they could catch the guy, wanting to know if any one of them might be a victim.

 

It half fear, half reassurances. They throw together wild theories, wilder as the minute ticks along. 

 

It long since passed when the last train runs, so they push the couch out flat and shove the nice case by the stairs for tomorrow. 

 

Akira doesn’t have a lot of clothes to pull from the box of his belongings, but he has enough to cover all five of them. All of his clothes are comfortable, they smell like the country air when he pulls them out and the depths. 

 

The team slips into sleep curled up on one another, passing the questions onto another day.

 

--

 

Akechi watches as his phone turns back on, its battery being charged back up slowly. 

 

The entirety of the team watches as Akechi types in his password, clicking the enter button and opening the home page. 

 

There’s not many apps, so it’s incredibly clear which app is the one that isn’t meant to belong. It has no name underneath it, and will occasionally glitch around to another position on screen. The app’s interface is strange, hard to read and harder to navigate if you didn’t already know where to go. 

 

The history shows ‘ METAVERSE ’, and it has no description underneath. 

 

“Ken.” Narukami’s voice has a tone that just asks people to follow it, and Ken pulls out his own phone, an orange case covering it. 

 

Ken opens up his own phone, and it’s also pretty sparse. There’s a few more apps than Akechi has, but it's far below the average amount on a teenagers phone. 

 

But there, just blow a social media app, glitching into existence slowly, piece by piece. 

 

The red’s pulling from the background, the black from spaces in other apps. It’s only half formed, still downloading, pulling together what it’s gained from that hour in the metaverse. 

 

Narukami’s mouth is a thin line, but he does take Akechi’s phone from his hands. 

 

“We’re getting your ride ready right now.” He’s explaining, the people around him are working overtime. 

 

They’ve been ushered into the lower levels, a huge area that’s a few levels beneath the garage. 

 

Hanamura can be seen in the back, occasionally popping up from behind machines to rush by them. Fuuka’s here too, her presence less noticeable than Hanamura’s loud music as he bounces around from one place to another. 

 

They mostly came down here to give Akechi’s phone to the research team and then head back to Tokyo as quickly as possible. They had to make sure Ken’s phone had that app for this plan to work however. 

 

Ken’s phone has ‘caught’ the app, so they’re going to run to Tokyo with him to teach Ken everything about this new version of the collective unconscious. So in turn Ken can bring it back to everyone in the Shadow Operatives and teach them

 

They need to bring it out of the ‘infected’ area of the collective unconscious to test and teach though, and they know that this method of transportation into the collective unconscious is fine to participate in in the greater Tokyo area. 

 

Ken’s already been seen with Akechi, so it makes the most sense for Ken to be the one who goes with him in a crash course in the metaverse. 

 

The trade in of phones is going to take a moment, at least a day, but Mitsuru assures Akechi that his phone will be replaced in full. 

 

Akechi and Ken are ushered out of the lab post haste, moving towards where Akihiko has gotten the private jet ready to take them both to Tokyo. Akihiko was going to fly them to Tokyo, then bring Mitsuru to Europe to grab at some politicians that were becoming restless. 

 

In Tokyo Akechi and Ken were going to meet up with Teddie and Rise to discuss the strange phenomenons in this version of the collective unconscious. Teddie and Rise are going to collect the app as well, to spread it into the rest of the Shadow Operatives while Ken finished finding every crack and crevice that roosted itself inside the new reality that this app creates. 

 

The plane is very nice when they both board it. It’s clearly a luxury liner, that’s been made up to the highest standards built for billionaires

 

The plane lands in Tokyo, quick quiet and easy. Akihiko lets them off the plane with a weak smile and a wave. Akechi’s never seen a pilot in just a hoodie and jeans, but Akihiko doesn’t looks like he’s gotten any more sleep than the brothers themselves. 

 

Akechi is both in awe of the ability that Akihiko posses to be able to fly and plane in that state and horrified that he’s flying a plane in this state. 

 

The two of them manage to get to Akechi’s apartment by ten am, shuffling their feet and calling today a total loss. 

 

They both collapse onto the closest softest surface available, their minds exhausted and their bodies beaten down into exhaustion. 

 

Sleep comes easy for them both. 

 

Dreamless dreams of nothingness, curled up into spare blankets and throw pillows. 

 

Ken’s draped across the couch, Akechi in his own bed. The two of them wake up two hours later, easy to open their eyes but hard to move. God damn Ken didn’t even have the wherewithal to plug in his phone before the worlds worst power nap. 

 

“Why’d you let me get away with it?” Akechi asks, staring at the ceiling. 

 

“Because if you don’t tell me every bit of what you know I’m walking right back to the Shadow Operatives and putting your ass in jail.” 

 

Yeah. That sounds about right. Akechi sighs. “You sound like our father.” 

 

Ken just makes a sound . Confused and tired. 

 

“The blackmail, the blackmail makes you sound like him.” 

 

“God damn it.” 

 

They’re both too tired to laugh, or cry, or do anything really. 

 

Ken groans, and sits up on the couch, his back cracking where he pulls his shoulders back. “We need to find the two assistants Margaret was talking about. They are meant to be your assistants after all.” 

 

“We need to go to the police station first, then meander by the diet building.” 

 

The two look at one another, the bags underneath their eyes. 

 

“Tomorrow.” Ken decides, pulling up the blanket. 

 

“Tomorrow.” Akechi agrees, already beginning to lie back down.

Notes:

im sorry this has taken so long to update i'm a very tired bean and im very hardpressed to write more than 10 words a day right now

Chapter 13

Notes:

welcome homeboies, to my hell. i hope your enjoying ur stay, i'm pretty forcebly shoving HC's down throats here, accpet it

Chapter Text

Pity for the guilty is treason to the innocent

 

 

Tomorrow came too soon. 

 

Ken rises from the couch, cracking his back and groaning. The blanket falls off his shoulders and he wishes for more sleep. 

 

It’s nearly six in the morning, if Ken’s phone was to be believed, but Ken knows he's not going to get any more sleep today. 

 

With a sigh Ken begins to text Rise and Teddie, asking them what times work for meeting up. They were kept up to date throughout the meeting last night, but they still have a schedule to work around here. Neither one is going to answer this early in the morning, but it doesn't hurt to get jump started on the day.

 

When the messenger app closes, Ken’s immediately drawn to the new application that’s sitting pretty underneath his callender app. It’s still pretty glitchy, but Ken can open it now at least. 

 

It looks like a regular navigation application, but when looking for a destination to input the Metaverse app seems to ignore all poking and prodding at it. There's a few buttons that work, but there's even more that lead to dead ends. 

 

Ken can’t quite quit the app either, trying to force it close just reopens it in the background. 

 

Rise’s answered him, her text message is full of emojis that Ken is definitely going to use later to piss off Akechi. Rise has an unlimited supply of these crazy stupid emojis that she has got to pull from either Teddie or those creepy fan letters. Rise’s not going to be available until tomorrow, her schedule is pretty busy with the movies she’s starring in these days. 

 

Ken clicks his phone off, sighing. 

 

There’s nothing to do right now besides get ready for the day. 

 

--

 

Yosuke rubs his eyes as he looks over the blood work one more time. 

 

Fuck .

 

This blood work is bad

 

Horrible bad. Actually an emergency bad. This requires a whole ‘nother level of “oh shit” on the meter bad. 

 

Yosuke sighs, and dials up Yu. 

 

Yu answers on the third ring with a soft hello, and Yosuke feels his shoulders relax. 

 

Yosuke and Yu have been living together since their first year in college, sharing space as easy as sharing secrets in the TV world. The two of them are in each others pockets, and Yosuke is very much perfectly happy with the situation that the two of them share. Dating? Yeah it took awhile to get around to it, but after Chie and Yukiko started going out then Yosuke decided that he wasn’t going to be the only single one in the group. 

 

“Yu. I have bad news.” Yosuke smooths over the paper on the table. “Very bad news.” 

 

Yu hums, low, asking more without asking. 

 

“This blood work is not good .” Yosuke’s trying to not scare anybody here, but it’s going to be scary. “Ken’s is fine, well within normal levels, in fact he’s as healthy as he possibly can be because he’s been doing regular training with the Shadow Operatives.” 

 

“Something wrong with Akechi?” Yu’s voice over the phone is harder to pick out emotions from, but it’s still tinged with worry. If something in the new version of the Collective Unconscious is hurting the people who travel into it then they’ve sent Amada into a deathtrap. 

 

“Something is very wrong with Akechi.” Yosuke’s pulled files from 1996 , the first recorded persona incident from the Nanjo Conglomerate. The Nanjo Conglomerate , the people who own the Kirijo Group. The Nanjo Conglomerate is the parent company of the Kirijo Group, and they own pretty much every electronic that you can buy on the market. The family is richer than god almost, and Yosuke hates to read that in the first recorded 1996 incident the heir to the throne, so to speak, was involved in this persona bullshit

 

That's why the Kirijo Group was first formed, to be a side company to study and investigate personas with a separation from the main company so that the Nanjo Conglomerate has plausible deniability when things go horribly wrong . When things go wrong enough to blow up a whole man-made island. 

 

Yosuke’s made comparisons, looked into toxicity levels, looked into the degradations of the artificial persona users. The early experimentation by the Nanjo Conglomerate into artificial persona users showed quick mental downfall, a possession by the ‘demon’ within months. The later experimentation was regulated by persona suppressants , meaning the people that were experimented on lasted much, much longer. 

 

They also had an unfortunate side effect of poisoning the person taking them. 

 

Made for children, the persona suppressors were made to look like blue-and-white candy, taste like candy too, but Yosuke looks at the mess they make of a person’s systems and wishes he had never looked into this as a possible explanation. 

 

But it's the only explanation, the blood work matches. 

 

Yosuke explains over the phone, hand shaking on the blood work of a child whose blood is so full of anti-persona poison that it’s a miracle Akechi’s still standing. Akechi’s internal temperature must be shot, unable to regulate normally. His white blood cell count is almost in the negatives , constantly fighting the infection that these suppressants are constantly giving him. He’s probably tired all the time, hungry all the time, carrying a constant pain. 

 

Shit .” Yu curses, “We need to inform Mitsuru, immediately. ” 

 

--

 

Akechi and Ken walk into the diet building, they get some looks as they walk by some of the meaner officers at the front. 

 

“Akechi! Who’s the friend? Another high school kiddo trying his hand at police work?” A braver officer asks, looking over Ken with a kind of morbid curiosity. The officer’s buddies are trying not to laugh at the two of them. 

 

Ken’s wearing a soft orange sweater, the same one that he wore when they first met, and black cargo shorts. Akechi will admit, Ken doesn’t look like much, but that soft orange sweater hides both the evoker and a taser. Now that Akechi knew about the weapons that Ken likes to carry around with him like the world's strangest, deadliest , security blanket, he made no move to hide them as he got dressed that morning. It is actually a surprising amount of weapon that can fit into a sweater and cargo shorts, Akechi had never seen a collapsible spear until this morning, when Ken had tucked away the various parts of it into his pockets. 

 

Akechi also doesn’t look like much of a danger, in a sweater-vest and a long sleeve button down, but Akechi’s got a gun thats metal is skin-warm and a knife tucked into his socks. 

 

There are police officers like this sometimes, who look at a teenager and get defensive about their position and jobs. Akechi has long since stopped paying them mind. 

 

The two half-siblings just continue to walk, ignoring the jeers of a man who wants to show off how coolly he can bully people half his age to his friends. 

 

“Not going to speak with me? Oh Akechi, I’m hurt . Or is your Japanese just not very good?” The man laughs, edged on by his shitty friends. “I heard you’re a half-breed , is your pretty-boy friend one too?” 

 

The snickers overtake the group, but Akechi and Ken keep walking, long since used to ignoring people like that. 

 

The reception desk is pretty large, manned by at least four people at once. It’s in the middle of the huge entranceway, the smiling faces of the attendants greet people they recognize and offer help to the ones they don’t. Akechi scans it for the one he normally talks with, Elizabeth, but she’s not here. Asking a coworker about her whereabouts reveals she’s on break right now, two floors up. 

 

Akechi thanks them, and gestures for Ken to follow him deeper into the station. 

 

“Oh!” The woman that told Akechi were Elizabeth was catches his attention as he turns. “Hanamura is out today, he called in sick earlier, I know you hang out with him a lot.” 

 

“Thank you for telling me.” Akechi smiles, thinking about how Hanamura is tucked away somewhere in the Kirijo Group looking at his phone at the moment. “I’ll be sure to wish him better soon.” 

 

The elevators arrive fast, and Ken walks in first, already hitting the close-door button before Akechi can step inside. 

 

The doors close with just them inside, the two of them turning to the door and watching through the glass as the elevator begins to move. 

 

“My mother was half-German.” Ken says, quietly. “I didn’t think anybody would be that crass about heritage since we left grade school.” 

 

“Some people here are asses, they don’t like me or Shirogane.” Akechi admits. “Don’t like our age, or in her case her gender.” 

 

Conversation dies off, the two brothers standing in silence for a single moment. 

 

Akechi looks over, just for a moment, to see Ken’s face which is so similar to his own. 

 

So he admits something, “My mother was also half-German.” 

 

Ken looks up, surprised at the admission. He never expected Akechi to offer up information on his own mother, but it is surprising-

 

“I did my own DND test after I had met you for the first time.” Akechi continues, this admission like pulling teeth after so long. “To validate your claim that we were related. I wasn’t going to take you on your word. I went back to the restaurant and took the cup you were using as evidence and asked Hanamura to do a DND test.” 

 

Another pause, the elevator passed the first floor. 

 

“He was surprised, asked us if the half-brother connection was through our mothers, not the father. Said we shared a racial mark that indicates European on our mother's side. I looked you up, found an article from 2007, October 4th.” 

 

Ken tenses, a sharp inhalation of breath gives away the emotion he feels. 

 

Akechi continues, pushes through even though he very much does not want to. “My last name is from a quick marriage and divorce to explain why my mother was pregnant with no husband. She lied to her friends, telling them I was premature. My mother commited suicide on October 6th, that same year.” 

 

The door opens, and Akechi walks, not looking back at the expression on Ken’s face. 

 

--

 

Mitsuru looks at the paper on her desk with horror. 

 

Hanamura looks like he hasn’t slept in two days, Fuuka by his side with red puffy eyes and a lip thats been bitten through with her effort not to cry. 

 

“You’re shitting me.” She’s furious, mad, her perfect nails scrape against her desk and leave deep red trails behind. 

 

“I wish I was.” Hanamura’s scratching the back of his head, looking down in a mixture of disgust and horrible sleep deprivation. “I wish I was.” 

 

How!?” Mitsuru wants to know, demands to know, wants to throw this paper into a fire and wish it never crossed her desk. 

 

“I have no idea.” If Hanamura’s shoulders slumped any further then he would melt into the floor. “All I know is that we need to intervene in however he’s reciving those stupid supressants, now . If he doesn’t stop intake then he’ll start to do irreparable damage to his insides. I’m amazed he’s not complaining constantly about the pain he’s got to be in, all the time.” 

 

“We destroyed all of those suppressants years ago, right after Shinjiro’s funeral.” Mitsuru’s anger burns bright, burns with fury . “There should be no more left in existence .” 

 

Fuuka shifts, nervously back and forth. Her face is bright red and her voice is very small when she whispers, “They were developed as candies after they were stopped being given to persona users.”

 

Excuse me!? ” 

 

Fuuka clenches her fists, looking desperately at Hanamura for help, but all he does is raise both hands in clear surrender. “The formula was adjusted minorly for development in a specialty candy company because they have no harmful effects for anybody but persona users. It was beneficial for Kirijo to sell it under the table. I found out about it months ago, going through Kirijo files and reading back during that time. They should have adjusted it enough for reduced damage to take place, but if a persona user was taking them for an extended amount of time it could do the same-” 

 

“We can’t pull this off market?” Mitsuru asks, already going for her laptop to look at the back-market deal that Fuuka was talking about. “We don’t own the formula anymore?” 

 

“No.” Fuuka admits. “I never thought to bring it up because that specific company only makes candies for a specific european market and they are inordinately expensive to purchase just one. A-and if any of us ate just one it wouldn’t do any real harm.” 

 

Mitsuru narrows her eyes, looking over the reports again. “Who the hell is feeding them to Akechi? He’s not going to run off buying that kind of luxury for himself.” 

 

“Honestly?” Hanamura shrugs. “I have no idea.”

 

--

 

“Akechi! How nice to see you!” Elizabeth stands by the coffee machine, wearing a blue blouse and a white skirt. Her heels are the same wonderful shade as her shirt, and her smile is dangerous. “Would you like a candy? I’m grabbing some to refill at my station.” 

 

True to her word, she does carry a small bag in one hand and coffee creamer in another. 

 

“I’ll offer some to your companion as well, if he wants any.” 

 

Akechi holds out his hand, and Elizabeth places a white-and-blue candy into his palm. Ken does the same thing after she holds one out for him to take. 

 

“Elizabeth, can we talk to you for a second? In private?” 

 

She laughs, not fazed by the rather strange request. “Akechi! You sly dog I’m much too old for you!” 

 

Akechi’s face turns bright red, he feels his ears burning. “Not for that, ma’am. I have a few questions regarding-” 

 

She throws up a hand, making a quick zip motion. Her eyes are that fuzzy almost yellow that sends chills down Akechi’s spine when he looks at them for too long. “You have my former guests baby teammate. I know why you’re here, I’ve been found out, haven’t I?” 

 

Ken startles, clearly not expecting to be called out. 

 

“Do you remember me, child? I only saw you once or twice, filled with anger and regret, such sweet emotions for one so young.” Elizabeth’s voice is cold, but more inhuman than Akechi’s ever heard before. 

 

“Vaguely.” Ken acknowledges. “I remember blue more than anything else.” Ken glances down at the color of Elizabeth’s sharp heels as he says it. 

 

“Oh! Remembered more for my uniform than my face! I’m hurt!” Elizabeth’s moving, not checking to see if the two boys are following her. She walks fast, faster than Akechi thought she would considering he’s mostly seen her from behind a desk. The two boys have to doubletime to catch up with her. She’s moving towards the elevators, striding and clicking the button with one smooth motion. 

 

They’re out the door of the building before Akechi can blink, Elizabeth smiles a sharp-toothed smile at her co-workers and claims a family emergency and she needs to leave now . Nobody at the desk argues with her, mostly because she’s terrifying. 

 

“I’m going to have to get in contact with Theo, of course, drag him away from his absolute shit of a job to meet us. We’re going to have a talk! Oh I love talking! Even if it’s not a good idea for us to jabber on. He’s watching us, you know, Theo and I. We’re being tracked! How fun is that, guest that never was?” 

 

Akechi’s trying to keep up physically with the woman, let alone try and tell what the fuck she’s talking about. Ken’s a step behind him, avoiding the crowds as Elizabeth weaves through them like she’s dancing. 

 

The place she drags them too is a restaurant by the barest standards, but it sits them when Elizabeth demands to be sat. It’s a noodle bar, they think, and it doesn’t wait for them to order before the cooking starts. 

 

“It’s been so boring .” Elizabeth’s complaining, swinging her legs on the barstool. “Trying to be an attendant without actually being an attendant. I never even wanted another guest, but here we are!” 

 

“What-” Akechi tries to say but-

 

“I’m trying! Theo and I have been assigned a shit case, with our attendants being far apart and confusing and eugh . But! Theo was right! Our guests came to us! How fun ! Exciting! We’re not following what that bastard wanted from us, we go out, and now we have our guests!” 

 

“Guests, as in plural?” Ken asks, low to Akechi. 

 

“He should be here any moment, dearest Theo. We’re twins, him and I, made to deal with doubles. Minato, Minako, the same but different! That’s Theo and I!” 

 

Ken cuts in, “ Minako? There was no Minako, there was only Minato. ” 

 

“Ha! Ha! Human laughter! Minato was to me as Minako was to Theodore!” Elizabeth takes the water they’ve placed in front of her and toasts it, not caring for the two boys beside her to toast back. 

 

A new voice cuts in, coming from behind Ken. “Dear sister, please keep your thoughts on one track it does make it hard to follow you when you spin in circles like that.” 

 

The two boys jump, spinning around to face the new face. This must be Theodore, his hair’s that same silvery shade and in the low light his eyes glow yellow. His tie is that royal blue, his waistcoat a steel grey. He confirms his identity by extending a hand towards Ken and saying; “Theodore, happy to meet you.” 

 

“Dear brother!” Elizabeth’s smile is wide, showing more teeth than humans should have. 

 

“Elizabeth, why did you kidnap the guests?” Theodore sits down and a water gets put in front of him within seconds from the incredibly bored waitress. 

 

“They figured us out! How fun!” 

 

“Did they figure us out or did you tell them?” Theodore asks, cocking his head. 

 

Elizabeth only smiles wider, “Does it matter?” 

 

Theodore sighs, deep and echoing. “Elizabeth, we’re being watched we can’t just-” 

 

“Pssh!” Elizabeth reaches behind both teeangers and takes a swing at her brother. “We haven’t been spied on in ages . It’s only intermittent now, very safe to talk to our guests, dearest brother.” 

 

Theodore takes the hit of his sibling, holding his drink away from his body protecting it. “It’s not safe, not at all.” 

 

Elizabeth doesn't care, apparently. “Lavenza’s guest is out and about, parading around as the black king to our white set, I don’t understand why we can’t just explain-” 

 

“I’m not losing these ones.” Theodore cuts her off. 

 

Elizabeth pouts, but doesn’t argue.

 

Wait. ” Ken’s looking between the two of them. “Who the hell is Minako?” 

 

--

 

Makoto gets a text message when the team comes out of the metaverse, it’s from her sister. 

 

Apparently Sae saw the Akechi sibling, the two of them walking out of the station while Sae was walking in. Sae remarks how very similar the two of them look, and how if Makoto has any fun stories on her coworker to please share them. 

 

Makoto laughs quietly to herself. 

 

The Phantom Thieves went into the metaverse to help train up Makoto today, to help her understand how the team works and to get Makoto used to her persona. 

 

Everyone’s laughing, having a good time riding off the high that comes with a winning exercise. 

 

Everyone except one. 

 

“What’s wrong Akira?” Ryuji asks, sliding his arm over Akira’s shoulders and looking at his best friend. “You’re looking down.” 

 

Akira startles, but slyly leans his head into Ryuji’s warmth. “It’s just- You remember the blue room I talked about, with the two jailers?” 

 

Ryuji cocks his head. “Uh. Kinda? More or less. Go with less.” 

 

Akira laughs, “The main guy’s really agitated for some reason? And the two jailers don’t want to tell me anything.” 

 

“Long nose guy?” Ryuji asks, remembering the image Akira once painted for him. “He’s mad?” 

 

“I think so? Just something under his skin?” Akira sounds genuinely confused, and tired. 

 

Ryuji hugs his best bro tighter, and Akira seems thankful in the way he goes boneless against the blond, careful to not put too much weight on Ryuji’s bad leg. 

 

“Don’t worry about anything man, long-nose’ll get over whatever’s under his skin. It’ll be fine, you’ll see.” 

 

Akira flashes a smile, and hopes that Ryuji’s right about this.

 

--

 

Akihiko stands back from the work he’s been doing for the past day and a half. The screens are filled with code, half Fuuka’s work and half his own patch job. The computer’s connected to Akechi’s phone, copying over every bit of data and then more. 

 

The application originally didn’t want to transfer, the team down in R&D having to pull some fancy footwork to rip what was on the phone to the computer. Even then Fuuka’s had to pull double duty in medical and computing and half build this code from scratch. 

 

She recognized it, halfway, a project that was abandoned about a year and a half ago. To access the TV world through something more easily carried, like a phone. The original team said they couldn’t do it, could never pull off something like that. 

 

The lead researcher, Kurusu, had been determined to get the application to work, but in the end it was unable to be replicated successfully in a lab setting with any kind of safety. Apparently. 

 

Looking at the clearly working product makes Akihiko mad, because that means somebody not only worked on it without the Kirijo’s knowledge, but also gave it away to an unaffiliated third party that could do a lot of harm with something like this. Thank god it only got into the hands of a curious highschooler, and not some criminal mastermind. 

 

Akihiko has already ordered a new phone for Akechi, newest on the market and loaded up with all the phone numbers of the Shadow Operatives. 

 

It’s also going to be tracked constantly by the Kirijo Group, just to make sure that he’s safe and nothing's happening to him. Akechi’s now considered an asset to the Shadow Operatives, and with that comes certain expectations and benefits. Fuck, if the kid had a persona and had any real talent in operating the thing then maybe they could make him an auxillery member. 

 

Mitsuru would kill Akihiko if he gave out that option to him without consultation however, so Akihiko decides to hold his tongue on the subject for now. 

 

Akihiko mind wonders, as if often does, to training. He wonders what kind of abilities the kid has, most of the more-justice minded individuals tend to either dark or light spells, but that’s pure speculation. Akihiko wants to get his hands on the two brothers for a moment to get them in an area. He wants to stretch them both to their limits. 

 

Akihiko’s attention gets drawn when the code’s copied completely. 

 

He sends it to be reviewed by both Fuuka and the R&D department, hoping that this is all that they can pull from this device.


Akihiko has a terrible feeling that nothing good will come from this app, but they can only hope for the best and prepare for the worst; and Akihiko is very prepared for when things get to their worst.

Chapter 14

Notes:

150 pages of nonsense is waht this is. chiri i hope u enjoy i love u

Chapter Text

Freedom for the wolves has often meant death to the sheep

 

When the realm between mind and matter was first formed, there was no need for attendants. 

 

There was no need to have an overseer to a guest simply because no guests had access to the realm. The gods who looked over the minds of the world, created on beliefs of cultures and maintained through thoughts, simply kept themselves governed.

 

The first guest threw everyone into disarray. 

 

That’s when Margaret was made, pulled from the first shadows that were forming and given a face to match the guest who would never get out. She stayed with the guest, asking questions and figuring out how this had happened before the first guest finally succumbed to the environment so totally unsuited to guests’ mind and body. 

 

The first guest’s name is long since forgotten to time, her grave overgrown and her bones back with the dirt. Margaret will sometimes visit, but nowadays she’s busy with her current guest and the fast-paced world he lives in. 

 

An attendant is wholly devoted to the guest assigned to them, as attendants were made for nothing else but to serve the people who unwittingly found themselves in a space where humans should never venture. Attendants serve for a lifetime, they get attached fast and hang onto their guest long after the guest passes away. Margaret might be the oldest and the strongest but she’s also the one who’s seen the most guests, the most heartbreaks. She’s had to take down siblings who have lost their senses to a lost guest, driven half mad with their own sense of servitude turned against them. 

 

Margaret was there when Elizabeth and Theodore came into being, ripped from one powerful shadow that was forming underneath a kingdom long conquered. The two of them split apart during the process to make them attendants, attached at the mind, at the hip, and through the guest given to them. 

 

Elizabeth and Theodore were old, older than the scant few other attendants that scatter themselves throughout the space between mind and matter; they got called upon for dual guests, or guests that were the same, but different. Guests that shared a space, guests who were related, guests who somehow were connected like they were. 

 

Margaret was her own whole self and even she felt the strain on her mind by being something that wasn’t actually there. She never could imagine how the two of them could function as well as they did most days.

 

Could never imagine the thought process that went through their deranged little heads .  

 

“Do you know, possibly, why this might be happening?” Yu Narukami is an excellent guest by all accounts. A guest that is polite, asks questions, has an interesting mindscape, and understands personas fundamentally. Yu Narukami is still a human, still questions himself and falters under stress, but he skews just a little to the left of everyone else, to the rest of humanity, and it makes him especially adaptable to being a guest. 

 

He’s come to ask her about the whole situation regarding the two boys, and honestly Margaret has very little interest in the humans themselves and cares much more for the potential connection between her siblings. 

 

“I thought both of them were off trying to find a solution to a problem that has no answer.” She didn’t think they had been officially assigned anything before she had been expelled from the velvet room however. 

 

Yu Narukami thinks again for a moment, he’s pacing in the little Tokyo apartment him and his life partner share, bare feet against a grey shag rug. ”Since Elizabeth’s old guest was the former leader of S.E.E.S, it would have made more sense for her to go to them.” Yu Narukami makes a sound, annoyance. “Why can’t we just ask her old guest?” 

 

Margaret stiffens. Even in rhetorical this is a sore subject. “The only time a guest is referred to in the past tense is when a guest’s time has passed.” 

 

This causes Yu’s steps to falter slightly. “You get a guest for their entire lifetime?”

 

Margaret nods. “Yes. One attendant per guest.” 

 

“Did Elizabeth and Theodore’s last guest die because of the wild card?” 

 

“Guests tend to, but that’s not wholly true. By technicality their last guest was never alive.” 

 

Yu’s face says that his patience is very thin and he’s not in the mood for her admittedly poor jokes. He’s turned around at the furthest point in his carpet to where Margaret is sitting on his loveseat, hands on his hips and fingers tapping. 

 

“You’re talking about who now, Aigis? She’s the only other wild card I know.” Yu goes back to pacing, thinking. “She made it out fine from what I can tell.” 

 

Margaret’s not going to inform him that Aigis’s mental synapses were so fried that she only made it another week before she collapsed and had to be carefully pieced back together after her incredibly thin secondary connection to the true wild card frayed out. Aigis can still use the persona that belonged to the guest’s original soul, but no other wild card traits remain. 

 

“But Mitsuru’s told me of their original leader though, wasn’t he Elizabeth and Theodore’s former guest?”

 

Margaret nods. “Yes.” 

 

Yu sighs, deeply. He stops pacing, sitting down on the ugly orange couch that Yosuke had taken from the Junes in Inaba after the store couldn’t sell it. It was an eyesore, but it was comfortable. “How often does a wild card survive?” 

 

There’s silence between them in the room, Margaret poised and perfect in the loveseat and Yu with his elbows on his knees, looking across at the woman who may have lead him into death. 

 

“Margaret. Please.” Yu’s voice is the thinnest she’s ever heard it. 

 

“In my entire time as an attendant, I can count the number on my hands.” 

 

Margaret holds up eight fingers, five on one hand and three on the other, wiggling the very last to show Yu his place in the lineup. 

 

Yu’s face falls, his knuckles jumping to white as he grips his arms in a flash of panic. 

 

A wild card’s ability comes with the downside of overuse and abuse. A human mind can only handle so many minor changes in mental processing before frying completely. With the summoning of one persona it causes an immense mental strain. A persona is the overloading of the hidden subconscious, ripping away the ego and revealing the shadow underneath that was still controlled through the understanding of a true self. It’s a sharp jolt of electricity through the delicate synapses of the human brain at the most base form, a scrambling of thinking patterns and behaviors. 

 

Wild cards use not only one, but hundreds. 

 

Hundreds of individual jumps that rewrite brain chemistry each summon, thousands of live-wire defibrillators snapping from each new persona acquired. 

 

Most people can’t summon one without serious mental damage. 

 

Yu Narukami is an excellent guest. 

 

His brain was just built a little differently than his peers. The synapse cleft was just a little narrower than others, closer than average, and in response Yu Narukami’s brain blocked an excessive amount of chemicals naturally. Yu Narukami was a child with undiagnosed developmental disorders, Margaret could look through his history and watch his brain struggle to spark long lasting memories and relationships with others. Socially awkward, having to work twice as hard to appear normal and appease his parents- 

 

The first time he summoned his persona, all that excess blockage was cleared. 

 

The only reason Margaret is sitting here, ankles crossed and talking with him right now is because his mind naturally protected him against the mental barrage having multiple personas presented. 

 

Minato’s mind did not have the natural advantage, and he had died because of that. Minako’s mind did not have the natural advantage, and she had died because of that. 

 

They had been protected by Nyx for a while, but Nyx expelled himself from a dying body and the two of them knew they were slowing down, forgetting things, having trouble with themselves, their own minds turned against them. 

 

The two of them knew they were dying, so they gave themselves up so that nobody else had to. 

 

Minato was this side, Minako was the other. 

 

Almost the same, but not quite. 

 

Shinjiro is dead here. His body long since turned to ashes and scattered into the sea. On the other side he lives, but he holds a prayer everyday in his house by a shrine that has a picture of a thirteen year old in an orange vest who died before his time. 

 

There’s an equal exchange, always. 

 

The velvet room connects to all realities. Minato and Minako were the same , but different. Both children taken by Nyx, sharing half of themselves as they grew. Nyx forged a bond in their sounds that made them inseparable to the velvet room. 

 

Which made them perfect for Elizabeth and Theodore. 

 

 

Elizabeth looks at her ‘guest’ with a giddy sort of disgust. 

 

This isn’t her real guest. Her real guest is a giant doorstop at the end of the universe’s thinking. He’s holding the door closed to the world's natural undoing, standing vigilantly on one side while his double guards the other. 

 

This pissant -oh what a fun word!- was a criminal scrounging around as a pawn in a game of cosmic chess. The white King that made the first move on a scale greater than humans could imagine. 

 

Sitting beside him is the white Queen, a powerplayer that can traverse the whole board with a single swipe of an overly long spear. That one is Theodore’s problem, and boy this situation was, in fact, a problem. 

 

You see it all started many years ago, in 2010, when a robot caused a time loop on May 31st after getting sad that Elizabeth’s guest had died! The tedious connection that robot had to Elizabeth’s guest allowed her temporary access to Minato’s velvet room, allowing her access to Minato’s powers as they faded. 

 

The fluctuations that Minato’s wake had caused sorted themselves out easily enough: everyone figured it was because they had saved the day and fought themselves, but it was really because Minato’s ripples in the water of life were finally phasing out for good. Elizabeth watched as the entire little team got yanked into her guest’s room one more time as Aigis overloaded herself trying to ‘save’ everyone. 

 

That should have been the end of it! Should have eased on from there with no bumps in the road, getting put onto the back burner until another hundred or so years pass and they get called up again but-! 

 

This little orange child had to remember the velvet room, the scenery and what had occurred when his little team was panicking over their robot not waking up. Ken’s words sparked the memory of the others and they rushed to save Aigis, who was dying. 

 

But Ken’s words also sparked the attention of Philemon

 

Unless a contract is formed, temporary or otherwise, nobody should remember coming into another’s velvet room. That stupid little bear that hangs around Margaret's guest once traveled into Margaret’s guest’s velvet room and paid a hefty price- he can’t remember anything of the encounter either. 

 

But Ken had to defy all the logic presented and recall the room he never should have been able to. 

 

This marked him for potential, an invisible impression on his soul that only an attendant or servant of the velvet room could see. 

 

This, of course, marked everyone who Ken was in any kind of relation with- consciously or not - as someone that would be able to enter a contract. 

 

This would have been fine, normally. Everyone with a strong connection to Ken already had a persona, and a contract with an existing persona user is one only made under extreme duress as an attendant has to write around the existing persona. Igor would have never picked anyone from Ken’s life. 

 

But Igor wasn’t around anymore. 

 

A disgusting thing had taken over the room, grabbing onto the first thing it had spotted and had furiously fought to take over. Igor had flung every attendant he could out into one world or the other to keep the representatives of power safe from the clutches of the corrupt god. 

 

Margaret was the oldest, the strongest, she had been abandoned next to her guest first. 

 

Theodore and Elizabeth had helped Belladonna rush into the collective unconscious with Nameless, and they had just barely gotten tagged with the reach of Yaldabaoth before they jumped into the real world. 

 

Yaldabaoth had caught their scent, caught their essence, with his grab, and with a watchful eye tracked Elizabeth and Theodore as they managed their way through the real world. 

 

Elizabeth and Theodore were on a mission goddamn it, trying to find a way to save their guests when all this nonsense occurred. A mission they hoped to complete in peace away from the total and complete shitshow that was currently occurring in the space in between. 

 

The two parties would have been content with the others’ decision. 

 

But the false god had no way of bringing someone new into the velvet room, it had to be somebody that was affected in some way by either the velvet room itself or someone who had access to it.

 

A list that primarily already consists of persona users. 

 

There were a few noticeable exceptions; Nanako Dojima and Chidori Yoshino being the top two. 

 

Barring the fact that Margaret’s guest would have hunted them down and murdered them all for endangering his younger cousin, both of those two candidates were unfit to be guests due to their weakened constitution to the collective unconscious. 

 

Nanako Dojima would die if exposed again, her fragile soul already having been under heavy fire once before; she would never make the journey to the velvet room before passing. Chidori Yoshino was a little bit of a different story, as she would make the journey to the room fine, but her first persona would kill her, traveling corroded pathways in her mind and stopping her heart in one beat. 

 

So Yaldabaoth needed to reach a little further, find fainter impressions, and he snagged one in a young boy who was so barely connected to Ken it was nigh impossible to count him as a candidate. 

 

Akechi Goro had fate intervene in an investigation to let him steal a phone that had a prototype that didn’t work. Yaldabaoth jump started the little device, and set in motion the white King on the board of humanity's fate. 

 

But of course Yaldabaoth had scrambled in the beginning to set everything up just perfectly, and he was much too hasty in choosing the candidates to be guests. Akechi’s connection was too weak still, and he couldn’t be pulled into the velvet room, not with no attendant helping the twisted god run the place. The trapped Igor was no help either, citing rules and regulations

 

To top it all off Akechi was a sibling. This is significant. Siblings, whole or half, shared some mind and some body. The realm between all could, and would, target both and place them into the same velvet room. 

 

Sometimes this could be circumvented if only one sibling had the potential to awaken a persona. 

 

But Ken Amada had already awakened his persona. 

 

Meaning that if Akechi got pulled to be a guest to the false god, so would Ken. 

 

Which meant the only two attendants capable of dealing with a situation like that were Elizabeth and Theodore. 

 

Yaldabaoth couldn’t drag the two of them back, but he could strongly imply orders from his new command seat when he managed to catch up with them both, having a firm grasp on their books of power, the books that make up each attendant, and threatening to destroy the fabric of their existence if the two of them don’t follow his plans. 

 

Elizabeth and Theodore, furious at being manipulated like this, listen to what was done in horror. 

 

Elizabeth takes Akechi, Theodore takes Ken. 

 

They have a plan. 

 

They simply need to keep Akechi’s connection to personas weak enough that he never can make the trip to the velvet room. If Akechi can’t be the first to be pulled then Ken will never be in danger of arriving. 

 

It’s easy, at first, to keep Akechi away from the shadows. The boy is smart enough to not get into fights he can’t win. He stays to the sides during his first few trips into the collective unconscious, scouting out and just exploring. 

 

Theodore keeps an eye on the real world developments, gets a ‘job’ with the father that connects their two ‘guests’ and works at keeping things flowing how they want it to. 

 

It gets harder when Akechi gets into a fight he can’t get out of and summons accidentally for the first time. 

 

Akechi uses the app to his advantage, and the rest as they say is history. 

 

So now here Elizabeth is, listening to the two children try and demand answers from Theodore and herself. It’s hysterical just how pathetically small these two are in comparison to their real guests, the guests who could, and have , save the world. 

 

These two wouldn’t even save each other.

 

Elizabeth can tell that Yaldabaoth has tried to speed up the progress of the child who sits next to her, trying to strengthen his connection to the velvet room, but has only succeeded in slowing down the progress more . Elizabeth knew of the little deadly candies from her last jaunt around the human world, it was easy enough to get ahold of the right representative at the Kirjiro Group and convince them to sell the formula to another company. 

 

The candies slow down the boy’s development as a natural persona user, keep his constitution weak enough that he can’t travel through far enough to reach the room where Yaldabaoth wants him, and make it so that every time Akechi Goro walks into the police station he makes a beeline for Elizabeth and her little candies. 

 

Pavlovian, almost. 

 

Oh how fun . Psychology! 

 

“I don’t want to answer anymore questions.” Elizabeth says, resting her head heavy in her hand. 

 

“That would be fine if you bothered answering any in the first place!” 

 

Ken was so much cuter when he was younger. A baby compared to his current state. 

 

He was also much less annoying. Questioned authority a lot less. 

 

Well, questioned Elizabeth a lot less. 

 

“I told you all you need to know already.” 

 

“The only thing you told me was ‘You’re a Queen, Ken’ and then laughed.” 

 

“Blatantly untrue! I said you two aren’t in the velvet room so I didn’t have to make the introduction speech.” Elizabeth will not stand for these falsehoods! 

 

“She’s right.” Theodore chimes in from his spot at the end of the bar, “This isn’t following any regulation that would require us to explain anything. This is a friendly gathering of ordinary humans in a restaurant . ” 

 

Akechi looks at the place in disbelief. This wasn’t a restaurant, this was a crack in an alley wall that decided it wanted to change the menu from ‘meth’ to ‘noodles’. He’s pretty sure the chef that walked by was carrying a body bag and had yakuza tattoos peeking around his grimy uniform. 

 

“Tell me who Minako is!” 

 

Theodore, poor poor Theodore. He breaks. “She was my guest. The leader that you are familiar with was Elizabeth’s guest.” 

 

Ken turns his attention fully onto Theo, and Elizabeth sighs. Theodore didn’t get the backbone when the two of them were made, that was all Elizabeth. Theodore got the much softer intelligence

 

So Theodore breaks under his ‘guest’s’ stare. “She was the other side of the door. The flip side to this reality. She took the place of leader and hung herself for it.” 

 

Elizabeth snorts, loudly. Bringing back attention to herself. “Did you never imagine that a door opens two ways? They said you were smart .” 

 

Ken blushes an angry blotchy red, pulling back in startled surprise. 

 

Elizabeth keeps going, she’s knocked the boy off balance and the conversation’s in her corner now. “The questions you ask aren’t even the ones you should have been asking.” 

 

It’s Akechi that answers her, having the advantage of not being knocked off track from the incredibly simple confirmation of string theory. “What does being a … ‘guest’ entail?” 

 

Elizabeth laughs . Hard enough that the waitress with the butterfly neck tattoo who’s talking on the phone jerks in surprise from halfway across the restaurant. Theodore’s also looking like he wants to let his amusement show, but he’s trying to hold it in and it's just making the little hisses of air that do come out worse. 

 

Akechi looks furious at being laughed at like this. 

 

“In your case, nothing.” Theodore manages to say between his sister’s laughing, hiccuping breaths. “We’re delaying the game in our favour, you see.” 

 

Akechi, by the look on his face, doesn’t see at all actually. 

 

“The game !” Elizabeth gestures, wildly, still laughing, making Akechi have to jump back from the wide arm movements. “The game that’s going on to show that humanity is doomed! Bad eggs!” 

 

She looks at Theodore, and he continues for her; “The game between one side and the other. A game to flip the coin or not. A game between two shades of grey morality.” 

 

“The game is between two, but we’re making it very one sided.” Elizabeth slams a hand down onto Akechi’s shoulder, gripping and pulling him close like she knows humans do when revealing secrets. “We’re losing on purpose.” 

 

“I don’t understand what you mean.” Akechi’s trying to get out of Elizabeth’s grasp, but he’ll never manage with only a meager human’s strength. 

 

 

Akihiko drops off the phone at the apartment that he’s tracked the boys to. 

 

He breaks in, because he can and nobody’s home, and sets the new device on the counter. He’s here mostly for drop off, but he’s also here to snoop. The room’s surprisingly clean, Akihiko can respect a man who keeps his space neat. 

 

There’s nothing of real interest here, a nice bike maybe but that’s something they could have found out through surveillance. There’s a few things that stick out as personal touches but very few. 

 

Akihiko browses around a little while longer, checking objects without actually touching them. 

 

Oh? What’s this? 

 

Akihiko see’s a piece of paper half hidden under some schoolwork on the desk from the desk of a diet member. Akihiko takes a photograph, then moves the schoolwork on top to get a better look. 

 

A list of names? 

 

Akihiko takes another picture, both to document the names and to take a note of the fact that this was written from the desk of Masayoshi Shido . That’s a name that rings a few bells; he’s the senator that Mitsuru hates. 

 

Akihiko uses the original photograph of the desk and replaces it exactly how it was. 

 

He sends the picture to Mitsuru as he walks out the door, relocking it using some less than legal skills that he definitely didn’t learn from his less than savoury people around the world. Akihiko flips the hood up on his hoodie and walks out of the apartment building like he belongs here. 

 

 

That was counterproductive.” Akechi is standing on the sidewalk, trying to figure out what just happened. 

 

Elizabeth had ‘paid’ the bill, then ushered them all out of the restaurant before any of them were done eating, then left . She had kicked Akechi, hard , in the shin and then skittered off into somewhere

 

While Akechi was cursing, grabbing at his shin and wincing about why did it need to be that same knee? Theodore bows poliety, asks the boys not to get involved more than they are already, and then follows his sister into the crowd. 

 

Ken stands there, hands on his hip and watching the two of them disappear as Akechi leans on the road-railing and rubs right under his kneecap.  

 

“I think we got … something? Out of it?” Ken doesn’t sound sure, and Akechi’s not going to believe him. 

 

“Did I deserve to be kicked in the shin?” Akechi asks-

 

“Yes.” 

 

-straightening up and gingerly putting weight on his leg again. “Wow, thanks asshole.” 

 

Ken doesn’t even have the decency to pretend to care. “You do deserve a good kick in the shins, I’m not going to lie to you.” 

 

“What have I ever done to you?” Akechi says it, and then immediately realizes his poor choice of words. 

 

Ken doesn’t laugh, he just snorts an inhalation of air because both of them know what Akechi’s done. 

 

“Oh don’t pretend you’re the face of innocence either.” Akechi accuses. “You lied to everyone.” 

 

“To save your ass from the firing line.” Ken answers just as easily. “I’m justice after all, I like to be the judge the jury and the executioner. If I told them you tried to kill me I’d never get the chance to play my arcana out.” 

 

Oh, that descriptor again, with the same inflection that Margaret had used. “Humor me for a moment-” Akechi asks, “- and tell me what you mean by being ‘ justice ’.” 

 

Ken takes a meaningful glance around, the people that hustle by them on the sidewalk. “I’ll tell you if you tell me how to take us into this app of yours.” 

 

Sighing, Akechi holds his hand out and gestures with his fingers. “Give me your phone.”

 

Ken pulls his phone out from his pocket, the orange case bright as he unlocks it then hands it over to his half-brother. Akechi notices that Ken has a few messages, but navigates to the Metaverse app and opens it. 

 

Akechi begins to walk and Ken follows. It’s not hard to slip into a less populated side alleys, there's one right beside the place they just sorta-kinda ate at that nobody seems to want to go in. There's nobody looking at them, no cameras that can spot them easily, no witnesses . Ken crowds close to watch Akechi navigate the confusing metaverse application, learning how to do it by seeing it done. 

 

Akechi doesn’t bother asking before hitting enter. 

 

The world makes a noise

 

It’s like diving in the deep end of the pool, ears popping and hair on the back of one’s neck standing straight on end. The sound of the city disappears into a faded background, like it’s almost just out of reach, just around the corner. The air goes still, stagnant, silent

 

Akechi hands Ken back the phone, the metaverse eye glowing brightly on the screen. There’s an option to ‘quit navigation’ but nothing else. 

 

Ken’s face is strange, like he’s trying to figure out what he’s feeling but doesn't want to admit to himself that everything is wrong and backwards.

 

“We’re in.” 

 

“It’s that easy?” Ken’s looking at his phone, inspecting it for a moment before putting it back into his pocket. “This is way simpler than climbing through a television damn.” 

 

Sputtering, Akechi takes a hard look at Ken. “ Excuse me? ” 

 

“The Inaba persona users had to assess their version of this through TV’s.” Ken says, walking out of the alley and looking around like he hasn’t just dropped a piece of stupidly crazy information. “Here’s a hint: don’t go around touching TV's we will not be able to get you out of them.” 

 

“People go around touching TV screens?” That’s a disgusting thought, on par with people who tap on computer screen levels of wrongs. 

 

“I’ve never asked how they figured that particular detail out.” Ken’s standing in the middle of the street, going back and forth across the lines in the street like a damn child. Akechi’s walked out to lean against the rail that separates the sidewalk and the street to watch as Ken basks in an empty city street. 

 

“Tell me about this justice now, I’ve taken you to the metaverse.” 

 

“Ah?” Ken’s now trying to balance on the rail on the other side, being mildly successful. “Oh. That. It’s just what I said. It’s being classified as justice .” 

 

“Let’s pretend I know nothing about this.” Akechi jumps over the rail he’s leaning on to go out into the street to follow Ken down his meandering pathway. Akechi’s never really walked in the streets in the metaverse before no matter how empty they are. It feels subtlety wrong to go against societal rules like this. 

 

“It’s a classification of a persona.” Ken jumps from one rail to another over a break in them for a crosswalk with a little ‘ hup! ’ sound.”It’s a category named after the tarot cards, it’s for personas that display a certain set of parameters. Strong light attacks, weak to dark. The people who carry them hold grudges, have a strong sense of what is right and what is wrong.”

“It’s a personality test? Like the zodiac?” Akechi feels insulted that he’s been given what really just amounts to a horoscope by people he doesn’t know.

 

Ken jumps down from the railing, he’s spotted a stray shadow roaming around in the distance, hanging near the entrance to the subway. Akechi’s still following, trailing after Ken to watch what he does. 

 

“It’s not really like a zodiac. It’s a lot more helpful in battle against shadows if you know the type you’re up against. Most of the time it’s Fuuka who uses the types, not us frontliners.” 

 

The shadow’s spotted them and its mask has twisted until its soulless eyes are zeroed in on them both. It skitters forward like a spider that’s been zombified, all half broken limbs and crackling neck. 

 

“Mrs. Fuuka’s not a fighter?” Akechi’s already aiming his gun, knowing that he only has so many bullets in the chamber before he needs to reload. One shot, two. The shadow shrieks in pain. 

 

“Ha! No.” Ken’s already halfway through assembling his spear, screwing in the final piece. “She’s the navigator, her persona can’t fight.” 

 

The shadow gets close enough, lunging towards the enemy that hasn’t attacked it yet first. Ken takes the spear he holds in his hands and shoves-

 

That twisting motion of his wrists is brutal , tearing apart the shadow like he had torn apart Akechi’s knee. The shadow goes down in one hit, twitching limply as it dissolves. 

 

“Navigator?” Akechi can move through the world just fine, he doesn't need a navigator. This shit isnt a video game. It’s not hard to remember where you’ve gone and where you’ve been. The only confusing place is the tunnels under the subway. 

 

The tunnels that Ken’s peaking into. 

 

“What’s in there?” Ken asks, ignoring the navigator question entirely. “The subway’s a lot more red than I remember.” 

 

“I’ve never been able to figure it out.” Akechi admits. “I think it’s a gathering of weaker shadows, a bunch of impressions of people who have secrets can be hunted down in the subways.” 

 

Those impressions are not actually the people they look like, Akechi had made that mistake before. They’re just representations. 

 

“Shadows of people?” Ken starts to descend, “You find yourself down here?” 

 

Akechi hesitates to follow, but Ken doesn’t stop to check behind him. He just keeps walking full speed ahead, inspecting how the walls slowly turn into a sidery red and black mess. 

 

“I’ve never met myself down here, no.” Akechi would never want to meet himself down here. Was that even possible? The shadowy impressions of people vomited the most disgusting things about the person they represented. Akechi did not want to see a yellowed-eyed version of him yelling about all the things he hated about himself. 

 

“I met a fake version of my own shadow self once.” Ken says absentmindedly, “Was kinda awkward more than anything else.”

 

“How so?” Akechi steps over a bench that’s half melted into the floor, the veins that cover it pulse with a heartbeat that belongs to neither of them. 

 

“Called me the worst case of second year middle school syndrome anybody ever had, compared me to horse girls who think they’re special and get superpowers.” Ken spots another shadow, but moves to avoid this one by turning completely around. “Said it in front of people I thought were cool too.” 

 

Akechi doesn’t know what the hell to respond to that. “You, uh, do actually have a persona though?” 

 

“I know isn’t it such bullshit ?” 

 

--

 

“We’re going to just do some basic grinding.” Akira admits, selecting the metaverse option from his phone. 

 

The rest of the team is already sliding in beside their leader. They’re preparing for the next thing that goes wrong, because something is going to go wrong soon, they’ve just gotten over the last disaster they are due for another one. Makoto’s working fine with the team now, grown into her role as ‘Queen’ perfectly. Her persona is powerful, and it’s attacks work well with her more besker style of fighting. 

 

Ryuji’s anxious on the side, his whole body is leaning towards Akira like a lifeline. “I’m down for just a brawl. It’s a good way to get out energy.” 

 

“It would be a good way to practice gesture drawings, doing lines of everyone while in the midst of battle.” Yusuke’s fingers dance over his bag, the sketchbooks in there are worth more than the model guns in Akria’s. 

 

Ann’s sipping something sweet, but she just smiles and shrugs. 

 

Makoto’s putting some first aid into Akira’s bag, bandages, antiseptic, blood clotters. She’s already focused on something else. 

 

Akira looks around to make sure that nobody is watching a group of teeangers in the subway and presses the go button. 


ENTERING MEMENTOS .

Chapter 15

Notes:

sorry dudes this was written on my phone during the quarantine while i was sitting in sand on the beach :)

Chapter Text

Never pray for justice, or you just might get some

 

Ken’s outfit doesn’t change. 

 

Whenever Akechi goes into a palace, goes into this strange labyrinth that rests underground in the subway, goes anywhere that is under the influence of a particularly strong cognition his clothes change into something that is more appropriate for the situation. Something to protect against the thoughts that barraged against an outside intruder. 

 

Dark clothes for dark deeds, a whole mask that’s hard to breathe through and covers his face completely. The clothes that Akechi wears is a representation of his heart, a showing of what his mind thinks of. 

 

Ken’s clothing remains the exact same

 

Akechi’s foot hits the final step in the subway and the soft flames of a persona flare up, coating him and giving him the protection from the oppressive air that sits low in these kinds of places in the metaverse. Everyone that Akechi’s seen in the metaverse- phantom thieves or cognitions or palace rulers- have always had some kind of costume. Everyone had a ‘defense’ against this place, a way to hide away under the layers of projected protection. 

 

Ken doesn’t even flinch at the way the miasma of the subway levels whip up around his ankles as he walks. The miasma hurts to touch with bare skin, it creates burns and it seeps into skin and makes it blister for days. Ken just continues to power on, walking deeper into the dark and doesn’t even notice that the world is trying to burn his skin from his bones. 

 

Ken only hesitates when he turns to face his half-brother and notices- “Why have you decided on a costume change?”

 

Akechi rolls his eyes. “I didn’t decide on it, it’s what always happens when I walk in here. It’s what happens to everyone.” 

 

Ken looks down at himself, at the orange sweater and the cargo shorts. “Does it now?”

 

Akechi doesn’t comment, electing to figure out why Ken’s unaffected later on when they’re out of this horrible place. 

 

The subway’s a twisted mess of a place, hard to navigate and harder to move around in any kind of straight path due to the shifting floor. Akechi’s previous attempts to explore this area has always ended in retreat, so for both of them it’s new and unknown territory. 

 

Ken moves his evoker to be visible on his hip, white holster loosened from completely hidden on his waist to more comfortably across his belt-line. Akechi doesn’t have a holster at all, his gun was stolen from lockup right under the nose of the police, the gun's normal place is carefully slipped into a belt. 

 

They go down one level, then two, careful to keep away from shadows they don’t need to fight. Ken keeps a careful eye on the place, making sure to note anything of importance. It’s hard to move at a quick pace, so they slow it down and are forced to find other means of getting forward in some places. 

 

“Is there anything down here, besides the obvious of course?” 

 

Akechi startles a bit at Ken's question, “Nothing I’ve ever seen. It’s just a nest of shadows.” 

 

Ken seems to accept this, and keeps moving. “How far down does this go?” 

 

Akechi shrugs, looking around the corner before motioning to continue on. “I haven’t explored it. Too dangerous for just me.” 

 

That makes Ken pull up short, finally. “Is it too dangerous for just the two of us to explore? Are we going to have to bring in Rise and Teddie?” 

 

Akechi thinks for a moment, looks around at the two of them surrounded by a twisted version of a subway that was doing it’s damndest to kill everything that doesn't come from the bowels below them. “Should you have asked that question before we got to this point?” 

 

For that smartass comment Akechi gets the weighted end of a spear jabbed into his ankle. Ken’s spear is heavy , one meant for experts, so Akechi knows that he’s going to see a thick bruise later on. 

 

“I should have, but I’m interested now. I can come back to this, right? I’ll have to go deeper later on with more backup.”  

 

The two of them explore more, just a little bit further, but then they reach a very special place. 

 

Akechi recognized it as the stairway down to the next section, the swirling doorway into darkness open wide to bring the two further down. Akechi’s only gone down two or three floors before, not wanting to risk his luck alone and down where the monsters gave him even a slight pause. The further down the worse it got too, the more awful the smell, the more awful the feeling, the more awful the everything . There’s nothing down but monsters, it hurts to go down any further than the first couple of levels, the miasma is stronger the deeper one gets, it eats at the defenses that the clothing provides. 

 

Akechi walks through the door, takes a few steps down the elevators before he realizes that there's no sound of footsteps behind him. 

 

Ken’s not following him down. 

 

“What’s wrong?” Akechi asks, genuinely curious. 

 

Ken doesn’t respond, but continues to look quizzically at … something in front of him? 

 

“Ken, what’s wrong?” 

 

Ken still doesn’t respond, just steps back for a moment and looks up and down, inspecting whatever it is in front of him. Akechi walks back, “Ken what the hell is keeping you?” 

 

When Akechi puts both feet firmly on the same floor as Ken, Ken’s eyes refocus on his brother. “You disappeared.” 

 

“What?”

“You walked through the door and disappeared.” Ken reiterates, gesturing to the space in front of him. 

 

To Akechi it just looks like a normal passageway, nothing obstructing the doorway. Akechi hasn’t seen a door here before, he’s normally just walked down unhindered. There’s been nothing that makes him stop dead. 

 

Was this something that was special to Ken? The Phantom Thieves sometimes will disappear down these tunnels, and Akechi can’t think that they’re just dicking around on the first few floors. 

 

“There’s not a door here for me.” Akechi puts his hand over the first step, showing that there’s nothing to prevent his forward movement. “The only person who can’t pass this step is you.” 

 

Ken steps back, further down to look around the area a little bit better. He hasn’t changed clothes, he wasn’t able to pass a door .  

 

“If I can’t walk down to the next floor, what else can’t I do?” 

 




“We’re done for the day!” Akira calls to the team, “We’re going back up!” 

 

The team sends out groans of appreciation. They’re tired and sweating, the whole team worked hard to get to the point where they can sweep through a few of the smaller shadows in one hit. They’ve leveled up, they’ve gotten good, and they all deserve to have a great night off. 

 

Heading back up is easy, they sneak back and around the stairways that lead them to the top. The shadows run from the large group of them, knowing how strong the group of Phantom Thieves are from the noise they’ve made on the lower levels. 

 

There’s a way to get back up quickly after beating your way down, and while they make their way back to the top they heal up, restore their energy with shitty powerade and coffee stolen away under the nose of the boss and hidden in a thermos to keep it warm. 

 

There's small bits of food that they’re careful not to spill across Morgana’s backseats because they know it makes Morgana complain more than usual. They feed Yusuke more than the others, because he needs it, and they slip their fingers through Ryuji’s hands just to feel Ryuji squeeze back in happiness. Ann and Makoto get to let loose, hit harder than they’re ever allowed to in the real world, scream and punch and kick and absolutely get all the stress of their regular life out in more brutal ways that society necessarily allows for beautiful girls.  

 

They finally get to the upper levels, the levels that mean if they want to fight a shadow the shadow has to be hunted down like prey. Shadows bolt at the slightest sound that comes from their wheels. 

 

So it’s strange to hear movement coming from a passage next to them. 

 

There’s not meant to be shadows close enough to hear, if it’s not the Reaper at least. The Reaper makes too much of a distinctive sound, this is something different

 

Something that’s not a regular shadow, but something that sounds like one. 

 

Akira slows down, curious to see if he hears the sound again. 

 

That brings the rest of the Phantom Thieves to attention, they perk up as the Monabus slows down. They lean forward and quiet down, straighten up in anticipation of what their leader is planning. 

 

The sound again, a strange echoey glass sound. 

 

“The hell is that?” Akira asks, low enough for only Ryuji in the front seat to hear. 

 

Ryuji looks sideways at Akira, eyes focused wholly on their leader but ears still searching for the shattering glass sound.  “We’d have to fight it to find out, wouldn’t we?” 

 

Akira looks at his charge commander, the way his eyes shine honey-yellow in the metaverse like they do nowhere else. Ryuji’s always ready to fight, always ready to follow behind Akira even if it kills him. Ryuji would be fine with one extra fight, but would anybody else? 

 

Ryuji glances back, assessing the rest of the Monabus, reading the team’s weariness and who’s able to go again. Ryuji’s been on a team before, he’s been a captain, he can usually tell better than Akira who needs to sit out and who still has a few rounds in them. “Yusuke, Ann, can you two go for one more fight?” 

 

Makoto frowns, “I can also beat one more shadow-” 

 

“Your knees are shaking-” Ryuji doesn't point, doesn’t need to for the entire car to glance down at Makoto’s shivering knees, her overworked muscles protesting at even existing. “- you’re more likely to stumble during an attack. We don't want to see you hurt.” 

 

Makoto nods, and leans back again. Yusuke says he can beat one more, Ann also nodding along and throwing up a victory sign while hiding the exhaustion in her shoulders. 

 

Akira turns to follow the shattered glass sound, and hopes to find something brilliant at the end of this tunnel. 

 

The team brings themselves to high alert, keeping an eye out. 

 

They make one more turn and-

 

There. 

 

Surrounded by the dark, bright metallic gleaming as it shifts and stretches out in a space that’s almost too small for it. The thing isn’t like any shadow they encountered before, nothing like Akira, Ryuji, or Ann ever noticed during their first careful forays into the first floor of the metaverse. 

 

It’s huge

 

“Holy shit.” Ryuji whispers, bending down slightly to see all of the menacing creature through the windshield. 

 

The creature’s form wavers for a single moment before crackling like glass and disappearing. The tunnel now empty, with only Mona’s headlights to see with. Akira immediately throws on the break, telling his team to get out! Get out of the car!

 

The Phantom Thieves stand on the first floor of the metaverse, weapons raised as they prepare to investigate this thing, this new gigantic, metallic, orange and black monster just a little bit more. 

 





From behind a pillar, not even 100 meters away from the curious teenage rebel group, Akechi’s got Ken slammed up against the concrete. 

 

“What the fuck -“ 

 

“They’re here you dipshit, don't let them see you!” Akechi hisses out, furious at his own shit luck “It’s bad enough they saw your persona!” 

 

Ken surges forward, breaking out of Akechi’s grip for an instant to peek around the massive support hiding them to catch a glimpse of the ‘Phantom Thieves’. Manages to spy a menagerie of costumed nutcases wielding what look to be a collection of plastic weapons before Akechi yanks him back by the hair. 

 

Ken’s immediate reaction to both the grab and the pain is to lash out, and Akechi curses right alongside his brother as they gingerly put a hand to the stinging pain. 

 

Stop breaking my nose!”   Akechi’s voice is strained into a whisper but wants to escape as a scream. 

 

“Why are we hiding?” Ken has to ask, not peaking around again lest Akechi grabs at him again. 

 

Akechi is the one who inches forward, using his dark outfit and mask to hide himself a little better in the dim lighting of the tunnels. “We’re hiding so the Phantom Thieves don’t realize we’re here.” 

 

“Why does that matter? If they realize we’re here or not?” 

 

Akechi skitters backwards, shoulder to shoulder to Ken so that they both have their back to the pillar and they can keep out of sight for as long as they possibly can. “They think they’re the only persona users, they’ve only encountered shadows before. I can get more information overhearing them if they don’t realize I’m here, and I don’t want to get attacked because I was mistaken as a shadow .”

 

The two brothers just breathe for a moment, taking the situation in and half praying the Thieves will just go away and half trying to figure out a way to get out of an almost entirely open area without alerting the vigilant vigilanties. 

 

Where could it have gone?” One of the voices echoed close to them, maybe 50 meters this time, getting closer. 

 

Ken’s fingers flex at his hip, ghosting over the evoker where it sits ready to be used. In this offshoot of the collective unconscious the evoker would cause more problems than it would solve. An evoker would just cause a rampage, nothing controlled. As a summoning method it’s only good for the real world- for an incredibly short amount of time, a spell or maybe two before the energy burns out. 

 

Ken needs to have a prolonged summon to lure the Phantom Thieves, multiple spells. 

 

Fuck. 

 

“I need eyes on them.” Ken says to his brother. “I have an idea, but I need eyes on them.” 

 

Akechi sighs deep, leaning his head against the wall and looking up in a sick facsimile of a prayer. Akechi moves, allowing Ken to take his spot and be in the position he needs to be. 

 

Ken takes a deep breath and reaches into that between his ribs where Kala-Nemi hides, where Kala-Nemi presses its head into the space between Ken’s collar bones and tucks its hands around Ken’s lungs. Kala-Nemi takes up Ken’s entire torso, its spirals rub against Ken’s shoulder blades and it criss-crosses its long legs into the bend of Ken’s hips.

 

Ken knocks against the imaginary glass that sits between the two, thin as spun sugar with holes spilling over between the two that have been worn by time and use. Ken knocks, a careful rapping of fingers against the distorted wall between them. 

 

Kala-Nemi answers the call. 

 

The sound of Ken’s summoning isn’t the rip-roar of a firestorm that Akechi hears when he tears off his own mask, but the shattering of a window during a hurricane. The summon cracks into existence, shattering through nothing to fill the space in the tunnel almost completely. 

 

Kala-Nemi lunges

 

Ken targets the thief he can best see, bright red under the dim lights with easy to see blonde hair. Ken feels awful for the surprise attack, but he knows he can’t go for the Hamaon instant kill unless he wants the Thieves to know he’s weak to dark immediately. He unleashes Primal Force on the poor girl in red and without stopping for a single beat turns and uses a move that the Shadow Operatives haven’t named yet but feels like a shotgun to the brain. 

 

The girl in red is down, crumpled to the floor after hitting hard and skidding backwards from the last attack. 

 

The black haired kid yells something, the Thieves snap into position. The tallest boy with the fox-tail summons his own persona and attacks with a vicious ice move. 

 

Kala-Nemi shrugs off the ice before taking another cheap shot and slamming the fox-boy with a heavy electric attack, shocking him. 

 

Go! Go! Go!” Ken says, shoving Akechi to get moving. 

 

Kala-Nemi’s large enough to cover two much smaller targets as they begin to run to get to the exit. 

 

Ken’s persona gets slammed with one of those brain tearing pink attacks but Ken can’t let Kala-Nemi fade back into the empty spot in his soul. It’s hard to keep a persona out after it gets attacked but it’s possible. 

 

Ken hits two more heavy piercing attacks, one of the attacks takes down fox boy, the other dealing heavy damage to the yellow haired thug. 

 

Hey, wait a second that yellow haired thug looks a little familiar- 

 

Akechi yanks Ken behind another pillar, as a wide range electrical attack zips through the area, lighting up the whole place with a blinding white glow. 

 

Call me in!” A voice screams, and when Ken peeks back behind the column here’s two more standing members of the Thieves team. 

 

“Absolutely unfair.” Ken says, turning back to his brother, deadpan irritation seeping into his tone. “Our team died where we stood and didn’t jump back in like cheaters.” 

 

Akechi’s expression through the mask is a mixture of pure disbelief and what-the-hell-are-you-talking-about. Ken knows that this is a conversation in the making, does Akechi even have a healing spell in his arsenal? Thinking back, Ken doesn’t think so. 

 

So probably a good chance Akechi’s never heard of Samarecarm before. 

 

Huh. 

 

Things to think about later- 

 

“Holy shit!” 

 

Ken and Akechi have to plaster themselves against the concrete as another wave takes its hit, a physical attack by the sound of metal screeching. 

 

Ken takes another look, and calls forth another wave of heavy hits. 

 

A physical pierce with splash damage to a teammate in the back who went down already, a heavy electrical attack to the girl in full leather and finally to end if off- 

 

Ken gathers up the energy he has left, building the bright force within him, and lets loose his best light attack, aiming for instant kills across the board. 

 

Samsara

 

The knockback effect is something that blasts the remaining Phantom Thieves off their feet, striking them with holy retribution that generates in Kala-Nemi’s spiral, lighting up the zodiac symbols with a burning orange.

 

With that, Kala-Nemi finally lets out a crack! 

 

Shattering from existence the same way it was brought into it, a million shards of glass bursting out into the small subway tunnel, a hellscape of raining shrapnel. 

 

The two brothers haul ass . They don’t have time to sit and mingle around. 

 

They need to escape. 

 

Akechi takes point and Ken follows, the two of them bolting from the scene of the crime before their victims can even stand. 

 




Akira gets woken up by the soft feeling of a healing skill. 

 

Ann’s pink gloves are resting on his chest, the glow of green and the feeling of thank-god that emanates from her hands means she’s patching him up. Morgana brought him back, most likely, and now Ann’s doing quick fixes. 

 

“What the fuck ran me over?” Akira groans, feeling the bruises that spread from his shoulders to his knees. 

 

Ann laughs, but it’s weak. “A shadow we’re never going to fight again.” 

 

Akira takes another moment for himself, just feeling the state of his own body, before he sits up with Ann’s careful help. 

 

Damn. His whole team is wrecked

 

Ryuji’s upright, he’s the only one who’s not sitting, his whole face is covered in scrapes and there’s a hearty line of blood that drips down from the very tip of his hairline into his necktie. Morgana looks half asleep from all the healing he's been doing, his white paws now a pink tinted nightmare as he tries to help Queen. Makoto’s … either dead or unconscious, that last attack must have caught her the wrong way because there’s a heavy handed burn that rakes down her throat to her stomach- she’s going to need to be revived. Yusuke’s awake, but he’s not moving, bleeding sluggishly from a nasty burn that tore through the leather on his back. 

 

Yusuke must have been able to guard that nasty last attack, the bless bomb that took Akira out of the game immediately. 

 

Switching his persona to one with healing abilities, Akira begins to clean up shop and help the other two- he turns to Yusuke and reaches out with the telltale green glow but Yusuke manages to redirect Akira’s hands to help Makoto. 

 

Nobody dies in the metaverse, not really? Akira’s not totally sure. It feels like death to him, sure burns like the dickens coming back, but the others say that their personas keep them tethered to … aliveness? That the single resident in their soul keeps them going long enough on what was described to Akira as pure spite until somebody else can come in with a save. Akira thinks he ‘dies’ because none of his personas actually take the time to keep him grounded, the- the- ah shit it has a name. 

 

It takes a second to reboot after your heart stops beating. Ann says it’s because the system turned off all the lights and it’s gotta give everything the ‘go’ sign again, Makoto says it’s because of a lack of oxygen to the brain. 

 

Bystander Effect! 

 

Yeah. That sounds right. 

 

Makoto jumpstarts to life again, taking a shuddering breath and groaning at the bless damage that’s going to leave a huge mark for a very long time. Akira begins his healing rounds and directs Ann to help Yusuke. 

 

Makoto’s healed up quick enough that the only impression left is a dark … discoloration that feathers from a main sharp line that bisects her torso. In a few weeks it’ll fade like a bad tan. 

 

Bless attacks really do look like a large feathery burn, seared into flesh by angels that hated you. The stronger the attack, the bigger the impression. 

 

Akira turns to Yusuke and- 

 

Ouch

 

Ann’s healing is mostly surface level, the bulk of the heavy lifting is done by either Morgana or Akira. She tries her best, shaky hands pressed to the wounds on her friends and her tears spilling over her mask. She’s great for a pick me up, a scrape or a bruise, but whatever the hell had hit them hit them hard and Ann’s healing can only extend so far after she’s already exhausted from a busy day in the metaverse. 

 

Yusuke’s going to scar from this. 

 

Curling around his left shoulder and ending just past his right hip the blessed burn looks almost artistic, like a wood fire engraving. It’s got to hurt like a mother fucker- that’s why Yusuke’s propped up on his side like that. Akira leaves Makoto’s side and shuffles to Yusukes, trying to dredge up the best healing skill he’s got. 

 

They’re all going to suffer tonight, severe injuries like these you don’t get unless they’ve pissed off a palace to the point of danger. 

 

They pick themselves up, like they alway do, and they make their way back to the entrance. 

 

Akira clicks the ‘return to the real world’ option like a lifeline, letting the wash of reality brush up against their weary souls like a balm. 

 

Yusuke’s going to need the ointment, so Akira passes the artist that as everyone parts ways. 

 

It’s too late for lunch, but too early for dinner. It’s that almost-late time of the day which means that Akira is going to crawl back into his attic, dump coffee down his throat and finish his homework. 

 

Morgana sleeps in his bag as he rides the trains, the only sound the click-click click-click of the tracks underneath them and the steady breathing of the late day crowd. 

 

The group chat pings a message, it’s from Ryuji asking what even was that last monster. 

 

Another form of the reaper? That’s from Ann, her ‘typing’ dots flick up quickly but then go down just as fast. The opposite of the reaper? An angel? Maybe? 

 

Yusuke says it’s given him a new art piece he wants to work on, and manages to snap a strange picture of his own back by angling the camera of his phone down the back of his shirt. The lighting of the photograph does make it look a little out of this world, abstract, but Akira can see the ridges of Yusuke’s shoulder blades and the soft lined rivers of fading battles. 

 

Ryuji asks if the thing could even be beaten at all, or if it’s something they haven’t leveled up enough for yet. 

 

Makoto chimes in during Ryuji and Ann’s heated debate about what ‘level’ the team is at (ignoring Akira’s assurances that they’re almost to 30). She asks if anybody else saw during the battle a person run behind the massive thing. 

 

This causes a whole new discussion as Akira walks off the train at his stop, Morgana wakes up and is grumbling at being shaken as he pops his head out of the bag to look around. Akira let’s his feet go on autopilot to get home, reading Makoto’s theory. 

 

She thinks she saw Black Mask escape while they fought his persona. 

 





“Why did you call me ?” 

 

The voice on the phone isn’t happy, it’s furious. 

 

Mitsuru sighs, knowing this is just going to be another fight today. She’s not in the mood to argue, but this is important. “Suou, please, just hear me out.” 

 

“I’m out of that bullshit Kirijo.” The person on the other end sighs heavy, “I haven’t had anything to do with the going on’s of-“ 

 

“I know.” Mitsuru’s already heard it. “But you're in a unique position to help apprehend the criminals who are potentially using personas to cause the panic in Tokyo.” 

 

There’s silence on the line. 

 

“I’ll think about it.” The voice on the other end says, “I’m going to take a day and weigh my options here, going over the files you’ve sent — but be warned. This shit killed my brother, so it’s going to have to be a damn good argument to pull me back.” 

 

The line clicks, and Mitsuru fights the urge to throw her phone hard enough to shatter the window that looks over the coastal city she calls home. 

 

Akihiko had sent her a very interesting photograph earlier, and now Mitsuru is casting her net as wide as she possibly can to try and wrangle some kind of control over the situation. 

 

This absolute shit show made Mitsuru grit her teeth and dial a number she hasn’t had to dial in many, many years. 

 

“That is about how I remember him.” Kei Nanjo sits on the couch in Mitsuru’s offices, legs crossed loosely and one arm on the backrest, “We should have just gone with my idea- assign him the job without telling him anything and let the team’s more grumpy ace detective figure it out. He’s smart.” 

 

Kei Nanjo is the man who owns the company that owns everything the Kirijo Group will ever even think about. He’s older, almost forty now, but he’s kept in shape throughout his life. Nanjo’s got sharp glasses, expensive and sleek, his entire outfit is something from Tatsumi’s top line, tailor made. The man’s only quirk was his cufflinks, shining in muted silver and in the shape with a 1.  

 

“I’m not going to just-“ Mitsuru makes a gesture, throwing her hands wide to try and encompass the absolute bullshittery this entire day has been. “-just throw the man to the metaphorical wolves. Katsuya Suou is a brilliant officer, he’d find out if we reassigned without asking and just be more seething mad than he already is.” 

 

Nanjo mulls over that thought for a moment, before agreeing. “We would like for Katsuya to solidly be on our side, and to do that we can’t force him into anything.” The man sighs, taking off his glasses and rubbing his temples. “This would be so much easier if Tatsuya was still alive- the two of them would have jumped at an opportunity like this.” 

 

Personally? Mitsuru agreed. The younger Suou sibling, Tatsuya, was the one who was always willing to dig deep into anything that involved personas. 

 

It had been a horrible, painful death. 

 

Tatsuya Suou died years ago, right after Mitsuru graduated highschool. He had been mixed up with the previous large scale group of persona ‘awakenings’- the younger brother of a police detective and an up and coming star in the world of law enforcement. 

 

Tatsuya Suou had been a wildcard, and he was buried after the same thorough examination that Minato had gone through. The doctors said that the boy had been slowly losing bits and pieces of himself to the ‘other side’, he would have either died like he had, all at once from Minato closing the door or he would have died painfully over a long period of time. 

 

He had been not yet thirty when he had died, half trapped on either side. 

 

Katsuya, the brother, had cut ties to the world of personas when he had punched the man who wouldn’t allow him to cremate his brother because the Kirijo Group hadn’t been able to perform an autopsy yet. Katsuya Suou had walked out and never looked back- and Mitsuru accepted that, let the man live in peace as he steadily worked his way up in the police force. 

 

Katsuya, now a police commissioner, was in a unique position to take over as the head investigative force in the Phantom Thieves case. 

 

Mitsuru had sent the files, and prayed it would be enough. 

 

Nanjo had been the one to suggest asking for help from the older generation of persona users. He had been in the first real recorded incident, and had been obsessed with the collective unconscious ever since. He was the one who made the Kirijo Group, Nanjo put together this task force and kept tabs on everything that passed Mitsuru’s desk. 

 

Nanjo had lost some good friends to the initial outbreak, and he's trying to prevent that from happening ever since. 

 

He’s the one that Mitsuru has to call in situations like this, because Nanjo’s family is old money. If he says anything people will stop and listen. This isn’t a political battle that the Kirijo Group can face alone. 

 

They need the backing of their mother company. 






Ken smiles even though Rise can’t see it. 

 

“Yes ma’am, tomorrow we’ll meet up for brunch.” 

 

Akechi’s on his couch, sitting with one leg tucked under the other and eating takeout from a local restaurant while listening to Ken chatter in with his team members. Tomorrow they’re going to meet up with Rise ( Risette ! The idol!) and another man named Teddie to ‘infect’ their phones with the metaverse. Teach them how to get into the app so that the two of them can bring it to the rest of the team while Ken continues to do investigative work here for a bit. 

 

The group had said it was because Ken had already been seen with Akechi and it would be less conspicuous for the two of them to hang out than Akechi to tell the secrets of the metaverse to a random adult. 

 

Akechi snatches a piece of chicken from Ken’s plate, dodging Ken’s chopstick defense easily. There’s no Koromaru here to beg for table scraps so Akechi gets to enjoy his entire meal. 

 

It’s a vicious petty victory- to eat good food without that incredibly judgy dog giving him watery puppy dog eyes. Take that! 

 

It’s almost late now, almost late enough for real dinner, but Ken needs to touch base with all the people he’s friends with and that leaves Akechi to browse through the Netflix movie selection. 

 

The movie selection is- now that he’s trying to find a decent background noise- goddamn awful. 

 

Akechi finally decides on something that’s going to be good enough when Ken’s phone call ends. Ken hard sighs, flopping down heavily into the couch and tossing his phone on the coffee table. 

 

There’s a beat of silence. 

 

“Akihiko says he’s put the new phone on your counter.” Ken says, half looking at the start of the movie and half at Akechi. 

 

“Already?” Akechi thought that would take another couple of days, but he’s not going to look a gift horse in the mouth. “In the kitchen?” 

 

“Akihiko just texted ‘on the counter’, all caps and no spaces.” 

 

“No spaces?” Akechi’s already standing, putting the remote down on the coffee table and turning to the kitchen. 

 

“I do not control anything about Akihiko, please don’t ask me to try to apply reason to him.” 

 

Sure enough, on the counter tucked away halfway behind the bread is a sleek black box with no identifiable logos. It doesn’t even have a picture on it, just matte black and hidden like spare keys. 

 

Akechi picks up the box and makes his way back to the couch while opening it. 

 

Sure enough, sitting pretty in the middle of black plastic is a very nice phone. Newest model, best camera on the market. Akechi flips it over and on the back there’s no logo, just a vibrant eye catching red. Akechi presses the power button as he sits down, watching the screen light up. 

 

A flash- backlit black with a blinding white ‘ KG ’ in the center. The phones at almost half battery, that’s expected, but what’s unexpected is that everything in the menus are the exact same. His contacts, his messages, his emails. 

 

“Horrifically stalkerish.” Akechi comments, flashing the phone screen at his brother who’s stealing broccoli from Akechi’s plate. 

 

Ken just shrugs. “I’m used to it.” 

 

“How old were you again when you joined … the group you did?” Akechi begins to really browse his messages, checking up on the ones from Sae earlier. 

 

“Tenish? Nine or ten.” Ken shrugs again. “I was a part of the dorm before I was officially part of the team so it’s kind of nebulous.” 

 

“Why the hell did they even let you in anyway? I don’t think I ever got that story.” Akechi’s typing out a reply to Sae’s questions. 

 

Ken puts his chopsticks in his bowl and leans back on the couch. “I was able to stay awake in the Dark Hour. They needed bodies to fill the tanks and I was available and annoying.” 

 

That catches Akechi’s attention. “Dark Hour. You keep mentioning that but I don’t have any idea what the hell it means.” 

 

“It’s what it sounds like. An hour of the day affected by what you know as the metaverse.” Ken looks fully at Akechi, face carefully blank. 

 

Akechi makes a ‘go on’ motion. 

 

So Ken sighs, gets comfortable, and tells Akechi about the Dark Hour. 

 

About Tarturus, the monstrous tower that never ended. The bruises, the training, the full moons. Ken talks about how some days he couldn’t even hold his spear he was so viciously sick but he would still hike miles straight upwards all the way trying to stem the bleeding from his broken blisters. 

 

If you weren’t in that tower you would have to run in the streets, constantly dodging the shadows that hunted down the people who were awake.

 

“It was easy-“ Ken says, fingers laced together and eyes looking at something very far away. “- too easy, to slip on the blood in the streets if you weren’t in Tartarus. My teachers hated when I would come to class with no socks and my sneakers stained red. You couldn’t just sleep. The shadows would find you- hunt you down and eat you from the inside out.” 

 

The club advisor who sold them out and went crazy, the people who died and the people who were the victims all along. 

 

It’s not a very happy story, not a very happy story at all. 

 

“We defeated Nyx, against all odds.” Ken says, “Our leader walked right into the arms of death and sealed him up tight at the end of the universe.” Ken’s eyes cut up to look at Akechi- really look at him. “We managed to buy time, how much we don’t know. But we managed.” 

 

Akechi realizes just how different the two of them are. 

 

The two of them are, at the core, very similar people. Judges of the world around them, mettling out their own form of twisted justice wherever they see fit. 

 

But the difference between them is in Ken’s revenge and Akechi’s vengeance

 

Ken takes an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth. Ken’s punishments, in his view, are equal as they can be. A life for a life. An answer for an answer. An equal trade, that’s Ken’s form of justice. 

 

Akechi wants the wrongdoer to feel the true suffering they have inflicted. If the offender takes one eye Akechi takes two. If the criminal takes a tooth Akechi takes the tongue. It’s the job of justice to inflict a countermeasure against the perpetrator to do anything like their crime again. A deterrent against future offensives, that’s Akechi’s form of justice. 

 

They’ll never meet on even ground, Akechi and Ken are just a little bit too off-angle of each other. 

 

But they can try. They can get close. 

 

Ken’s told his story, so Akechi thanks him for the explanation and begins to tell his own. 

 





Futaba bites her nails. 

 

She’s sitting at her computer -yeah no duh - and she’s looking over all the data she's collected over the past few months. 

 

She knows that the kid living in LeBlanc’s attic is the leader of the Phantom Thieves. She knows that him and his friends can ‘steal’ peoples ‘hearts’ and make them change for the better. 

 

She knows so much about them. They’re best friends, all of them, they’re quirky and strange and they bicker amongst themselves but they continue to like each other anyway. They talk to a cat like it’s a real person and they have stupid meme-y discussions in their ‘secret’ group chat. 

 

Futaba should be able to trust them. This isn’t hard. Make the first contact. It’s just an exchange of what she knows with what they can help with. 

 

She’ll ask them to steal her heart, change it for the better and finally rid her of these nightmares that haunt her every step. She’s tired of being a horrible drain on Sojiro’s resources, she wants to be a real person again and not this parasite that’s only alive because Sojiro feels indebted to her mother. 

 

Speaking of, Futaba’s eyes flick over to the tab that constantly keeps tabs on her adoptive father- he’s on the phone right now, speaking to a number that she doesn’t recognize. A Suou? Strange name for a contact- normally Sojiro has both first and last names. 

 

She’s recording - she records everything, nobody is safe from her curiosity - but it’s probably a work call and won’t be very interesting at all. A quick flick of her wrist and- yeah they’re talking about the days they used to work together. 

 

Boring. Futaba swaps back to the bugs that she’s placed around LeBlanc, listening to the soft buzz of background music and the constantly-on news. It only sounds like one person in the entire cafe now- Futaba double checks the cameras to see Akira’s now familiar mess of curls and the cat that’s perpetually curled up near him. 

 

Futaba inhales- she’s got this! She’s got this! Channel the Featherman Rangers! - and she sends a message to him. 

 

She’s going to change her life- she’s gonna get better! 

Chapter 16

Notes:

hey,,,,, im still alive,,,, go me,,,,,,, softly cheers

im not sorry i've fallen in love with these two old men and im calling their ship name Tiramasu, it won't be any large part of the story or anything i just think its neat

Chapter Text

 

Justice? -You get justice in the next world, in this world you have the law.

 

Rise Kujikawa is an actress first and foremost. She’s a woman who won’t stop until she’s won. She makes her decisions and sticks to them until her plans have come to fruition. She said ‘brunch’ and by damn it all she’s inviting the special team baby Ken and his- like a soap opera!- long lost brother! 

 

She’s scouted out the restaurant before, she already knew this location from having set up Yukiko’s and Chie’s anniversary date here. It’s quiet, upscale, discreet, and has a fabulous array of food to choose from. Everything’s in that rich old fashioned western style, big velvet booths and large walls to keep the illusion of privacy. 

 

Teddie’s here early, like she wanted him to be, and she gives him the clothes she’s picked out for him. God bless that bear, but he really can’t dress himself in colors that aren’t his preferred color scheme. Rise picks out a nice set of black pants and a nice pastel colored shirt that just makes his completion look gorgeous

 

Ken let’s her know that they’ll be on time, his text message is so boring compared to the more fun texters in the group of persona users. Rise likes to splatter her texts with emotion! So you know what she’s feeling without having to guess! Ken texts like an old man most of the time. 

 

Then again, her and Ken rarely have the opportunity to chat! Something to think about in the future. 

 

Ken and his soap opera life walks in right at eleven o’clock! Just in time for Teddie to rejoin her at the table and for the waiter to walk by and deliver the waters she's ordered. 

 

Ken sits across from her, his brother sitting right beside him on the same side. They do look really similar, the same color hair and the same eyes. Rise does recognize the brother now that she’s sitting right here. 

 

He’s that new detective that goes around on talk shows! Oh wow! How deliciously fun!

 

Rise’s going to eat him alive

 

Teddie sits right beside Rise, a smile already wide and bright. “The brothers!” He’s visibly excited, the family dynamic is something he’s still a little shaky one since so many of them are only children. He tries to be the best adopted brother he can to Yosuke but sometimes the two of them slam heads. “A pleasure to meet you! I’m Teddie!” 

 

Ah how cute! Akechi Goro already looks like he wants to run as far as he can! 

 

Rise’s definitely going to have fun with them. 

 

“I’m Rise, Rise Kujikawa, and if I’m keeping updated on the group chat I hear that we’re going on an adventure today?” 

 

Ken nods, pulling out his phone and sliding it over. “Yes ma’am. We’re going to infect your phones with this new connection to the collective unconscious, known to this app as the metaverse .” 

 

Rise thumbs open the application, humming a little tune soft enough that only people straining to hear would catch it. The plication is strange and glitchy under her thumb, it flickers around and randomly inputs numbers then takes them out again. There’s a few places in the recently searched tab, but Rise’s smart enough not to click on anything without permission. 

 

Teddie watches over Rise’s shoulder, chin resting on the curve of it as he reads the screen with mild distaste. “More convenient, sure, but not as elegant.” 

 

Rise laughs, “Oh? You prefer the TV Teddie?” 

 

Teddie nods, a smile on his face. “Of course! Everybody prefers their home base!” A blink, then Teddie inclines his head in Ken’s direction. “Everybody but the S.E.E.S team!” 

 

“Hey-” Ken’s smiling, “-our whole deal was to get rid of our home field, we succeeded.” 

 

“Think about the things we could have accomplished in life if we had a whole extra hour!” Teddie shots back, still leaning against Rise’s shoulder. 

 

Ken just shakes his head, rolling his eyes. “Don’t speak nonsense, we’re here for a reason Teddie.” Ken gestures to his brother, “This is Akechi Goro, my half brother, he’s going to explain how this application works and after this brunch we’re going to give you both a physical demonstration to infect your phones with this app.” 

 

Rise doesn’t like that wording, it makes it sound so invasive

 

But! She turns to the boy in front of her and bats her eyelashes. “ Oh ?” 

 

Akechi, to his defense, doesn’t blush at Rise’s attention, he looks a shade uncomfortable but otherwise doesn’t care that she's Rise Kujikawa. Oh he’s smarter than the average bear isn’t he? 

 

Rise takes a sip of her water, glancing over the menu even though she already knows what she wants to eat. “Give me a basic rundown boys.” Her tone is playful and screams airhead, but she wields those weapons like Yosuke and his knives. “I want to know everything you know about this new access point to the collective unconscious.” 

 

Ken and Akechi look at one another out of the corner of their eyes, knowing that Rise was a woman that would not be trifled with. 




Sojiro’s buffing out some condensation rings on his bar when a familiar face walks in. 

 

The man’s tall, thin, and has very distinctive red glasses. 

 

There’s nobody else in the shop, and Sojiro knows that this was very much on purpose. 

 

“Haven’t seen you in a long time, Suou.’ Sojiro says, keeping his hands busy and continuing to clean his countertops. “Haven’t been in your business for longer. What does a police commissioner want with a boring coffee shop owner like me?” 

 

Katsuya Suou huffs an amused laugh. Low and sharp and very pointed. “Both you and me know that the word ‘ boring ’ was never used to describe either of us.” 

 

The man sits down at the bar, elbows resting and one arm supporting his head. “I’m here as a friend, asking about the going ons in Tokyo-” 

 

Sojiro sighs, holding up the hand that’s now occupied by the old rag. “Don’t try and bullshit me, we’re both too smart for that.” 

 

Katsuya shrugs, unbothered by Sojiro calling his bluff. They’ve known each other for too long for things like that to get under his skin. 

 

The two of them met a long time ago, when Sojiro took the younger cop under his wing and helped him learn the ropes. Five years between them, Sojiro’s feeling his age now as he’s almost reaching his 50th birthday, trying to slow down and accomplish a perfectly normal dream once told to him by the cop that sits across from him now. 

 

Katsuya used to be full of life, happy to do the best job he could and trying to make enough in each paycheck to take care of his younger brother. Katsuya told Sojiro his original plan during those late nights in the car while they patrolled the streets of the small town they had gotten their start in. Sojiro talked about dating the psychologist that had been hired by the police department and Katsuya talked about wanting to be able to run his own cafe one day, with fancy little pastries and beautifully roasted coffee. 

 

It had all gone to shit, with fucking demons   and rumors and the whole town being quarantined and the police department eating itself from the inside out. Sumaru City had gone to hell in a handbasket and only a few people made it out with their own memories in tack. If you didn’t get infected by the rumors or the cult or the creatures from nightmares . Sojiro made it out by liberal use of his gun, barricading himself and Wakaba in a small room in the police station, talking to the demons he could to get them to go away, shooting the ones he couldn’t. 

 

Wakaba and him were taken after the whole ordeal, moved up into places that Sojiro never dreamed of, and from that world of lies and deception and political games the only thing that Sojiro ever gained out of it was a child named Futaba and a dead love. Sojiro had packed everything from his office, put in his two week notice, and used the money he had saved for a wedding to buy himself a nice little shop in Tokyo based on those half remembered conversations in a simpler world before everything went to absolute shit. 

 

Sojiro couldn’t make pastries, but he could brew a mean cup of coffee, so his little shop kept itself afloat. 

 

Now one of his oldest friends has strolled back into his life, after all these years, and Sojiro knows between Suou and Kurusu and that damned cat there's trouble brewing in Tokyo, on a scale much larger than anything that they’ve dealt with before. 

 

Katsuya pulls a file from his bag, thicker than just a few incidents would call for, and places it on the table. 

 

“Do you know-” Katsyua’s voice is low and draws itself out in long stretches ”-that I keep in contact with Kei Nanjo?” 

 

The man who cleaned up all the mess in Sumaru City with money and a promise to make sure that this never happened again? Sojiro did not know anything about that actually. 

 

“The man’s an old friend, involved with this kind of shit much deeper than you’d ever think, and as an old friend he asked for a rather simple favor.” The file was flipped open, and Sojiro accepts that this is something that keeps pulling you in for the rest of your life and meanders over. “I was asked to look over a few things in Tokyo, and I want to get a second opinion.” 

 

“So you asked me?” Sojiro reads across the top paragraph, already not liking the relation of these mental breakdowns to the string of cases of apathy syndrome. “I haven’t been in this business for two years, I stopped being on the ground after 2012. I was a paper pusher for my final years, I’m not sure what I can tell you.” 

 

“I’ve been out of it longer than you then.” Katsuya says, letting Sojrio have better access to the files that are slowly spreading across the counter. “I stopped getting involved with this after Tatsuya died.” 

 

Sojiro stops. 

 

Sojiro looks up from the papers, sorrow clear as day across his features. “Oh my god. I’m so sorry. When did this happen?” 

 

Sojiro knew Tatsuya, the kid had come into the station after school a couple of times to talk with his older brother. Both of them were so good at heart. Sojiro had taken the kid out for a birthday dinner the year before everything had gone to shit. The two brothers were just like his own family for a few years, hearing that Tatsuya had died is devastating . Sojiro has to actually walk around the bar and sit down. 

 

“Happened right after the business in Tatsumi Port Island.” Katsuya says, soft and hurt and with some raw emotion that has been described a thousand times but still is fundamentally unable to be anything but felt . “He went all at once, degraded for two days before he finally passed.” 

 

Sojiro closes his eyes, fighting the tears that threaten to fall. God . The kid had been young. 

 

“I can’t even say enough how sorry I am.” Sojiro finally says after a minute to pull himself together. “He was such a good kid.” 

 

Katsuya nods, keeping his own eyes down. “The only reason I agreed to even look at this is because a kid might be in the same kind of danger.” 

 

Sojiro instantly thinks of the soft spoken black haired kid who lived just above this very cafe. Akira’s smiles when he gets the coffee just right, the kid’s adoration of that little stray cat that he carries everywhere with him. Akira’s just as bright as Tastuya was, had that same spark that Sojiro once saw in a different highschooler so long ago. 

 

Sojiro looks at the papers spread in front of him, all the peoples lives and experiences condensed down to a paragraph at most. The dead remembered impersonally by people looking at them like they never had lives to live in the first place. Tatsuya had become another number in this nightmare, stacked away into the pile of people who've lost their lives to the business of the world of the mind. 

 

Another statistic. 

 

This could be Akira. 

 

Sojiro has that thought like a lighting strike. 

 

This could be Akira, smiling up at him from a headshot that’s only an inch tall and printed in low quality black and white to save the government money. The status under his name as DECEASED

 

Sojiro reaches for the paper that details the mission statement, determined to not let another member of the people he loved to be lost to the things that lurked in the dark. 




The charity luncheon is going great. 

 

Shido smiles at another woman who’s just on the wrong side of older and has the botox to show for it. She’s a return donator, so Shido flirts just enough to get on her good side once again and she makes sure that Shido knows she’s going to be one of his largest donors again. 

 

Good. 

 

Shido smiles, all charm and ease and thanks her for her gracious contribution to the work he wants to accomplish. She would blush if she could, he’s sure. 

 

The woman totters off once she's done with her wine and her attention gets called elsewhere after Shido directs her gaze to a group of gossipers. 

 

Shido takes a sip of his wine, a light and airy selection for the little finger foods that dance around the party. There’s some heavier food items available if the people attending want them, but those are only available in the other rooms off of the main event. Shido himself had eaten beforehand so that he could take a few sips of alcoholic beverages without any real effect. 

 

The chatter around him was his own domain, these people telling each other how wonderful Shido’s plan was for the future of Japan. It was an echochamber of his own design, everyone who was invited was planned out so that his supporters outweighed the people on the fence about his ideals. There were one or two companies invited that had … less than savoury reactions to Shido himself, but they were unpopular now and only were invited to show the crowd that Shido and his company were inclusive.

 

Everything could be planned, controlled, and executed according to a system that benefited the people who deserved it. 

 

Shido takes another sip of his wine. 

 

Delicious. 

 

Shido turns, looking over the crowd of the people he wants to rule and-

 

They’re quiet. 

 

Why are they quiet? 

 

Shido’s not shown himself to be the predator yet, kept his cravings contained and pretended to eat grass with the rest of these goddamned herbivores, these sheep do not know there is a coyote in the grass with them yet. So, why are they quiet

 

Shido follows the noise to its final area of silence, there, by the door-

 

Oh. Oh

 

The richest man in Asia stands tall in the entranceway to the luncheon. He’s smiling in the way he does that makes something deep in people’s chests beat with a pulse of pure fear. His suit is tailored to him, a Tatsumi original, not a stitch out of place, his rings classic and simple but with that undertone of professional laced in them. 

 

Kei Najo stands at the very edge of Shido’s luncheon and the panic sets in. 

 

The man hadn’t been invited, but there’s no way Shido could turn him away. Kei Nanjo could buy every single person in this room twice over and still have enough money to turn around and fund Japan’s government for the next ten years. Kei Nanjo is the name that politicians pray to have on their side, the man that every woman throws themselves at to try and be a kept woman for life. Nanjo’s a brilliant mind wrapped up in a young man’s skin with the instincts of a viper

 

Nanjo showing up to Shido’s luncheon guarantees they'll exceed their goal by a twenty percent margin by the overflow of others alone. 

 

Whatever god had graced Shido’s campaign needs to be worshiped. 

 

Shido makes the least obvious beeline he possibly can. Nanjo’s presence is now the talk of the party, the gossip has exploded to a level that’s almost unbearable. 

 

The man has to be convinced that Shido is the best for the future of Japan. 

 

Kei Nanjo has to leave this charity luncheon with a positive view of the next prime minister. There’s not an option otherwise. Shido will not get the vote otherwise

 

Kei Nanjo tried to avoid politics until this very moment. The man has done the base minimum to keep himself in the correct circles, letting his money and his acts of charity do the social climbing work for him. The man has never verbally supported a politician before, but has never shot one down either. 

 

Shido’s new plan is to fuck everyone else in this room. He won’t need anybody anymore if he can get this one singular person on his side. 

 

Shido finally reaches Nanjo’s personal space bubble, the younger man turns, that same unnerving smile gracing his features. “I see I’ve finally met the guest of honor.” Nanjo says, not raising his wine glass but not lowering it either. Perfectly neutral in every way. 

 

“I think,” Shido says, testing the icy top to this cavernous ocean, “ that particular title might now belong to you.” 




When they arrive at the subway entrance after a very delicious brunch there’s familiar faces that weren't expected. 

 

Yosuke and Naoto stand by a quick little lunch spot, talking to each other about work when Akechi spots them from across the street. 

 

Akechi elbows Ken, pointing to the two. 

 

Rise notices the movement, and trails her own eyes in that direction and lets out a pitched call in happiness. “ Senpai and Naoto !”

 

Yosuke and Naoto both look up from their conversation, recognizing the voice but also startled at the sound of it. Naoto looks like she’s pulled an all nighter or two, but Yosuke looks like he hasn’t slept in a week judging from the thick bruises under his eyes and the pallor of his skin. 

 

Rise and Teddie drag Ken and Akechi over, the old friends always happy to see one another even if it disrupts plans set in place. There’s genuine happiness on the four older adults' faces, the kind of happiness that only can come from long-time friends seeing one another. 

 

“Senpai! Naoto!” Rise says again when they get close, “Are you both on lunch?” 

 

“Yeah.” Naoto gives in to the massive hug that Rise inflicts on her. The two women are such different heights that it's funny to watch, but they fit together well. “We decided that we were just going to grab a little bite and mostly work through lunch.” 

 

Yosuke also gets a hug, Rise’s determination to show affection to some of her favorite people stops at no man. The effect of height disparity is switched now, as Yosuke Hanamura is an unusually tall man and Rise’s only of average height. 

 

“How long do you have left?” she asks, pulling back and allowing Teddie his own set of hugs, “If you have a bit do you want to go on an adventure with us?” 

 

The two government workers look at each other, considering. “Technically we could call another hour and work late-” Yosuke begins. 

 

“You can’t work another late shift.” Naoto shuts down, “You and Fuuka both are dead on your feet after the last couple of days.” 

 

Yosuke just shrugs, taking a chance to glance at Akechi before looking back at Teddie and Rise. 

 

“We’ll go for a little bit, but we’ll have to dip out early.” Naoto finally settles on, crossing her arms over her chest and looking at Yosuke. “That sounds okay?” 

 

The team all knows that they got lucky running into two others from the persona business, that means Ken and Akechi don’t have to go out of their way to infect these two’s phones with the program. It was killing two birds with one stone without pulling away from their normal routine by any great degree. 

 

Naoto and Yosuke follow the rest of them as they walk to a quieter spot, turning around to slip into a corner where nobody can look over and glance at anything they shouldn’t be able to. 

 

Ken pulls out his phone, and quickly explains how the application works, how to put in inputs, and what is considered a valid destination. 

 

“Are the glitches consistent between both of your phones?” Naoto asks, curious, as the pixels dance across the screen in patterns she can’t discern. 

 

Ken looks at Akechi, Akechi shrugs, so Akechi pulls out his own phone and they compare their apps. The glitches don’t look the same, it's just a random flickering of pixels, no rhyme or reason. “Doesn't look like it.” Akechi says, looking at the pattern. “I think it’s just truly random.” ‘

 

The destination is set, and Ken presses the button. 

 

The world does that strange little sideways warp, twisting the perception of everybody caught in the radius. Like a soft plastically static covering the senses for the quickest of moments. 

 

Coming out the other side takes a moment to gather oneself, but everyone emerges from the experience unphased. 

 

They’re right at the entrance of the subway labyrinth. The gaping doorways leak out that dark miasma that’ll eat your skin alive if you let it. The whole air of this place is stale and unmoving, showing that nothing in here is really alive , Rise looks around the abandoned street with vested interest, her eyes wide and her hands clasped. “I can tell that this is a place where I can summon my persona.” She whispers something low and suddenly it's there

 

There's a difference in knowing that a person had a persona, and seeing that persona in action. 

 

Rise was an idol, an actress, famous in a way that is much larger than a detective or a politician or the average tv show host. Her face was plastered everywhere in Japan, her story common knowledge amongst the people in the street. Akechi, when he first learned that Rise Kujikawa had a persona, had not believed it at first. It was just too much of a disconnect. 

 

Low and behold, she was standing there with her hands clasped as if in prayer and her Persona stands tall behind her. A mashup of an egyptian god and the modern stattlite, the thing’s robes drape down and spin around the things ankles, arms reaching out and following the movements of the spiraling planets that encircle its waist. One set of hands gently places a visor across Rise’s face, obscuring her vision. 

 

What the hell . Why was it being summoned? She wasn’t going to battle anything was she? Was she going to throw out moves without regard? 

 

 All Rise does is stand there for a moment, humming to herself and allowing her persona to do something that involves a low sonar like pulse. 

 

Nobody else seems surprised at what she was doing, so Akechi didn’t ask. 

 

The sonar pulse echos twice more before Rise dismisses her persona, it shatters apart like glass instead of falling apart into fire like his own does. 

 

“There's a huge system-” she gestures to the Subway. “- it sprawls farther than I can map, but I know there's a lot of shadows that are all piled in there.” 

 

It comes back, all at once. Navigator . Rise’s not any use in a fight, she’s there for directions and to know weaknesses of the things they face in battles. 

 

She can apparently also scan the land like a living sonar, and that’s more helpful than Akechi originally thought from her. 

 

“Shadows mostly stick to either the underground or people’s own cognition.” Akechi explains. “You have to go looking for them. I use this application to get across the city quickly sometimes, it's safe if you don’t go into the subway.”

 

Naoto nods, understanding that. “It’s like the TV world, not the Dark Hour.” 

 

Akechi understood enough to get that, yeah. “Exactly.” 

 

Yosuke’s looking down the stairs, and he gets to the third step before Ken moves to follow him. Teddie trails behind them both as a curious observer. Akechi lets them, they’re already aware that the subway’s dangerous. 

 

“I wonder if you could bring larger objects into this place.” Naoto thinks aloud, moving to also look down the subway. “Or is it just the things we can carry?” 

 

“Just the things we can carry I’m afraid.” Akechi’s done those experiments too, his bike was only pulled in with him when Akechi was carrying it and it was folded. “Anything larger than your own torso is hard pressed to come with you when you enter-” 

 

FUCK !” Yosuke’s voice is laced with pain, and instantly everyone is sprinting towards the entrance and into the subway.

 

Don’t step off the stairs! ” Yosuke says with strain laced up and down his voice. “There’s some kind of poisonous shit on the floor!” 

 

What? That didn’t make any sense? Sure enough, Ken’s standing on the first floor of mementos, the miasma licking at his exposed ankles and yet not biting into his skin but Hanamura’s four steps up from where he’s thrown himself onto the stairs and his exposed ankle’s are torn to shreds. 

 

He had been wearing cuffed black jeans, there was a gap of maybe three inches between the cuff and the start of his sneakers. The miasma that sludged across the bottom of the floor, that only got worse as the floors deepened, had latched onto the unprotected skin and started to eat into it. Yosuke had most likely saved his lower legs by reacting as fast as he had, jumping back out and onto the safer stairwells.Teddie hadn’t reached the final step himself, but is now working to pull up his adopted sibling up and away from the floor that attacked him. Ken’s already halfway through summoning his own persona, readying what Akechi can only assume is one of those heal spells that would have been wonderful to have when he was going through this persona shit all alone. 

 

Shit that damage doesn’t look good, blistering red purple poison that eats at the flesh and muscle. 

 

Ken’s persona is much to large for the smaller space- still the largest that Akechi’s ever seen- and physically slams Yosuke with an incredibly strong heal. 

 

Naoto and Rise stay well away from the first floor, but they do get close enough to pull Yosuke by the armpits to higher safer grounds. 

 

Ken follows, the persona trapped behind him in the small turnstile room still handing out incredibly strong healing spells. The miasma laps at his own exposed ankles as he darts up the stairs after the investigation team. 

 

“What was that?!” Naoto’s demanding, yanking up Yosuke’s jean cuffs to check the newly healed skin. “Why didn’t you tell us about that?!” 

 

Akechi is honestly speechless

 

“Sick of this poison garbage-” Yosuke mumbles as he catches his breath, sweat shining on his forehead as he checks his ankles, “-fucking sick of poison.” 

 

“What happened?!” Ken’s voice joins the mix, talking over Rise’s panicked flustered sounds and Naoto asking Yosuke how his ankles feel. “He just followed me down and suddenly-?” 

 

“I thought it wouldn’t affect any of us.” Akechi hears himself say, somewhere far away and confused. “I thought that since it didn’t hurt Ken it wouldn’t hurt Hanamura or Teddie!” 

 

“Does it hurt you?” Naoto asks. 

 

“No!” Akechi only got hurt once, before his one version of armour formed around him quickly. 

 

“The costume!” Ken remembers, “That costume protects you!” 

 

“What costume?” Naoto demands, leaving Rise and Yosuke where they sit on the floor at the top of the stairs. “Why didn’t you give anybody else a costume that protects you from the dangers of this-” 

 

“I can’t give you the outfit, the outfits makes itself.” Akechi’s not really sure how to explain because he’s never had to before. “When I walk down the outfit forms around me without any input from my part. I saw that Ken was unaffected by the miasma unlike the first time I entered the same area and assumed that the same thing would happen to everyone else. I thought that it was because he had his persona longer or something along the same lines.” 

 

Ken looks confused, he didn’t realize that he had done something completely reality breaking by not being affected by the miasma like everyone else in the world. Naoto looks a mixture of furious that its’ gone so wrong so quickly and intrigued at the mystery that this represents. Rise just looks perfectly horrified, her actors expression making it so that she looks like she should be in a movie. 

 

Teddie’s still uncharacteristically quiet, blue eyes wide and curious. 

 

He looks back down the stairs, then at Ken, then at Akechi. 

 

He starts to walk. 

 

“Teddie!’ multiple people cry out at the actions of the blonde haired man. Teddie’s not stopping though, taking two or three stairs at a time before he arrives at the very end and-

 

Teddie steps down, the crackle of glass mixes with a blue fire and suddenly in the place that Teddie stood is a … bear costume? 

 

“I know what this is.” The bear costume speaks, and it’s Teddie’s voice. “It’s a defense for the collective unconscious, like the fog was.” 

 

“The fog didn’t hurt us like this does Ted.” Yosuke says, slowly standing  up on weak knees. “That was a mild headache when you didn’t have-”

 

Yosuke and Naoto come to the same revelation at the same time, both of them gasping and saying “ Glasses !”

 

“The glasses!” Yosuke digs into his bag. “The glasses are like your costume!” 

 

Akechi doesn’t like it that people are calling his metaverse armour a costume, but he figures that maybe now isn’t the time to say that. He also has no idea what the hell these people are talking about. 

 

Ken looks just as confused. Which is a nice change in this crazed month. Akechi revels in the expression of pure ‘ what the hell ’ that flashes across Ken’s face. 

 

“I wouldn’t try just putting on the glasses, Yosuke.” Teddie calls from the bottom of the stairs, his voice is strangely distorted in that suit of his, Akechi doesn’t think he enjoys the sound. “This is a lot more concentrated than the fog in Inaba. This will eat through those little glasses I made you.” 

 

“What I don’t understand-” Ken says, an expression of fearful dread overtaking his confusion, “- is why I didn’t need anything at all?”

Chapter Text

Oh, I am arm’d with more than complete steel, The justice of my quarrel.

 

Yosuke, the only one who actually has the old glasses on him, gives them to Ken who’s the only one who can stand unencumbered in the subway. 

 

Ken had put on the vividly orange glasses feeling a little silly, and stands next to Akechi in a spot that’s visible from the stairs so the three unprotected adults can watch as Akechi’s own automatic defense flares up and secures as a mask of black heavy metal. 

 

“It’s kind of like Teddie isn’t it?” Naoto says, sitting on the fourth step from the top and looking down at the two boys. “The costume thing, it’s similar to Teddie’s outer shell. It’s just a stronger reaction to the collective unconscious than a headache is all.” 

 

“You’re saying that we’re dealing with the antibodies?” Yosuke hums, he’s got his legs pulled up far away from the miasma that ate through his ankles. 

 

“Potent antibodies. The collective unconscious is getting better and better at trying to weed us out.” Naoto agrees. 

 

Akechi flips his mask so he can both see better and get coherent words out. The mask is good for intimidation but terrible at being able to speak clearly. “You’re saying that this is a living thing we’re standing in?”

 

Ken nudges him, and Akechi can already see where the poison in the air is eating at the frames of the orange glasses. “Less living thing and more like a parasite to the human world.” 

 

Well that makes Akechi like all this even less

 

“The collective unconscious has defense mechanisms to keep regular people out of it.” Teddie says as he climbs over the turnstiles, his voice is still oddly pitched and strange sounding from the suit that Akechi’s not sure is a costume at all. 

 

“Regular people?” Akechi’s got to ask, he doesn’t look back to see whatever sounds Teddie might be making. 

 

It’s Rise who pops in this time, she’s sitting right next to Naoto and when her hand shoots into the air it very nearly whacks Yosuke in the back of the head from where he’s sitting in front of them. “Oh! Me and Fuuka talk about this stuff all the time! Occasionally when we get together we’re bored and we’ll-“ 

 

Yosuke rocks back, knocking himself into Rise. “For the sake of my sanity please don’t say anything weird.” 

 

She leans over, propping herself to look Yosuke in the eyes. “We like to scan your souls.” 

 

Horrendous . Absolutely awful. Akechi feels strangely invaded. Did that sonar pulse echo let Rise get a read on him? Let her read his personas like a book? 

 

“Regular people aren’t broken . Not like we are.” Rise clasps her hands together and hums low, she does that strange summon of glass shattering instead of Akechi’s fire with her eyes wide and focused. Her persona crouched low with one set of arms holding a visor right above her halo of hair and the other braced against the sides of the walls as the spinning planets encased both of the others sitting near her. 

 

There’s another one of those sonar pulses, like a tidal wave of force. 

 

Everybody goes a little hazy at the edges, the world gets covered with information in a way that Akechi’s never seen before. The visor’s not on Rise’s head but it’s somehow on everyone else’s all at once. 

 

She’s showing them something, something that pushes from their chests like spiderwebs and cracks across their bodies like on fire oil that’s spreading through water. It glows in pulses and flickers like a fire on a cold night as it creeps along all the crevices that they have. 

 

Akechi can see the snaps to his forearms, the places where his persona’s reach when they rage inside of him in accordance to his emotions. The cracks of flickering show up on everyone in the room, and it draws Akechi’s attention with the movement. 

 

Rise’s cracks center on her chest, her heart. It’s a gaping singular hole that pours out down and across her body in the shape of handprints that grabbed on and took a piece with them. 

 

Naoto’s got hers like a blow to the head, spluttering and damning like a first degree murder. The cracks spread from blows against her brain, one after the other and the cracks leak down like blood in a crime scene. 

 

Yosuke’s got his origin as a tightened noose around his neck. Glowing white hot at the circle in his throat and as it inches down in tangled circles glows more orange. It follows the same path as those headphones he always wears, the invisible chord loops down and down again. 

 

“Our psyche-“ Rise’s voice isn’t distorted through the vision even though Akechi thought it should have been. “Is affected by what we go through, and it always leaves marks.” 

 

She motions to her own marks, the pulsing point that echoes to the best of her heart. “A psyche has to have some major cracks to allow a persona to grow. We call them persona’s because of where they come from, they’re what we show and expose to the world. When the conscious gets cracked and broken, what you see on all of us, the persona has room to grow into it, strengthening the persona till it’s almost all that’s left.” 

 

Rise gestures to the room as a whole, and it makes Akechi turn his head to face his half brother. 

 

Akechi can’t tell where his own cracks start, but can see the gruesome sight of his half brother. 

 

Crushed under rubble, was what the newspaper had said when they described the scene that they pulled Ken from all those years ago in 2007. Crushed under rubble with the dead body of his mother for several hours under the police could clear the way. 

 

It shows now, the way he must have been trapped. 

 

The glow around his eyes shows what had been busted blood vessels, his hands white from the lack of circulation and the glow of a cracked psyche that comes from his inner chest in the same way your fingertips glow when you hold them up to the light. 

 

“The persona, if there’s enough strength behind it, eventually can form in this world, an offshoot of our own. Regular people don’t have the cracks, and therefore the persona never is able to be grown into the monsters ours are.” 

 

With that, Rise lets her persona dissolve into the same crack of glass, fading with a shattered falling of shards. The glow fades, so does the information that circles every single facet of the world. The world sharpens, the haze falls away and Akechi feels like he can breathe again. 

 

The orange glasses on Ken’s face have very obvious distress lines now, pock marks deep and gouged, the colors striped through the arms have been torn away. There’s a very clear limit to them, but they’re still holding strong. 

 

Rise’s smiling, wicked and wide and full of something that makes a deep fear twang inside of Akechi’s personas. Both of the personas that sing inside of his chest tell him to run , run very far away from the woman who could very much destroy him in a way that matters. 

 

“Is that how you see us? All the time?” Akechi asks her, genuinely curious to how Rise could look any of them in the eye after that. 

 

“Of course. Fuuka and I can see everything .” Rise’s still smiling, “Nothing can stop us from getting the information we want on you.” 

 

That's terrifying

 

Akechi has very much underestimated the role of a navigator

 

Naoto rocks to the side, making Rise look at her instead of Ken and Akechi down at the bottom. “What we need to know now is what makes not only our personas but us ourselves resistant to the defense system that the collective unconscious puts in our way.” 

 

Teddie pops up from behind Akechi, the squeaking sound his footsteps make give him away as he walks around and they also make it so Akechi doesn’t startle when Teddie races to the stars. When Teddie’s foot touches the first step the bear costume melts away like Akechi’s own when he steps, the change is instant and without any hitches.Teddie goes from a wide eyed mascot to a tall blonde man. 

 

The resemblance to the Phantom Thieves own little cat mascot is something that doesn’t escape him. 

 

“I have a theory on that actually.” Yosuke helps Teddie into a sitting position beside them. “Mitsuru and I also talk, but we’re not nearly as creepy as you and Fuuka are.” 

 

Rise sticks out her tongue, chuffing the back of Yosuke’s hair. 

 

“Mitsuru gives me permission to work in her labs, which is very fun when I’m just playing around and much less fun when I’m doing something disgusting for everyone, but once I was tasked with one of the objects from the dark hour that could still generate a field when it was uncontained.” 

 

“How’d you get to do that?” Naoto asks, curious. “When I asked to be able to, they said it was dangerous. I couldn’t get anybody to give me a sample.” 

 

“I was asked to test to see if it was actually safe enough to be handled. I wasn’t activating it, I was testing to see if it gave off any radiation. I discussed with Mitsuru and Akihiko about the differences in the dark hour and the TV world and we took some extra glasses, the joke glasses, and we tried to see if they helped at all in the pseudo dark hour those artifacts were able to create.” 

 

Teddie scoffs, “Of course they wouldn’t-” 

 

“Oh? How’d you know. The glasses immediately shattered when they got within fifteen feet of the test.” 

 

“I made them, of course I know what they can handle. Those glasses were made to handle a weakened, watered down version of what's down there-” Teddie points at the miasma, “-not the pure distilled anger and hatred of an infected wound.” 

 

“So the reason you’re saying I’m not affected by the miasma is because, what, I grew up around elevated white blood cells?” Ken’s not looking like he’s happy, and Akechi’s really not that happy either. 

 

“I think the metaphors have gotten away from us.” Yosuke agrees. “I think it’s because the collective unconscious was on high alert while Tartarus was active, and was actively trying to kill the people that happened to get caught in its sphere. That explosion killed a lot of people, and it tore at the collective unconscious like a gunshot in the stomach. The reaction was, of course, to get all the foreign bodies out of the main system. You were a foreign body it didn’t recognize, and it never attacked you once you got over the initial phrase of sickness and fear right?” 

 

Ken shrugs, the glasses are almost fallen off completely now. “I guess not, I wasn’t ever put into a coffin if that’s what you were getting at-” 

 

“That's what it is!” Naoto interrupts. “Our glasses, the costumes, they’re the coffins!” 

 

Excuse me .” Akechi stops the conversation here. “Coffins? You didn’t say anything to me about coffins when you told me about the dark hour.” 

 

It’s like talking to a person who can only speak your third language, but it's also their third language so everyones just talking in circles about confusing things. Akechi needs a cheat sheet at this point, a case file, something

 

“Only certain people could be awake during the dark hour-” 

 

“You’ve explained.” Akechi allows. 

 

“The people who weren’t awake weren’t just sleeping, they got locked into coffins unable to be opened during that time. The coffins couldn’t be interacted with, by the shadows or the people still awake. It was like a clamshell to protect the people inside from being eaten.” Ken laces his fingers together to illustrate his point, locking his knuckles together in a vice grip. 

 

“So what you’re saying-” Akechi points at Naoto. “-is that the costume’s are like those coffins? How? I’m able to move, I’m conscious and aware. The only thing that they have in common is that I’m being protected.” 

 

Naoto checks her watch, “I’m saying that I’m pretty sure if we were in the real version of the dark hour you’d be in a coffin. I’m sure I’d be in a coffin too, or pretty close to it.” 

 

“You’re saying that even though Ken and I are brothers?” Akechi gestures between them. “Ken was proven to be able to stay awake in the dark hour. You’d think if we were related we’d both be able to do it.” 

 

“We didn’t awaken our persona’s at the same time.” Ken points out, having a point. 

 

“We both have persona’s don’t we?” Akechi counters, also having a point. “If it's just the potential to have one that keeps you awake then we’d both be fine right?” 

 

“Oh if you wanted to know if you had the same kind of persona you don’t.” Rise adds, totally unhelpfully and smiling all the way. “Akechi’s personas are a whole league of a lot deeper  under the surface than Kens is!” She winks at the two. 

 

“Time.” Naoto calls. “Twenty seven minutes and thirty four seconds.” 

 

Ken sighs as he finally gets to walk up the stairs, wiping the dust of the dissolved glasses off the bridge of his nose.

 


 

Futaba, naturally, googled the man who walked into the coffee shop and started up a general chat with her adopted father. 

 

Sure enough, he’s a police commissioner. A good one at that. He’s been decorated more times than Futaba’s ordered sushi. He’s closed a whole bunch of crazy cases and he’s clearly a hard worker if these articles are to be believed. 

 

Futaba’s never really stopped at just dealing with online articles before, so she goes a little deeper. It’s super easy to get access to public records (they’re public for god's sake) and it’s only a little bit of a step up from there to get basic information off the system. The system’s not too good, not good enough to keep her out at least. 

 

It’s a breeze to grab a hold of this ‘ Suou’ s record, to see case after case after case. 

 

Futaba’s not interested in that stuff though, she wants to see the more personal things, the stuff that’s not going to be shown when the camera’s flash or the people can see. She wants to dig down deep and see every complaint against him in HR. Futaba’s a one woman war machine when it comes to this, and she’s rolling through all these traffic stops until she hits some of the cases that she sees he’s worked with her dad and-

 

Firewall. 

 

Well that’s no fun. 

 

The first encryption is harder to bypass than all of the steps so far, and the only thing it gets her when she cracks it is another code all together. She digs into multiple systems to try and find another that gets a hit off of the keywords the two are saying in the conversation. She’s not bugged the cafe for visuals, just audio, so she’ll have to crack the file that Sojiro’s got when he comes home for the night. 

 

There’s a few hits in a deeper database, but there’s no accompanying information off of those few keywords so she’s shit outta luck there. 

 

Time to see where the money leads then. 

 

Futaba cracks her knuckles using her thumb on  each hand. She gets to work on Suou’s personal financial history. There’s a string of numbers that are from the police station indicating Suou’s payslip for the past however long he’s been working for the police, god it's nearly twenty years at this point? Oh man that sucks . He’s getting a pretty penny for being the police commissioner though, so it’s gotta count for something. 

 

Ah, there we go, for a long strip of time in his mid twenties to late thirties where he’s getting paid a substantial amount for something unlabeled. 

 

Oh! Futaba hopes he’s like a weird high class hooker or something. She’s watched Pretty Woman. This would be great.  Maybe he’s back to rekindle a long lost love? Who knows! Maybe he was paid by the mafia to be a dirty cop and he’s here to bring Sojiro back into a life of crime-  

 

Oh. 

 

Well that’s not interesting at all is it?

 

He was paid by the Kirjiro Group to be a quality inspector. 

 

Boring

 

She goes a little father, just to try and find something a little more spicy-

 

Another Firewall. 

 

Well, well, well. There’s something to be said of the cybersecurity of one of the largest companies in Japan. She’s never tried to get around this particular company before, but she’ll be willing to try. 

 

She sets up a passcode cracker for a low level maintenance man’s account and rocks back as the computer does its job. Another tab flashes, alerting her to a notification. It’s who she thinks it is. 

 

Akira, the leader of the Phantom Thieves, has texted her back! 

 

Her plan is going exactly how she wants it to. 

 


 

Fuuka looks up as her computer screams at her. 

 

She’s on break, alone in the room, and she’s just gotten out of a three hour surgery. Her robots are working excellently, and she’s done the stomach surgery as non-invasively as she possibly could manage and there’s been no complications. 

 

The alert comes from her computer, so it’s personal not professional. Hm. 

 

She sends out an echoing ping

 

Everybody’s initial passover seems to be fine, if some people are a little more stressed than others. Nobody actively is needing help. 

 

Juno sends out a little sonar pinging her soul, echoing softly to give her comfort. 

 

Fuuka shoves a sugar bun from the vending machine fully into her mouth and goes over to check what’s trying to get her attention. The laptop is full of stickers and custom keycaps, but the main attraction is the hardware inside. Fuuka flips the laptop open with two of her clean fingers and then uses them to tab through until she finds-

 

Somebody’s trying to get through the security of Kirjiro Group. 

 

She’s set those walls up herself, with help from Akihiko. They’ve been tried before but Fuuka’s very, very good

 

There’s not a lot she can do without some major firepower, but she can at least see what she’s dealing with. Every hacker likes to leave little traces of themselves when they force their way through, everybody has a different way to get around obstacles, some like to jump over and others like to dance under. It’s a signature as clear as somebody’s name. 

 

Oh, this little hacker is very good, they’ve redirected the code so they just pass through it, bending but not breaking. That’s not something most people can do to Fuuka’s rather straightforward, delicate code. 

 

She finishes her sugar bun, sucking the glaze off her fingers. 

 

She checks to see how far the little hacker got, only a few employee lists and access to the general company database. The hacker would be stopped by the employee portal, a chokepoint. Even with how far the little hacker’s gotten it’s still easy enough to see their work. Fuuka’s impressed, she didn’t think that the real Medjed would take interest in her little firewalls. 

 


 

“Who the hell is this .. Alibaba person.” 

 

Ryuji’s leaning against Akira, they’re both chilling on the couch in the attic above LeBlanc and doing their homework. Ann’s on the other side of Akira, she’s doing english at a breakneck pace so that everybody who wants to copy it can at the cost of another worksheet. 

 

Akira trades her for his math, Ryuji normally swaps his history work. 

 

Makoto doesn’t like this cheating scandal at all. She’s very much against it. She just can’t get them to do their homework any other way. 

 

“I think Alibaba’s just really sad.” Akira says, tapping his pen in thought. “They’re lonely, mostly. Desperate to change the desired heart.” 

 

Yusuke doesn’t look up from whatever he’s doodling, but he does point very dramatically in Akira’s direction for a moment before going back to his own little world. 

 

“I think we should do it, help them out.” Akira answers question eleven. 

 

“Are we ignoring the threat of Medjed then?” Makoto asks, looking up from the desk she’s taken over. 

 

“Ignoring? Or multitasking?” 

 

For that Akira gets a pencil thrown at his head, Makoto’s frown can be felt physically from five feet away.  

 

‘We could just ask Alibaba to help us with the Medjed threat.” Yusuke says, his doodling is almost complete now, and Akira’s pretty sure that the beautiful artwork is splayed all over his science notes. 

 

The rest of the room takes a moment to think about that, considering that suggestion. 

 

It wouldn’t be a bad idea, would it? 

 


 

“Thank you for having me.” Katsuya Suou bows deeply, respectfully.

 

Sae already hates him. 

 

He had come to command yesterday, with paperwork and a smile. He’s taken over the Phantom Thieves case and he’s not going to take no for an answer, Sae can already tell. She’s dealt with several shitty bosses and she’s not happy to have to work with another one. 

 

“The pleasure’s mine.” Sae bows back at him, just as respectfully. 

 

“I would love to see any of the notes you already have on this case, your personal thoughts. I’ve read the files and gone over some of the arresting officers notes for the breakdowns, but I haven’t yet heard any of your thoughts on the preliminary interviews you’ve done with the victims.” 

 

Suou has a stack of files in his hands, eyes looking at Sae from over those freakish red glasses. He’s dashingly professional, older than Sae by about ten years, and still has a full head of dark, almost black with an undertone of red hair, the only sign of his age is a single streak on his temple. Sae’s hair turned grey early in her twenties and she’s not upset at the people who can keep the color. It’s in her genes, Makoto’s also getting those early greys. 

 

They’re both sitting in her office, the workday almost over. Sae’s at her desk, Suou moving to sit on the guest chair she keeps in the room mostly for Akechi to work on cases with her. 

 

“Most of the preliminary interviews show signs of confusion, dishevelment, and the worst case of brutal honesty I’ve ever seen. The men who’ve come through our offices after getting a threat from the people running around calling themselves the ‘Phantom Thieves’ are all of sound mind, but from what I can tell they’ve all done a complete one-eighty personality shift.” 

 

Suou doesn’t say anything to that, just flips a few papers over and reads something from the files in his hand. 

 

“They have no signs of being drugged-” Sae continues, if the man wants to interject and stop her then he can go right ahead. “-and all the tox screens have come up negative. The only signs of distress were the ones that the victims did to themselves. Each man who’s come to receive a threat from the ‘Phantom Thieves’ has no memory of ever seeing or interacting with anyone claiming to be from that group, and I believe that, because they all deny being blackmailed at all. They seem to genuinely want to turn over a new leaf.” 

 

“Thank you.” Suou says, thinking. “Is there any other case where something similar has happened, a complete personality shift, but with no mention of the terrorist group?” 

 

“You think they’re a terrorist group?” Sae’s taken aback by that. She thought they were mostly pranksters who’ve gone too far. Certainly some kind of blackmail involved, but nothing to advance them to be classified as a terroristic threat

 

“I don’t think what I think should affect anybody working the case unless it’s fact and supported by evidence.” Suou says. “I’ve read in some of these reports they get called a terrorist group and the terminology slipped out. I need to know if there’s any cases that might have led up to this, nobody starts out the gate calling themselves a flashy name and going after big name targets. I need to know if the teacher fellow was the first victim or if this M.O has been used before.” 

 

Sae, in her head, already wants to strangle this man. It’s true that jurors love forensic evidence, it will convince more people than an eyewitness will, but sometimes for the police to do their jobs they need to inspect avenues that forensic evidence might not lead them too. The places they find might lead to the correct apprehension! Sae likes the people down in those labs but they have a place as a secondary asset to the police investigation. 

 

This guy’s gonna make Sae’s life a living hell from a prosecution perspective. 

 

She’s not looking forward to it.

 

She smiles anyway, “I’ll get right on trying to find out if there was any cases like these ones, without the label of calling card attached to them” 

 


 

“Why’d you call me down to the labs, Hanamura?” 

 

Akechi’s leaning against the desk, careful not to press his jacket against anything that might be growing weird mold in the various petri dishes that are piled up on the side of Yosuke’s desk. They’re testing to see how fast certain kinds of bacteria could grow on nylon. The experiment’s taken over Hanamura’s office. 

 

“Well, I have some bad news.” Hanamura’s writing down rate of growth, but he’s not looking Akechi in the eye as he writes, something that’s unusual for him. 

 

Akechi’s suddenly suspicious of the fact that he’s the only other person in this little office. 

 

Whenever he’s been in here before there’s always somebody else accompanying him, Shirogane, another lab tech, even on one memorable occasion Hanamura’s roommate. 

 

Ken had stepped out, apologizing but saying he needed to call Mitsuru and tell her the update of what they’ve learned. Shirogane’s in her office, catching up on work to be able to get home during daylight hours, all the other lab techs are neck deep in other work. 

 

Akechi’s never thought of this office as large before, but when there's just you and a person who’s saying they’ve got some hard things for you to hear the space that was once a closet now seems like a chasm. 

 

Hanamura gestures for Akechi to sit down, so Akechi moves a few of the petri dishes away from the edge of the desk and then places himself onto the edge. There’s not seating options aplenty, so this is the best that’s available on short notice.  

 

“They’ve made me give this news-” Hanamura’s voice is soft in a way that Akechi immediately hates. 

 

“Am I dying?” 

 

Hanamura looks stricken, finally looking Akechi in the eye. 

 

Akechi usually doesn’t notice the years between them, but in this instance it’s palpable. Hanamura has got premature worry lines, he looks at Akechi like people look at those children in hospitals who haven’t got more than a few months left to live. “You’re- It’s not like you’re-”

 

Hanamura takes a breath, composing himself. “Have you been cold recently?” 

 

Jerking back, Akechi lets a little blip of- “ What? ” escape. It’s strange and disjointed and crooked in the air. What the hell did this information have to do with anything? What kind of non-sequitur was that question? 

 

“Been cold recently? Had a hard time getting to sleep at night? Sometimes your joints have to ache so badly you want to break them just to make it stop?” 

 

Akechi gets off the desk, fists clenched at his sides. What the hell is this? What? Why does this matter ?  

 

So what if he hurts at night? Who cares if he’s cold, or if he’s got bouts of insomnia at night? 

 

“Those are symptoms of a long term exposure to a drug that’s …” Hanamura thinks for a moment, considering. “It’s not good to be in possession of a persona and have interaction with it. It affects parts of your brain where your persona is housed. If you keep consuming it, the poison will eventually kill you.” 

 

Akechi’s furious

 

There’s crap he can’t eat anymore? Who the hell was going to tell him this? What’s he been eating that’s been causing his knees to hurt so badly during cold nights that he can do nothing but sit in a warm bath and try not to cry? There's a blistering cold in the wintertime that eats at his bones and his persona’s rage against the snow but they can do nothing but try and offer casual comfort. 

 

Hanamura grabs something from his bag, still rattling on about the percentage of ethoglycate in the substance that was slowly killing him like it mattered

 

He places it on the desk, away from the petri disks. “If you’re somehow gaining access to these, you need to stop eating them at all costs. It’s the only thing on the market with access to the chemical that’s hurtful to persona users.” 

 

There, sitting so innocently, is a little blue and white candy that Akechi had eaten this morning when he walked into work. 

 

In fact, the secretary Elizabeth was the one who gave it to him. 

 

“Are you shitting me. ” Akechi’s seething fury, Loki rages in his ribcage and beats against his heart with a thunderous rage that strikes lightning into his lungs. Robin Hood rakes claws against Akechi’s shoulder blades, tearing through soft tissue and leaving gouges on the bones. 

 

“We’re going to make you a member of the Shadow Operatives.” Hanamura continues, and it's like he’s the one putting the weight of the world on Atlus. He sounds so sorry . It makes Akechi’s teeth hurt. “We’re going to let you have probationary access to the resources of the Shadow Operatives, but we’re not pulling you for active duty until we can be sure that this has no lasting effect on your system.” 

 

“You are going to have permanent damage, and we’re never going to be able to bring you back to a hundred precent. I’m so sorry .” 

 

Hanamura stands, moving across the table and putting a hand on Akechi’s shoulder. The heat from Yosuke’s hand burns through the fabric of the thick jacket. 

 

Yosuke’s a lot taller than Akechi is, he’s warmer and he’s got such a soft kind of big brother feeling that It makes Akechi want to fold in and accept the comfort that’s so close to being offered. There's always something that burns low and everlasting in Akechi’s gut that tells him he can’t. He can’t depend on the person in front of him for anything, not for this kind of thing. 

 

Hanamura, ignoring the racketing tension in Akechi’s body, simply pulls the boy into a hug. 

 

Akechi freezes for a single moment, years of engraved responses flaring up at this, but it all collapses into a fit of pure mess of emotion

 

Akechi gives into the hug, grabbing onto the back of Yosuke’s lab coat and not letting go. 

 


 

Ken’s phone rings twice before Mitsuru picks up. 

 

He’s just outside of the police building, the ambient sound of the city covering whatever he was going to say easily. 

 

“I know that he knows who the phantom thieves are.” Ken begins, “I also know how to get in contact with them if needs be.” 

 

“Impressive work.” Mitsuru’s appreciative, her tone’s warm through the little speakers. “I trust you’re going to give us names sooner rather than later?” 

 

“Quality takes time, I haven’t been here for very long at all.” Ken’s looking over the crowd and making sure that nobody’s getting too close to him. He misses Koromaru in times like this, the dog’s great for guarding his personal space. “If nothing else I can camp out and wait for the thieves to show themselves in the collective unconscious. I’ve already seen the level that the phantom thieves are capable of. They can’t beat me in a fair fight.” 

 

“What about an unfair one?” Mitsuru asks, always careful. 

 

“They’d be hard-pressed to knock me down  and keep me out.” Ken replies truthfully. “I have far more experience, and an advantage built in.” 

 

Mitsuru hums down the line, but doesn’t say anything. She’s curious. 

 

“I’ll tell you everything in my report.” Ken promises, already thinking about how he’s going to phrase everything. 

 

Mitsuru, who’s sitting hundreds of miles away, allows the evasion. She’s got a lot of things on her mind, the most pressing at the moment is the list of names that Akihiko sent her from Akechi’s apartment. She’s going to get confirmation soon, but Nanjo’s already making sure that this paper could only have come from one singular person. 


She sent Nanjo after Masayoshi Shido for both confirmation, and the kill .

Chapter 18

Notes:

hmmm hey does anybody have like, a purpose to life anymore ha ha wow im tired. "im an artist" i say as i write 10k+ words in two days, "not a writer", I say as i get another chapter out.

Chapter Text

Each of us is more than the worst thing we’ve ever done.

 

Ken sits, alone, in the metaverse. 

 

He dangles his legs down and looks at an empty street from the viewpoint on top of a subway entrance. 

 

There’s a sense of peace here, on an empty street in a quiet city with still air that echos around him. The lights will change, occasionally, as if they’re just remembering they have to flick between colors, but there’s no movement here. It’s as if a slice of time has halted and everyone else in the world fell apart at the seams leaving just Ken himself and time to handle whatever crosses his mind. 

 

He’s going to confront the Phantom Thieves, whether or not his brother thinks it’s a good idea or not. 

 

Ken’s stronger than all of them combined, the only thing keeping Akihiko from rolling in here and killing all of them in one fell swoop is Ken himself being in the field for this mission. If Ken even hinted at needing help from his senpai’s they would storm this offshoot of the collective unconscious and sweep it neatly clean. 

 

If Ken had told them everything in the first place they would have killed Akechi were he stood and killed the Phantom Thieves alongside him. 

 

Gotten rid of the problem at its source before exploring the new representation of the world they’re so desperate to look at and understand. 

 

Ken calls up his persona again, from behind that half gone glass, and lets Kala-Nemi roam around the empty streets. The persona is so curious most of the time, always striving to understand the world from his confined place nestled and protected by Ken’s ribs. Kala-Nemi is a part of Ken, and Ken’s apart of Kala-Nemi but while everyone else was old enough to see persona’s as a tool that was the other side of their coin Ken was still young enough that he looked up at what was once Nemesis on the streets at midnight and thought ‘ this is my only friend ’. 

 

Kala-Nemi, as a result of that, will something spout off the childish emotions that children imprint onto their imaginary friends. Wonder, curiosity, attention. It’s all rather easy to indulge the thing, and now Ken lets it rip out trees from their roots to try and figure out if it can see the water through them. 

 

Ken wonders if Kala-Nemi would tear the wings off a butterfly just to marvel at the texture of the delicate wings in its claws. 

 


 

“How’s being a famous artist treating you?” 

 

A laugh from the other end of the line, bitter and biting. “Fuck yourself, Kei.” 

 

Kei Nanjo snorts, “Always a pleasure to chat with you, Masao.” 

 

“Why’d you call, for real?” Masao Inaba asks from down the line, it’s early morning in New York right now, and night in Tokyo right now. Kei’s just about to go to dinner and Masao’s just returning from the club he’s been out at..“You normally just text me, complaining about how you regret playing the persona game with us and want your company to run itself.” 

 

“How do you feel about a trip to your hometown, Masao?” Nei avoids answering the question, as he’s wont to do. “I’m thinking about making a highschool reunion happen. I’m imagining someplace ritzy.”

 

“What are you planning?” Masao’s tone is dead flat. “The last time you ‘had a good idea’ you made a sister company and then had it blow up an island testing shit you shouldn’t be messing with.” 

 

“First of all-” Kei adjusts his cufflinks, leaning against the side of the car he's being driven in. “I’m not a fan about how you assume that I had anything to do with that explosion. I have very detailed legal papers saying otherwise.” 

 

“Don’t bullshit me, Kei Nanjo, I know you. I still have scars from when we were younger, why did you call me.” 

 

Nanjo does that little hum sigh he’ll sometimes echo down the phone line meaning he’s thinking on how to phrase things that the person on the other line won’t want to hear. “There’s a little bit of a scandal here in Tokyo, a political one and a persona one, and I wanted somebody to talk to that was a part of my original team.” 

 

“Get Yukino, Maki, hell even grab Reiji if you’re desperate to chat with somebody who was a part of our original team. They’re all still in Japan.” Masao’s not the first person on the list to be roped into the meetups that still occur in Tokyo every year, he’s far away and living in New York and it’s hard to pull him away from his schedule to figure out a time that works well for him. 

 

“I need you .” Nanjo’s voice is oddly serious. “You’re an artist that’s recognized world wide, you have political sway, I haven’t seen you in nearly seven years and would love to catch up in person, but I also need you to help prove a point .” 

 

“You need me to, what, show up and dance crazy for the backers in some campaign?” Masao doesn’t like the sound of this, he hates the sound of that.

 

“I need you to show up, be on my side against somebody who might be killing other people-” Kei hears the sharp surprised inhale on the other side of the phone, “-and related to this case, there's an exceptional artist child who got left without a father and mentor.” 

 

Silently down the line, Kei just listens to Masao consider what was told to him. Masao Inaba has a massive soft spot for this kind of thing, because Kei knows at heart Masao Inaba wants to do the best he can for the people around him, he funds and supports art programs in schools that are in lesser income areas all across the globe. Masao Inaba hasn’t changed much since highschool, still painting daring graffiti and still getting roped into trouble but Kei’s learned to rely on him as a good friend, even though they still butt heads constantly. 

 

“Give me the earliest flight you can, you absolute ass .” 

 

Kei smiles, and gives Masao the information for a flight that’s already waiting for him at John F. Kennedy Airport.


 

Hanamura tells Akechi what he needs to do to help his body recover from poisoning. 

 

“Your liver is basically in a state of cirrhosis.” Hanamura explains from where he’s pressed against Akechi’s side, allowing Akechi to lean into him. “The scar tissue is preventing it from working like it should, and it’s never going to go away. You still have enough function to not require immediate hospitalization, but it’s close.” 

 

“I can’t ever get poisoned again, can it?” 

 

“No, I wouldn’t recommend drinking.” Hanamura sighs, pulling Akechi closer. “I’m serious, you probably can’t go drinking with your peers- not unless you get cleared by an actual doctor.” 

 

Akechi understands, he understands that he’ll need to keep his weight down, needs to be aware of fluid buildup, of temperature fluctuations, he’s not able to fight off minor infections anymore, his bones are weaker and more prone to breaking, and his skin will bruise more easily. His liver is half gone , the poison eroding it till there was scarring where healthy tissue should be. There’s problems with his hypothalamus gland, meaning he’s prone to paranoia and anxiety and insomnia and weight fluxuations. 

 

Akechi’s been given vitamins, given a recommended diet, and a recommended exercise list to do each day. 

 

There have been positives today, at least. 

 

Akechi’s been granted status as a shadow operative, on retainer and not allowed to actually be used in any field missions until he recovers, which Hanamura explains as just collecting a check one every two weeks for doing nothing but existing. Akechi had been against this, until Hanamura told him the stripend he would be receiving, then Akechi had agreed if only to use the money to help him do the diet that's been recommended to him for his ravaged insides. 

 

“Do you know how you’ve been ingesting this kind of thing?” Hanamura asks, quietly, “It’s normally a high end candy but-”

 

“I’ve been eating the weird candy for about two years.” Akechi admits, he's been wrung out too far to even begin to care about keeping any cards close to his chest. “The secretary, the one with the white hair, her name’s Elizabeth , with her brother who works at my father's office whose name is Theodore .” 

 

“Really?” Hanamura hums the word more than he says it. “I’m going to send Maragret after them, they probably didn’t even know what they caused, just had some random thought and did it because it was a fucking conveince for them.” 

 

Akechi’s never heard that kind of venom in Hanamura’s voice. Holy shit. 

 

“I’m going to tell my boyfriend, and he, as a velvet guest, is going to kill them .” 

 




They walk up the stairs of a pyramid in the desert, all of them covered with sweat, covered with dirt, and wanting to just get this over with. 

 

Akira’s the one who trudges up to the shadow of the girl who asked them for help and asks her, as politely as he can when he’s just wasted several hours of his life crossing a desert, to lead him to her treasure. 

 

It all goes to absolute shit when the stairs flip down to a slick slide to the bottom with no end in sight. 

 

Their clothes go from the hot and sticky school uniform cotton to hot and sticky leather , which is worse on levels unfathomable to even begin to think about. Akira regrets the change immediately- feeling the sweat make his outfit stick to him like a tacky goo. Eugh

 

Fox at least has the option to open that chest zipper of his, and Ann can pull her own outfit apart a bit as well. The only thing Akira, Makoto and Ryuji can do is hope that there's a cool spot to sit down in the corner somewhere and hope they don’t overheat from the unbreathable sticky leather

 

“I fucking hate this. ” Ryuji wheezes out, voice cracking from the heat. “Why couldn’t this palace have been, oh I don’t know, a place not here .” 

 

“Because God hates me.” Akira responds, wiping the sweat from his cheeks. 

 

The Phantom Thieves fight hard, moving through the palace like they’ve done for all the other palaces so far- taking out shadows and healing team members through the slag. Ann’s gotten good at patching up wounds- quick and bubbly like the feeling of pop rocks under the newly healed skin until it fades away and only a pleasant feeling is left behind. Yusuke’s more weird and sideways scar tissue than artist at this point- his injuries popping up just as fast as they fade. It takes his whole artistic view to the next level, or so he claims. Ryuji’s got a bum leg to watch out for, but he overcompensates for it by a landslide in making his electrical attacks count , each hit precise and targeted. 

 

Akira loves them all, but times like these make him want to just have a break

 

The shadow casts another curse, wicked tongue flicking out and snagging close to Morgana’s feet, and Akira decides that the next safe room is going to be the one they stop in, they’ll save their progress and retreat for the day. 

 

It’s a hard run- they’ve made it over halfway through this hellhole and can see the top when they look further ahead- but Akira calls it before the team gets too fatigued to go on. A final battle without any stamina left would just be a total wipeout loss for all of them- causing unnecessary pain. 

 

Akira shuts down the app, feeling the stale oppressive heat of the air fade away and revels in the AC of Sojiro’s house. Makoto’s looking like she's experiencing god as she faces the vent in the floor. 

 

“Thank you!” Comes the voice behind the door, Futaba, “For your hard work today.”

 

“We only made it about three quarters of the way.” Akira tells her, honest, “We’ll make it to your heart- steal it- in two days.” 

 

Thank you. ” The soft little warble comes again. “You’re helping me more than you could ever imagine.”

 

The Phantom Thieves leave Futaba to her room for the night, bidding her goodbye and promising her they’d be back before she’d know it. 

 

Akira splits early, he lives in LeBlanc after all, and drags Ryuji with him. The two of them are hand in hand when they walk into the small little cafe, leaning on each other and telling the rest of the team to get home safe and sound- text them when you get to your house ect. Morgana weaves between the two sets of legs to get someplace with food , loudly proclaiming that he’s gonna claw apart the pillow of the person who keeps him awake for another second

 

The rest of the team laughs, bidding Akira and Ryuji goodbye as they head to the station. 

 

There’s not a lot of people around this time of night, only stragglers and graveyard shift workers. Yusuke, Ann, and Makoto find a spot on the trains easily. Yusuke is the first to get off, actually having to trudge back to his school dorms and not to a residential area. He gives both girls a fleeting hug before he pulls himself away, telling them to be safe and look out for one another at this time of night. 

 

Yusuke gets a swat on the elbow from Ann for his worries, both girls giggling at his words.They wave at him as the train departs. 

 

Yusuke hitches his bag a little higher and heads up the stairs, thinking about his next art project and how he’ll convince the art teacher to buy him another gallon of black paint so he can correctly put onto the canvas what the demons they fought against felt like. 

 

Splashes of black and zealous purple against a white sand background, intermixed with the painful and toxic greens with dripping pain that can be touched by gentle fingertips. 

 

Something with passion that shows itself in each stroke, each powerful movement portraying the struggle that he puts himself through every time he steps foot amongst his friends in the metaverse. 

 

Yusuke exits the subway, inhaling the night air. 

 

He flips out his phone, checking the percentage on his battery and seeing that Futaba’s engaging in their chat again. 

 

He opens the metaverse app, looking around at the empty street before he clicks the enter button. 

 

Yusuke walked home in the app before, it’s an easy way to not interact with anybody else and bypass the curfew that's been set in place for all the dorm students. Kosei is a wonderful school, and it allows Yusuke to do pretty much whatever he wanted with little to no supervision. He’s a top student and has a high profile career in the arts at his age. There’s nothing he can’t do- and the things the teachers might say ‘ no ’ too Yusuke simply doesn’t ask for permission on. He just does them. 

 

He’s done it dozens of times before, so he expects nothing out of the ordinary when the soft popping sound signals his arrival in the world between mind and reality. 

 

The sounds of the city quiet, and Yusuke puts his phone back into his pocket. 

 

He takes a step, then another-

 

Hello .” 

 

!!! ” Yusuke spins around, already pulling out the pocket knife he keeps on him for utility purposes. The sound he makes in surprise can’t be written down with any letters in any alphabet, but it's primal and scared and ready to fight

 

There’s nobody around him, Yusuke’s frantically looking, because that voice was nothing he recognized before. Who the hell -

 

“I’m up here.” 

 

Yusuke looks up, to the top of the entrance to the subway, bad ready to be thrown and pocket knife ready to be wielded with the same grace he uses with his katana. 

 

There’s a kid up there. 

 

The same age as Yusuke, it looks like. 

 

“Who the hell are you?!” Yusuke demands, pointing with his admittedly more-for-opening packages knife. “How the hell did you get here .” 

 

“I could ask you the same question.” The guy answers, “We could do nothing but ask questions that won’t get us anywhere for a few months, trust me we both don’t want that.” He stands, balanced on a sign ten feet up from the ground. He walks with surefootedness until the lip of the roof, with grace Yusuke hasn’t seen from anybody but Akira the mystery teen grabs the edge of the roof with one hand and uses the other to help himself slide down a support column and land perfectly neatly beside where Yusuke stands. 

 

“I’m Ken.” The teen- Ken - sticks his hand out to shake. 

 

Yusuke warily accepts, giving only his first name back in the same clipped way. 

 

“Oh, don’t be so suspicious of me.” Ken says, almost lackadaisical, a bright and innocent smile on his face. “You’re not the only people who can use the collective unconscious you know.” 

 

Yusuke needs backup, right now , this is something wildly out of his depth. He’s not the leader, and this is something that might tie into the mysterious Black Mask that's been hunting people in the Metaverse. 

 

“You scared me.” Ken says, casually with his hands in his pockets like this is a meeting between classmates and not something bordering on the edge of impossible or insane. “The other day, I wasn’t expecting to see anybody but you and your team came out- The Phantom Thieves, I assume- and I got scared.” Ken bows, politely and low, “I’m sorry for hurting you.” 

 

What? Yusuke’s trying to think back and the only thing that’s coming to mind is- “That massive monster, was that you ?” 

 

“My persona? Yes.” Ken straightens when he says it, so matter of factly. “Kala-Nemi.”

 

Yusuke thinks, wishing for the world he could use his phone and it wasn’t locked in navigation mode at the moment. If this Ken character moves into the subway- into Mementos- and changes into a Black Mask then Yusuke can just disengage and call an emergency meeting- tell the others that Akechi Goro was just an unlucky red herring and they should be looking at this kid instead. 

 

“You still don’t trust me. That’s understandable.” Ken rocks back on his heels, thinking. “I wouldn’t trust somebody who hurt me either.” 

 

“I need you to walk down these stairs.” Yusuke decides, still holding his knife out between them. “I need to see you aren’t the Black Mask.” 

 

That finally pulls an expression that’s not faked across Ken’s features, polite confusion . “Black Mask?” 

 

“Walk down the stairs.” Yusuke says again, gesturing, “Afterwards, we’ll talk.” 

 

Ken shrugs, and turns about face and strides down the stairs, taking them two at a time. Yusuke follows at a much more sedate pace just to see the moment when Ken’s feet touch the ground in Mementos- to watch the flare of miasma and see if-

 

Well. That’s certainly not what Yusuke expected. 

 

Ken spreads his arms, looking down at himself. “I’m down the stairs. No mask, black or otherwise.” 

 

Yusuke can’t believe it, what is happening? He walks down himself, jumping the final two steps and landing right beside the newcomer. His own costume fares around him quickly as it ever does, inescapable and grasping, replacing the clothes he wore to school today with something that could protect him from blows against the creatures that lived here. The Fox mask settling over his cheeks and adhering to the delicate skin of his eye sockets, it’s a comforting weight in this otherwise off putting conversation. 

 

“That’s why I panicked.” Ken gestures to the outfit that Yusuke now dons, “I didn’t know why all of you were in weird costumes- I still don’t know why everyone was wearing a weird outfit.” 

 

“Why don’t you have a costume?” Yusuke asks, “It protects you from the dangers of the metaverse, I’ve never seen- are you sure you have a persona?”  

 

Ken laughs at that. “Of course I do!” 

 

“I would request you to summon it.” Yusuke’s not even sure what to ask here, not even sure what to do. He’s going to pry as much information as he can and then run straight back to Akira. 

 

“I’ll show you mine if you show me yours.” Ken says back, Yusuke can tell that the benign smile isn’t real but he’s just been trained for recalling and detailing the expression of a human face for art, not for trying to glean feelings of others from them. “You’ve seen mine before, but in that battle I only got glimpses of yours.” 

 

Well, nothing to argue about that with. Yusuke tears his fox mask off, the sting of it pulling at old little wounds around his cheekbones long since ignored. Goemon flares to life with cold fire and an echo of confusion between them. Yusuke never summons him but for battles, so this simple display is something that both sides of his soul aren’t used to. 

 

The persona is large and hulkling, flowing robes and smoke like painted on details of the air simmering around it. Goemon’s a formidable force, especially when it's summoned alongside Captain Kidd like it’s so used to doing these days- blazing ice with Ryuji’s shocking electrical follow ups. But without anything to attack, Goemon simply looks like an overly large bewildered dog. 

 

The energy to summon him usually is a flare, a bright burst of concentrated attack with intention to follow the call that Joker shouts out during battles. The flare is stinging cold and bright but fades quickly in the heat of battle, Yusuke can feel the strain now, keeping Goemon out and separate from himself. 

 

“You are new at this.” The other kid says, looking at the persona that is fading quickly at the edges. “It’s hard, at first, to maintain a person out of battle isn’t it? Something that’s so easy for navigators but so straining for everyone else.” 

 

Yusuke lets Goemon go, and the persona disappears in a flare of that ice cold fire that will still burn when touched. 

 

Ken nods, accepting that Yusuke’s part of the bet has been upheld. 

 

Yusuke watches to see how he’ll summon without a mask, but there’s nothing

 

No twitch to give away what's about to happen, no movement in the teenagers face or body to react too. Yusuke has to pull of his mask to make his persona appear, but in the space of one heartbeat to the next there's a sound that’s almost like glass breaking and a soft blue flash of blue and- 

 

The persona is just as large as Yusuke remembered it, maybe bigger , curling around the small entryway of Mementos, sharp edges and metal with the spinning zodiac that make up its shoulders glowing with a power that Yusuke can’t fight against. It hums low with an otherworldly noise that nothing organic could ever replicate and takes up so much space Yusuke can’t see it all. 

 

It’s geometric, robotic, and it’s something that Yusuke’s never seen from this world before. It’s new and bright and glimmering with the kind of uniqueness that Yusuke wants to capture and place on display. This is the monster that killed them, that's for sure, but seeing it from this angle is something that Yusuke can imagine as something ripped right out of a futuristic horror. 

 

“You’re not Black Mask.” Yusuke says, still looking up at the spinning zodiac symbols painted onto the metal with some kind of galactic glow. “They would have described you to us with this- not your bland appearance.” 

 

“Er. Thank you? I think?” 

 

Yusuke turns, eyes still half on the persona that doesn’t even breathe. “They would have described this wonder, it's huge and brilliant . It dwarfs you, you without a mask and without protection would be described by the thing that captures my attention completely. My master would have more words to tell us about you if this is the kind of thing he beared witness too/” 

 

“You’re really kinda weird.” Ken says, and Yusuke’s seen that kind of awkward uncomfortable half grimace half smile in people he’s talked to before. Ken hides his discomfort surprisingly well. Akira’s said it was something to do with other people not being used to artists, it doesn’t even phase Yusuke at this point. “You do know that’s a really intense compliment, right?” 

 

“That is you, and you are it.” Yusuke knows, those words have been imprinted into his heart the day his persona said them. “I know, I’m not going to retract my statement. This is how people see you- cold and unfeeling and larger than you are. Something horrible but bright pulled into one form- and also how you see yourself. This is a persona too regal for what we’ve heard of Black Mask, the stars on its shoulders like atlus and encircling its head and heart is a steel cage so you won’t get hurt there again.” 

 

“Is this-” Ken’s floundering, and Yusuke’s glad that he’s not the only one off balance in this conversation. “Are you pulling my chain here? I could have sworn you weren’t a navigator.” 

 

“I’m not, our navigator is Mona.” Yusuke’s not the right kind of man to be a navigator, he’s not got the right kind of heart. That’s obvious from his persona, of course. 

 

Ken sighs, running his fingers through his hair and rucking up his bangs for a moment, Yusuke can see how carefully the teen in front of him holds himself, how calculating . This might not be black mask but this kid isn’t somebody to take lightly- both his persona and his own self is dangerous. 

 

Ken hasn’t recalled his persona yet, which is something Yusuke didn’t know was possible to achieve- Yusuke himself couldn’t hold a persona for more than ten or fifteen seconds without strain- and didn’t even seem to mind that his persona was out and moving without direction. 

 

Well, Yusuke did promise to talk. “I’ve seen you’re not the person who’s been causing mental shutdowns, and I have to ask if you’ve seen a persona user in a black mask running around, but I also need to walk home. Accompany me?” 

 

A beat of silence, Yusuke can wait, he’s gotten very good at waiting. 

 

Ken studies Yusuke for a moment more, taking in the appearance of a phantom thief in his element, before nodding once and smiling that sweet little shy smile he gave at the beginning of their interaction. “I’ll answer any questions you might have, I’ve got to show I'm really sorry for hurting you and your team after all.” 

 




“I’m back.” Yosuke calls from the door. 

 

“Welcome back.” Yu says from the kitchen, the smells of something home cooked come tumbling from the stove as Yosuke takes in the whole scene. 

 

The apartment is small enough Yosuke can see Yu from the entryway, and when anybody comes in the door the only room hidden from them is their shared bedroom. Yu’s domain is the kitchen, and Yosuke respects that area as sacred while Yu never decides to mess with the collection of records they keep organized on the bookshelves near the TV. 

 

“I get affirmation every day that I made the right choice with forensics.” Yosuke says, stumbling to snuggle up to his boyfriend's back. “I hate having to give bad news.” 

 

“I’m sorry that you had to be the one to do that.” Yu says, allowing Yosuke to grab at his waist and put his head right in the crease of his shoulder. “Did the kid take it … okay?” 

 

Yosuke lets out a little sad chuff of air. “I think he took it as best as he could.” 

 

Yu’s got a soft spot for kids a mile wide, and Yosuke knows that Yu’s gonna be sad-cooking for the next couple of days. Yu’s gonna hand off healthy lunches and dinners wrapped neatly and tell Yosuke to give them to Akechi whenever he can. 

 

Naoto would be absolutely ready with handmade tins of cookies from Kanji- along with hand knitted scarves when the weather turned. She was a little old woman in the skin of a young one and while sometimes it was hilarious other times it just made Yosuke sad to think about how she came to be that way. 

 

“I actually have a good lead on how he's been ingesting all those poisons.” Yosuke mumbles into Yu’s collar. “I’m gonna need a favor from you, partner.” 

 

“Hm?” Yu hums, low and interested. He uses his chopsticks to flip the meat in the pan and does a very interesting maneuver with his wrist that Yosuke taught to him. Using knives in battle has the benefit of being able to teach people around you fun tricks- also Yosuke can’t feel the tips of his fingers from learning those tricks through trial and error. 

 

“I’m gonna need you to call Maragret, I’ve found her siblings.” 

 

“That’s not a happy tone.” Yu says, taking the food off the heat. 

 

Oh. Yu’s serious about this. 

 

Well that means Yosuke has to be serious about this too. 

 

“I have good reason to believe that they’re the ones poisoning him.” 




Akihiko smashes another cigarette on the ground. He’s not the one smoking them, but he is the one who’s keeping them away from Mitsuru. 

 

“She’s just gonna keep smoking them, dude.” That’s Junpei, he’s the only other person who stands beside Akihiko on the roof of their old dorms. 

 

Akihiko tosses another packet, crushing it under his heel. 

 

“You call me from America with a reason better than ‘help MItsuru quit stress smoking’? Because if not I do actually need to do my job .” 

 

They stand side by side, looking over the city together after Junpei had dragged himself to this meeting point and found Akihiko stomping around on the roof. 

 

Only a few spare cigarettes left, found after a pass through Mitsuru’s office, this is how Akihiko burns stress when he’s too close to the edge. Rummaging through what Mitsuru allows him too and taking apart things that are bad for her. She’s his whole life, has been his whole life since she had walked up to him in middle school, and he can’t allow her to leave him in any capacity. 

 

“We’re recalling everyone.” Akihiko says, matter of fact and low. “ Everyone .” 

 

Junpei sighs, deep and echoey in his chest. Junpei’s always been a lanky thin bastard, but somehow still manages to encompass Akihiko completely when he leans over and gives Akihiko a ridgid one armed hug. “How bad is it?” 

 

“We’re thinking Nyx levels of bad.” Akihiko tells him. 

 

That gets a whistle. “ Nyx ?” 

 

Akihiko nods. “We’ve had Rise scan all she can in the hub of the collective unconscious in Tokyo. She’s flaring distress signals all across the board. Fuuka’s meeting with her as we speak so we can get a better look at what we’re dealing with.” 

 

Junpei blinks, speechless


“We’re recalling everyone.” Akihiko says. “Because we need all hands on deck to help destroy whatever’s gaining power in Tokyo.”

Chapter 19

Notes:

sorry for how long this took. it's been a wild year, a wild trip trying to find all kinds of things, and i'm thinking about hiking the appalachian trail so. Also, this chapter came out becuase i was having a bad week and a comment by Falling_Rhayne gave me the motivation i needed to push this filler through. God you guys don't know how much i for real cry everytime i get a comment. also, if you want fanart for this fic i have like a billion unfinished sketches

Chapter Text

Knowledge which is divorced from justice may be called cunning rather than wisdom.

 

Koromaru isn’t the youngest, most spry dog ever to exist. He’s old now, almost fifteen, and he’s a little slow in the mornings to wake up, a little slow in the evenings to settle down and find a spot that's comfortable for his old little aching bones. Koromaru’s used to wearing the old orange jacket that Ken had donned for a long while during elementary and some of middle school, the soft well worn fleece long since has given up any real qualities to keep its wearer warm, but Koromaru just liked the weight of it, the bright color, the smell of the cloth that wraps around his little torso. 

 

The hoodie has a bonus to giving him the ability to stand out more than his white fur provides. A dog wearing a jacket is more noticeable than just a dog after all. 

 

Junpei’s the one holding Koromaru’s leash for now, has it wrapped around his wrist twice as he browses his phone at the station in Tokyo. Koromaru’s got no hard feelings towards Junpei, the man’s nice with his pets and liberal with his treats but Koromaru wants his real owner, he wants the boy who can scratch between Koromaru’s ears just right, who smells like home after a long vacation. Junpei’s only going to be in Tokyo for a moment, just long enough to grab Rise and Teddie and bring them back to the little sea salt smelling town that Koromaru’s the most familiar with. 

 

This city is much too loud for an old dog, big and full of strange smells and with a sparked passing interest from people who’ve never seen anything like Koromaru before. Children want to play with, pull at his fur and yell compliments too close, adults coo and they sigh and they ask permission- most of them do, the nice ones do- but even with Junpei’s warding of “He’s an older dog who’s been attack trained” people still want to grab at his paws and take pictures. 

 

No

 

Koromaru’s not that kind of dog, a pretty little lap thing to be held onto like an accessory. Koromaru knows he can’t bite anybody who gets close but he wants too desperately. 

 

It feels like eternity before the familiar sounds of a young human grace Koromaru’s ears. The smell of old heartwood floors and hard iron blood have never seeped out of his orange human, of his real owner, not since the boy had moved into the dorms with the others. Koromaru nearly can’t contain himself, wanting to bolt from between Junpei’s legs and mash his face into Ken’s knees, to let Ken crouch down and give him the perfect pets. 

 

Ken’s with his almost-same person, who smells like hard iron blood just like Ken does but instead of old wooden accents the littermate has an aroma of gun-oil and old paper with a slick hint of sickness that seeps from his joints. 

 

“Junpei!” Ken calls, excited and happy to see his old friend. Junpei perks up from his phone at the call of his name, looking for a moment in the direction of the sound before slipping his cell back into his pocket and heading on over to greet his younger friend. 

 

“Special delivery.” Junpei hands over Koromaru’s leash with a little laugh. “Just for you- he was tearing up the couches in the old dorms going crazy waiting for something to do.” 

 

Ken crouches, taking his hands and running them through Koromaru’s fur, around his ears, scruffing at the soft spot behind his cheeks. Koromaru preens into Ken’s hands, huffs out a little sound of excitement and pushes himself into Ken’s hips. 

 

Ken’s cooing, making happy noises and telling Koromaru how good a dog he is, yes he is, the best dog ever. 

 

Koromaru agrees. 

 

He is the best dog ever. He can help out his humans in ways other dogs can’t. Koromaru is the best and he’s got the best human to back him up. 

 

Junpei just sighs a bit, laughing, “He’s always liked you the most, but god forbid if Akihiko or I try to do the same thing we’d get bit so quick.” 

 

“Dog’s are great judges of character.” Ken stands back up, giving Koromaru one last pet before he straightens all the way. “Thanks for dropping him off, I’ve missed him these past couple of days.” 

 

Koromaru wags his tail. He missed Ken too.

 


 

Katsuya takes a deep breath through his cigarette smoke and sorts the files in front of him. There’s a decent amount of suspicious deaths and illnesses before these Phantom Thieves were calling themselves something straight out of a video game. The names that have been targeted were mostly high-society kinds of people, their records dropping away during the last two years and some just fading away from public minds. The most prominent ones are people who have disagreed publicly with how the government had been running- people who spoke out against politicians who had enough power to back up their dissent. 

 

That, unfortunately, does make whoever killed these people assassins and terrorists. 

 

Damn. 

 

It’s such a difference in targets too, from rich influencing lawmakers to a schoolteacher that nobody had ever heard of before? There’s something not right here, something underneath that Katsuya isn’t seeing. 

 

 The door to his office opens. Sae walks in, her heels clicking against the tile floor with such a determined sound that it couldn't be anybody but her. She’s got somebody behind her, some teenage kid who’s wearing a sweater in the middle of the high of summer with long hair that looks vaguely familiar. Katsuya’s sure he’s seen this face somewhere- or maybe the kid just has that kind of face?

 

“You’re not meant to smoke in here.” Sae says, holding an armful of folders. She’s got an expression that just leaks disgust everywhere- she’s (probably) not even trying to hide it. Amazing. Katsuya can appreciate that in a person, the total lack of care what others think of you. 

 

“I’m not meant to do a lot of things.” Katsuya takes another deep inhale of his cigarette just to be contrary. “I was retired before this shit.” 

 

Sae makes a confused little expression, exasperated and tired all at once. Katsuya doesn't care that he’s confused her- he had been retired from persona things until this so he wasn’t wrong with what he said- he just holds out his hand for Sae to put the old courtroom files into his hands. 

 

Sae begins to walk away after she hands the requested files over, rolling her eyes where she thought that Katsuya hadn’t been able to see her. 

 

“Wait a second.” 

 

Both people who had walked into the office stop, both Sae and the weirdly familiar teenager halt by the door. Katsuya points at the kid, “You- what’s your name?” 

 

The teenager blinks, a little dumbfounded, and does that little half-aborted ‘ me ?’ motion with a hand. “I’m Akechi Goro.” 

 

Damn, Katsuya had no recollection of anybody with that name. Well. Guess the kid just has one of those faces. The kind of face that looks vaguely like everybody- even though the kid clearly has some kind of forgien blood with the shape of his eyes and his hair and eye color. Maybe Katsuya can’t tell the difference between foreigners? That’s a terrible train of thought to go down so Katsuya interrupts his own thinking with a-

 

“I guess I don’t know you then.” Katsuya waves them both on and opens the courtroom files on the outcome of one of the strange cases in question. “I thought you looked familiar.” 

 

Akechi laughs good-naturedly, smiling in a way that makes Katsuya recall Tasuya’s smile all throughout highschool, during the instance that brought Katsuya hurdling straight forward into this magical persona nonsense.  Hm. There’s something in the back of Katsuya’s mind that tells him to be careful. The teen just shrugs, “I’ve been on a few talk shows before- maybe you’ve caught the tail end of one of those?” 

 

Huh. Maybe. 

 

Katsuya decides to ignore it for now, focusing totally on the files provided to him. 

 

The two guests leave, going into the hallway to go on about their day. 

 

The oldest case is from just about a year and a half ago- breaching the justice system as a case of a wrongful death lawsuit. The circumstances were flagged as suspicious, not foul play as nothing could be found to contribute to it, but subtly marked as something that maybe Kirjiro Group needed to look into as a flare up of apathy syndrome. At the time somebody had looked into it and couldn’t find anything marking it as a case form the avabilie resources they had at the time. 

 

Now Katsuya is going across everything that might  have even a tangential relationship with the Phantom Thieves case. Criminal psychology tells him that it’s very rare for a criminal of this scale and sophistication to pull something on a massive scale like this on their first run of being a nuisance, and all these older more discrete cases seem to maybe point to somebody working from behind the scenes. Katsuya’s going to have to comb through each and every one of them to really determine if anything’s a persona foul play. 

 

He’s going to have his work cut out for him- he’s already thinking about how to draft up the email to Nanjo. 

 

Fuck. He needs a personal assistant for this shit. 

 

Maybe that detective that Misturu talked about is free?

 


 

Yusuke’s been acting weird all day, he’s been off to the very end of the row in battles and he keeps trying to bring something up but stops halfway through his thought as if he’s trying to arrange the words as carefully as he does his artwork. Akira doesn’t want to actually press Yusuke- the artist does as well backed into the corner as any of the rest of them do, which is to fight back like a rabid racoon- so the entire rest of the thieves are just hanging back and allowing Yusuke his time to phrase out the thoughts that are clearly pinging around in his brain. 

 

Futaba’s palace is kinder to them today- the oppressive heat isn’t as big of a deal because they’re underneath miles and miles of stone fighting their way through cool air conditioned corridors instead of trekking through the bleak desert and having to maneuver through courtyards with the sun beating down on their backs. 

 

Akira’s making steady progress with the team. They’ve got a good rhythm going and might make it all the way today- the only thing that was otherwise throwing them for a loop was the stiff and unsure air that surrounds Yusuke whenever he tries to bring up what’s bothering him. 

 

Akira’s good at avoiding the things that patrol here- he’s refined and perfected the skill as he worked his way through four palaces by now- so the only real threat is the steady wear of trying to use magical attacks over and over one after the other. Akira has plenty of coffee and curry to go around- decent enough curry and coffee if he does say so himself- so when they encounter a safe room Akira unwraps a big plate of curry to share and breaks out the thermos. 

 

The bag that they drag around palaces that holds all of their healing items and spare armour and extra weapons gets used extensively, it’s been upgraded from a school bag with tylenol during Kamoshida’s run to a black heavy duty gym bag with back alley effective medicine that they use now. It’s heavy- heavy enough that the party member’s who aren't fighting are the ones who get to carry it. Akira feels bad about passing off the burden to another thief, but it’s somewhat negated by the fact that those bags come away light at the end of the day when everything inside has been used up. 

 

Ryuji makes a face when he sips his coffee, he doesn’t like the taste, but it’s what they have readily available so he puts up with the smell and flavour. Ann’s got her legs crossed and she’s chatting low with Makoto about potentially having another girl in the group. Morgana rests against Akira’s on hip, half asleep after a bad bout of luck with several enemies that threw out insta-deaths. It’s Yusuke that worries Akira, being so quiet and pensive. 

 

They continue onwards, Makoto and Ann switch out easily with one another trading off one battle and the other. Ryuji and Yusuke don’t swap at all- normally Morgana would take the heat off of them if things got too hard for one of them but Morgana’s pretty much tapped out for today. 

 

Akira himself is doing great- within no time they make it to the very tip top of this pyramid, encountering the metaverse twisted version of Futaba Sakura. 

 

“Give the real me your calling card.” She tells them, voice distorted by the strange properties of the world around them- “Give the real me a reason to open up and be stolen from.” 

 

The fight that follows is long, drawn out and complicated with a boss that moved so far away from them. Annoying is one word for it- pain in the ass is another phrase that comes to mind when the cognitive version of Futaba’s mother pops up again to just take pot shots at everyone. 

 

The next time anybody gets any chance to breath is after Futaba comes into her own Palace, passes out in the real world from severe exhaustion, the doctor gives her the all clear, and the thieves are sitting in a booth in LeBlanc curled around one another trying to reassure themselves that those wounds from the metaverse really had been closed over and healed with carefully applied spells. Akira presses a hand flat against Ryuji’s ribs where one of those massive sphinx's claws had caught and he feels Ann do something similar with Akira’s own thigh. Yusuke’s got his head on Ryuji’s back, Makoto’s slipped around Ann’s waist while Morgana purrs loudly on Makoto’s lap. 

 

There’s soft breathing all around, the sound of jazz coming through speakers that have been haphazardly hidden around the cafe, the easy touch of companions and friends as they pull themselves together to get ready to leave.

 

It’s only when Ryuji does stand up to get his bag to head home that Yusuke finally speaks up- grasping hard at the bottom of Ryuji’s shirt to get him to stay for a little longer. “I need to tell everybody what happened the other day.” Yusuke tugs a bit at the fabric, gentle and questioning. “I have not been able to phrase things eloquently, so please bear with me.” 

 

Ryuji sits back down, leaning into Yusuke for a second before he settles into Akira’s side totally. Ann, Makoto and Morgana on the other side perk up, curl closer, look for a second at the empty cafe around them before refocusing back onto Yusuke entirely. 

 

“I met another persona user-” 

 

Yuskue’s words are careful and paced but as soon as he speaks Ryuji interrupts with a “ For real?!”  

 

Akira elbows Ryuji in the soft spot that just got healed from the sharp shadow’s claws. Ryuji lets out a little sound that’s a cross between a wheezed pain and an exhale of some strange words that make no sense. Akira makes a quick move with his wrist to both tell Ryuji to not interrupt and to tell Yusuke to continue. Makoto looks incredibly interested, like more interested than what should be normal for a regular person. Ann picked up Morgana entirely, bringing him up to the table height to be a part of the real and actual conversation. 

 

“Where do you- what was-” Akira tries to pull his words together. “Was it black mask?” 

 

“No.” Yusuke tells the table with a serious expression. “I met the owner of the orange robot thing from mementos.” 

 

Ann gasps, eyes going wide, “That thing was a persona ?” 

 

“It was. Yes.” Yusuke leans further into Ryuji’s back, curling his hands to reach Akira. 

 

The aftermath of that battle still races across their hearts everytime they pass through the upper floors of mementos, keeping an ear out to try and catch any warning of shattering glass. That thing- apparently a persona- had wrecked them for a good long while-  had taken them out of the game for several days while the entire group recuperated and licked their wounds. The Phantom Thieves had kept away from the top areas of Mementos for days , the memory of that final bless spell that had whammed them leaving marks that they all had to explain away when people noticed them. Yusuke’s hasn’t faded yet- still is a discoloration across his back in the vague shape of a feathery spread. 

 

“It was a persona, but not black mask.” Yusuke reaches into his pocket and pushes his mobile onto the table for everybody to see, unlocking it and navigating to his contacts. There, with no picture to show for it, is a number with the name simply reading to everyone as ‘ Kala ’. “He wanted to reach out to us and get our story on how we’ve gotten as far as we have- said something about knowing our progress and if we didn’t contact him he would find a way to get ahold of us in the metaverse-”

 

“They can go to Memetos?” Akira asks, mind latching onto and thinking about how Black Mask might be a network of terrible people all leading the charge for one goal. 

 

Yusuke gives out a little hum, “It’s where I encountered him- I made him walk into the subway but he didn’t turn into black mask- he didn’t turn into anything . He answered some of my questions I had for him right there but-” Yusuke shrugs into Ryuji’s back. “I knew I had to tell you as soon as possible, without disrupting Futaba’s palace, but even now the words aren’t right .” 

 

Akira looks closer at the phone number that sits so innocently on the table, and wonders what they’ve just fallen into. 

 


 

Ken and Akechi thank the lady who puts down their dinner, older with grey just beginning to overtake her black hair and a smile well worn into her face. She hums a little song as she works, telling the two polite boys who sit at her table to have a nice dinner now. 

 

The food looks wonderful- something with grease and spice and flavour that seeps into your bones when you eat. Ken’s got Koromaru between his feet at their outdoor table, the dog sits content and relaxed. 

 

“I think that we should seriously consider talking with the Phantom Thieves.” Ken says before he takes a bite, timing it exactly so that Akechi would already have food in his mouth by the end of the sentence. Asshole, Akechi thinks while he chews. Asshole moves to get your thoughts out there while the other can’t fight against them. 

 

“We can’t currently do anything without alerting the man who you work for- you do work for him like that right? I don’t think I ever got a straight answer out of you about that? I think the best way to undermine and expose him is to use the Phantom Thieves to do it. They’re public and they’re the perfect distraction for that horrible man-” 

 

Akechi gets done with his mouthful of food and stops Ken with a “I can’t let them know what my … defense looks like.” 

 

Ken goes that disturbing neutral expression again. He’s not letting any thoughts show on his face. Akechi carefully copies him, schooling his own expression into a blank polite smile that the TV camera’s loved. Ken narrows his eyes a bit, thinking for a moment, before he asks, “You’re mighty careful of not allowing the Phantom Thieves to see you in any capacity in the collective unconscious, any real reason for that?” 

 

Akechi doesn’t let a wince show, even if he wants to. “You’ve seen what it looks like-” 

 

“Evil queen vibes, yes.” 

 

“-and it certainly doesn’t portray myself as anything trustworthy or presentable. I’ve encountered them before, yes, and you’re right in the assumption that I do some side work for our father, but the Thieves somehow have decided that I’m an untrustworthy kind of fellow and they shut me out pretty quick.” 

 

Ken quirks an eyebrow, “You? Untrustworthy? Never .” 

 

“Alright, let’s see you be forthcoming with honesty. I’ll wait, you degenerate.” 

 

Fucker. They both think, not for the first time. 

 

Akechi just can’t let Ken know that he’s been actually really seriously causing devastating harm in the metaverse. If Ken knew that Akechi had used the metaverse to threaten and to assassinate then he’ll go right to his friends- his very powerful friends- and take Akechi right out of the picture for good. Ken himself might not care all to much about murder- Akechi gets the feeling that if pushed Ken would absolutely stab a man to death- but the people he hangs around wouldn’t be so forgiving about the little things like that. 

 


 

Ken knows Akechi was what the Phantom Thief kid the other day described as ‘ Black Mask ’. He’s seen what Akechi wears in the collective unconscious, the black and purple attire strange and threatening- the indication of ‘this is the villain’ just comes so strongly that when Ken had gotten over the surprise at the initial appearance of the defense mechanism he had immediately been suspicious of how easy it was, design wise, to notice who was ‘a bad guy’ and who wasn’t. 

 

If it had been that easy back when S.E.E.S was still in operation, nobody would have even given Shuji Ikutsuki a teaching license to begin with. 

 

There would have been a serious talk with allowing that man near schools or children in general and maybe the end result would have lost less people who died. 

 

It just so happens that maybe Ken is a little bitter still, maybe even after all this time he’s not over the death of Shinjiro. 

 

Ken has the right to feel mad about this. Hell, so do the Inaba persona users. Their ultimate ‘bad guy’ also was an average looking normal man who had a position of power over them and failed as a human being so utterly the only reason that man is in jail is by coerced confession alone. Why did the antithesis of the Phantom Thieves have to look exactly like a teenager who went around and killed people with no remorse? 

 

“Can you change how your outfit looks?” Ken asks, mildly serious. “The Inaba persona users have interchangeable glasses, why wouldn’t something similar apply here?” 

 

Akechi blinks

 

“Have you … not considered that?” 

 

“I genuinely haven’t.” Akechi admits, still thinking about it. “Why would I think to change my own appearance with no foreknowledge of that even being possible?” 

 

Well. Ken acknowledges that as a slight deterrent. “We can test it tomorrow.” 

 

“I do actually have to go to school some time, it’s called truancy, Ken.” 

“Semantics, Goro-nii.”

 


 

Mitsuru clicks her mimosa glass against Kei’s when she picks him up from his Tokyo penthouse apartment. 

 

It’s early, almost too early, and Mitsuru has been cordially invited to go to a benefit today to help a certain political campaign- Ken’s father isn’t getting a single cent out of the Kirjiro Group no matter what he threatens. 

 

Kei’s as put together as ever, with a sharp suit and slicked back hair with shoes that are slick enough to kill. Kei comes with another man, shorter than Kei with a much looser street style that just screams money with every name brand that flashes with each little movement, he’s got dark grey hair half pulled out into a ponytail, strangely reminiscent of Narukami. The new man introduces himself as “Masao Inaba.”

 

Mitsuru shakes his hand and introduces herself in turn. 

 

“I’m pleased to make your acquaintance,” MItsuru looks between the two men as she talks, “I’m sure you’ve been brought up to speed on the situation?” 

 

“As best we understand it at the moment, yes.” 

 

“Good. You know the plan of attack today?” 

 

Inaba hums, pressing his lips together and leaning back a bit.”I’ve been told that we’re going to a charity function- auctioning paintings of some kind. I’m to undermine the man you point out to me as Masayoshi Shido and potentially scope out a student who’s been caught up in all of this.” 

 

Mitsuru nods. The charity event happened around one this afternoon, the reason that they had got together so early was so that everybody could meetup and begin the infection of the collective unconscious to everyone’s phones. Hanamura- Teddie, not Yosuke- and Narukami were meeting Mitsuru at the designated location to both explain what he knows so far and to pass the gateway into the collective unconscious onto other members of his team. 

 

The car drives smooth through the early dawning of morning, traffic is irritating even at this ungodly hour. There’s only the truly dedicated willing to pull themselves up and meander onto their daily lives during this escape hour. It makes Mitsuru remember her middle school days, the beginnings of trying to understand how exactly everything functioned and how empty the dark hour seemed. There’s even two boys with her now, it just makes the feeling stronger overall. 

 

These two are nothing like Akihiko or Shinjiro, there’s no headstrong hunger for power or a fight, there’s no competition that drives the blood through Inaba or Nanjo’s viens. 

 

There’s a tired ache between the three of them, old hats at this kind of thing, the weight of the world on individual shoulders, shoulders who have known loss and have borne a burden for too long to know how to get rid of it. 

 

Within no time, the car pulls into a parking lot that sits in the new-dawn shade of a nondescript housing complex, there’s larger balconies and a nice overlook of a beautiful shopping district. The building’s in a mix of bright reds and light greys, no name visible from the outside but a lock on the door that requires an electronic key to enter. There’s nothing to do but wait a bit. 

 

Mitsuru makes polite small talk with Inaba and Nanjo, things like ‘how is your exhibit going in new york’ or ‘I thought the last scandal by a politician was horrible’ it’s all rather detached and mundane. Something you’d talk to a coworker about, not a friend.

 

Because Nanjo isn’t a friend . He owns Mitsuru’s business, the parent company that passively dictates what can be done in the entirety of Asia, Nanjo’s older, he’s got a sharp edge of mean to him that gives him an edge in business meetings but limits his friends to ones he’s made early on in his life. Nanjo’s here because it’s in his best interest to be, nothing more and nothing less. Inaba’s much more personable, asking after Mitsuru’s friends and personal interests. He seems genuine in his responses and only sometimes halts as if trying to find the words to say. Inaba fidgets and plays with his fingers, tapping his feet, twisting around to look at the door of the building. 

 

It takes only ten minutes or so for the door to open, Teddie Hanamura’s blonde head peeking out and glancing around till he notices the sleep black SUV that sits just a little too far away from the regular tenants parking spots. Teddie makes a ‘come hither’ motion with the hand not holding the door and Mitsuru exits her car. 

 

The air is crisp, as crisp as it can be for the boiling heat of summer that threatens to inch its way through the streets as the sun begins to actually rise. The light white and red sweater that MItsuru wears might have to be changed out later on for something more breathable. Shame. This was a gift from Yukari, it looks nice on her. 

 

Teddie holds the door for the three of them, he’s bundled in a sleep-shirt that’s got to be about from the time he first became a person- there’s a faded band logo that was popular just around 2010 and holes in the edges from over-loving- and pyjama bottoms that are more similar to disaster red and blue street signs than any real noticeable design. For a part time model, Teddie’s sense of fashion is horrendous. 

 

Teddie leads everyone upstairs, to the fourteenth floor, and unlocks his door with a yawn. 



Mitsuru’s impressed by how clean the apartment is, she was expecting it to be a disaster through and through in here. The kitchen is well cared for with one mug in the sink while Narukami cooks something that smells divine at the stove, the living room has a nice black leather couch and glass coffee and side tables with a TV that’s large enough for three people shoulder to shoulder to pass through. On the loveseat Nanjo has to move two blankets and a pillow to sit down. There’s two doors leading to a bedroom and bath, but they’re closed. 

 

Mitsuru sits down on the soft black leather sofa, thanking Teddie for his time and willingness to meet them this early. “It was the only time all three of us were free before the event-” Mitsuru says while Teddie grabs a serving tray of mismatched mugs from the kitchen, right next to the coffee pot. “-I’ve got an eight o’clock meeting with investors looking to build a hospital in Kyoto.” 

 

Teddie puts down the serving tray, the mug’s are all different sizes and shapes, with black coffee that sits steaming inside of them. There’s stolen packets of sugar and creamer that rest in a fifth cup in the center of the tray. “I understand. We all keep weird hours here.” 

 

Picking up the cup closest to her, MItsuru makes herself a cup to her liking. 

 

It’s wonderful. 

 

Nanjo’s clearly surprised by the quality, the look on his face is mildly hilarious as it’s so taken off guard. Inaba just seems happy to drink something warm.

 

Narukami comes into the living room, he’s clearly spent the night from the wildly messy bedhead to the blankets that are folded neatly beside Nanjo’s feet. Narukami’s choice of bedwear is more sensible than Teddie’s hodge podge ensemble. He’s got some kind of cheesy egg sausage biscuit prepared for everyone, even though it's too early for breakfast. 

 

MItsuru doesn’t even imagine trying to pass up on Narukami’s cooking. 

 

When everyone’s settled down Teddie goes over the general how to- an app, how to activate it, what Ken and Akechi had called everything they had used, how to get out. “They told us about how specific people, people who were caught up in their own delusions of grandeur, would sometimes attract enough energy to their shadow that a ‘palace’ formed.” 

 

Narukami raises his hand. “Like a dungeon, Yukiko’s Castle and Nanako’s Heaven?”  

 

“I’m led to believe so.” Teddie drinks no coffee at all, just water, “I’ve only seen what Akechi said was Mementos, there’s a collesencing of shadows underneath Tokyo that are gaining power to a dangerous degree. There’s no direction besides the vague sense of down that worries me. It feels as if somebody poisoned the fog in the TV access points, it makes me uncomfortable to stand around in it.’

 

“Sounds like the Dark Hour.” MItsuru muses.  

 

“More so than you might think. There’s a dangerous reaction for anybody who can’t protect themselves against the miasma that floats in the general air. I don’t know if all of us can stand it- or for how long or how deep we can all go.” Teddie leans forward a bit, glancing at Nanjo and Inaba. “I’m not sure if you two could actually go down the first floor without the same reaction as Yosuke. It’s pretty severe.”

 

Nanjo narrows his eyes. “What does that mean?” 

 

“Hmm. It means that we’re probably going to have to test everyone on a case-by-case basis on whether or not you can stand to go down in Mementos at all.” 

 

“Oh, you misunderstand.” Nanjo raises both hands. “I’m too old to fight now, I’m leaving that to the younger generation. I’ve been there, I’ve done that. I just need to know is it dangerous for everyone who goes in there or just a select few?” 

 

“I don’t know.” 

 

“How would we find out, with having individual endurance tests as a last resort?”

 

Teddie presses his hands together, tapping his lips as he thinks. He’s the resident expert on the collective unconscious, a being from it’s depths, a strange shadow that’s been given form, he’s the only one they’ve got. “The thing that we think is happening- and by we I mean what I had to listen to Yosuke and Natoto talk about on the phone yesterday with me and Rise- is that our minds are used to just going into the fight, the fray, without any kind of real caution. We’re old hats, we’ve gotten used to the game. Our mind’s, everyone that we are aware of with an established persona, have come to expect the realm we fight in to affect us certain ways.”

 

Narukami nods, he was there for that long phone call between members of the Investigation Team. 

 

“This place, Mementos, needs a certain kind of protection that you're naturally  either born with or develop through exposure, whatever theory we’ve got on the original members of S.E.E.S, or you could cheat by not expecting anything, overly weary and overly cautious, a mind of a person who develops in this access to the collective unconscious seems to instead of trying to naturally develop resistance it automatically creates an armour.” 

 

It’s mostly theory, mostly conjecture, but it makes a kind of morbid sense. Mitusru did get a preliminary report out of Ken that explained that Ken was able to maneuver the so called Mementos just fine but had stopped due to unknown circumstances at the first real decenstion. 

 

It’s just a theory, but right now that’s all they’ve got.

Chapter 20

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

 

Justice without force is powerless, force without Justice is tyranny

 

Akira looks at the number that sits so daintily on the message bar on his phone. 

 

There should be no anxious nervousness, no anticipation so heavy over a jumble of digits stolen from Yusuke’s phone. The name has no meaning, just simply ‘ Kala’ from the contact that their resident artist had shared with the group chat. 

 

Everybody was waiting for Futaba to wake up, get up, and get out there to help save the day from the threat hanging over their heads from the threat of exposure, so in the meantime there’s nothing better to do but try and solve the mystery that Yusuke had provided them. 

 

On one hand, it could be beneficial to meet and connect with other persona users, to try and gather resources and tell others that there’s a murderer running around Mementos, on the other they could be exposed and shutdown. It’s a dilemma that Akira as the leader has been asked to handle. The rest of the Phantom Thieves will follow his lead. 

 

Akira sits alone on his bed having begged off of having to go to school today, staring into the blank message box. Morgana’s downstairs begging treats from Sojiro, so it’s just Akira’s discretion about how this message gets delivered and worded. If a message gets sent at all. 

 

Fuck. Why is this such a toss up? 

 

Akira writes a word, then deletes it. Writes another couple, before deleting those as well. 

 

He wishes his team was here, helping him, giving their input more than “ you’re the leader, it’s up to you .” Makoto was doing something for the student council, Ann has her part-time job, Ryuji’s got something with his mother and Yusuke has an art exhibit all going on today during or after school.

 

Me [10:22]

I heard that you’ve got the same thing we do. 

 

No that’s stupid. Akira tries again. 

 

Me [10:23]

You gave my team member this number?

 

Why do none of these sound right? Akira tries twice more, not liking any of the options this game is giving him. Curse limited dialogue, sometimes it’s incredibly situational. 

 

Akira bites his lip, considering what ways he can tackle this. There’s the roundabout way he’s been trying, unsure how to step on a river stone in rapids, or he could theoretically jump right in with no hesitation and just see where the tide takes him. But is that the best way to do this? Does this option change the outcome of the game? Why does his head goddamn hurt so much? 

 

Akira types out something without thinking, almost completely not looking at the keyboard at all, before sending it with a click. 

 

There. 

 

Good enough. 

 

 

Unknown [10:32]

I’m the leader of the Phantom Thieves of Heart. 

 

Ken blinks down at his phone notifications as he stands in line at a cafe to get a little brunch sandwich and a coffee. Koromaru is sitting pretty right between his feet and the cafe has a warm and rather too cutesy atmosphere. 

 

This is not the kind of place for this kind of text. 

 

Ken screenshots the message even though he’s not sure who exactly to send it too yet. Maybe Mitsuru? She’s got her phone on her for sure because she’s getting it infected today. Junpei and Akihiko already entered the new offshoot of the collective unconscious this morning when Ken pulled them into it to spread the entranceway to their phones. He’s for sure not sending this to Akechi, not before they do experiments to try and change Akechi’s overall look this afternoon from ‘ obvious villain ’ to something a little more respectable. Maybe something in white? With some orange hell yeah white and orange is a good combination. So is black and orange. Orange is just an overall great color. 

 

Wait. Distracted. 

 

Ken moves forward in line a bit. 

 

Wait can other persona users develop those weird costumes? Will Ken himself eventually have to don a silly outfit and run amok fighting personas? He would really prefer not to look like a child again while fighting shadows. This was all much simpler when there were just armbands and evokers. 

 

Distracted again! 

 

Ken orders his brunch sandwich, a black coffee and a water to give to Koromaru. Oh this place offers little dog treats at the counter, throw in one of those as well please. 

 

Ken feel’s Koromaru’s tail thump a couple of times against his ankles. 

 

Ken takes a number and moves to the side a bit, waiting for his order. 

He opens the message app, thumbing to the new conversation between him and the leader of the Phantom Thieves of Heart. 

Akira’s phone pings with a new message. 

His heart nearly stops and he has to take a deep breath before he opens his phone up to read what’s been sent to him. This is just like the trial all over again. Who is the judge and jury on the other side of the blank name of Kala? Will this be the Phantom Thieves’ damnation or salvation? Will this even affect them at all? Will this help them find and bring Black Mask to justice? 

Kala [10:36] 

Wow, I’ve been sent straight to the top, eh? 

Akira blinks, almost confused by the very casual message that reads back to him. 

Another buzz. 

Kala [10:37] 

I have a few hours before I have an appointment. Meet me in the metaverse for a quick chat?

Clearly this is a trap, right? Or is this fine? No, it’s got to be a trap. There’s no way this is going this well. Akira won’t believe it. There’s no such thing as him getting lucky . He’s not getting arrested again, not even for something like this. Akira’s not just going to meet with somebody without his team as backup. 

“I do actually have to go to school sometime.” Akechi tells the man as he slips into the sleek black car. 

He was called to the office in the middle of the school day, an emergency had occurred and somebody was here to pick him up. Akechi had gone through all kinds of scenarios before he had caught the eyes of Narukami from just beyond the front desk. 

Narukami had his hair slicked back a bright flashing silvery color and a suit that fit too well to be just an average citizen, and there was something that said ‘dangerous’ in the way he stood waiting for the poor secretary to pull the necessary paperwork to check Akechi out. In fact, the man looked so different from the pictures that Hanamura had hung in his office that it took several minutes of Akechi staring to place a name to Narukami’s face. 

They had walked to the car, parked right at the gates, and Narukami had held the door open as Akechi had slipped inside. 

Narukami doesn't say anything right away, apparently not even bothered by the verbal jabbing of Akechi’s snide little comments, just slipping the car into first and taking off. 

Akechi doesn’t like being ignored. In fact it’s something that he’s really bad at. 

“Where are we going?” He asks, again. “If I get taken out of school, I should at least get to know where the hell I’m being taken.” 

Narukami just hums a bit, tapping his fingers against the steering wheel. The radio plays soft classical music as the car weaves through traffic. There’s a silence between them both, Akechi getting closer to the end of his rope every minute while Narukami doesn’t seem very bothered at all. He merges lanes, pulling off. 

The car gets parked in an apartment building's garage. They’re actually pretty close to Shujin, closer to that athlete-focused school than to Akechi’s own private academy. Within walking distance to the LeBlanc Cafe, if one wanted to walk a fair while through side streets. 

Narukami gets out, jingling his keys as he does. “Come on up. We’ll talk more upstairs.” 

The apartment is nice, clean, rather organized if full of strange collectible knick-knacks that should have little business being displayed. There’s a hideously orange couch, but it sits nicely as Akechi sinks into a side. There’s pictures of Hanamura up, both of them, along with Narukami and Shirogane and all the rest of their friends. There’s some of what clearly has to be family, even some artistic photographs on canvases. It’s not huge, but it’s clearly loved. A massive television sits securely on a stand for it. 

Narukami offers a drink, Akechi declines politely. 

It takes another minute of Akechi looking all around the living area of the apartment and texting Ken before Narukami comes out of his bedroom with a huge plastic container. It’s one of those containers that you’d use to hide a grown man in, a certified tub of things. The sound is metallic, and the weight is clearly substantial if the way Narukami has to drag it is any clear indication. 

“Pick your preferred weapon.” Narukami tells him, before opening up the lid and revealing- 

Akechi’s never seen so many sharp objects in his life. They’re all sheathed and clean and well maintained but holy shit, there’s everything in here from throwing stars to gauntlets to high heeled daggers. There’s swords and shields and fans with hidden blades. There’s even a few guns tucked away to the side and well stored in their own little case. Jesus. 

Akechi thumbs through them all. He’s most familiar with a gun of course, his trusted police issued glock, but the guns in here are either older fashioned revolvers or things he doesn’t recognize at a glance. There’s always the sword- in middle school kendo is a required class of gym to suffer through and Akechi remembers not being half bad at the stuff. 

He picks up just a regular looking two handed sword. 

Narukami nods, a little half smile on his face- “Good choice. It’s my preference as well.” 

“Why did I need to do this? Are we fighting?” Akechi asks, already thinking about the last time he had fought a persona user directly, and how it had shattered his knee. 

Narukami looks genuinely hurt by the suggestion. “God no , we’re going to see how much of the Fool Arcana you’ve got in you.” 

Akechi doesn’t understand why the fuck he’s been given a very sharp sword. Summoning personas didn't require a weapon, and holy good god, the edge of the simple blade in Akechi’s hands catches the light in a way that means the blade is no blunt joke. 

Narukami claps a solid hand on Akechi’s shoulder, a soft little smile that doesn’t mean any kind of good was about to happen, then Narukami pushes. 

The feeling of falling gets a reaction out of Akechi, but the feeling of hitting the TV freezes him again. There’s a soft, almost wet fabric feeling of tearing through the screen and all Akechi can remember is the words that Ken had told him a while ago: 

Make sure not to fall into any TV’s ” 

Yusuke stands next to his artwork and listens to the people talk about it. 

When the name hung beside the abstract motions of feeling was a famous one the comments were much nicer. Now they’re halting, unsure, not mean, but nothing like before. The people who pass by whisper dark things about his former mentor, whisper dark things about himself . There’s nothing worse than a woman who talks a little too loudly to her arm candy and the words stab through the heart because they insinuate that Yusuke would stoop to the same level his former mentor had. 

He’s beginning to regret accepting this invitation to show off his collection of works he’s painted since gaining a persona. There’s nothing here but other young artists trying to gain the same recognition that Yusuke already has. He’s been a recognized high artist since he was about six, his paintings have littered museums and galleries and sold for thousands of dollars. It’s a shame that all that money went straight to Madarame’s bank account. 

All that money is totally frozen until Yusuke (the last remaining student under Madarame’s care) turns 18 and can inherit everything. 

Everything

The houses, the cars, the money . It’s sitting beautifully in an account that’s not doing anything but gaining interest for two years. Other students have come out of the woodworks to try and claim some of it, but Madarame’s still a vocal participant in his life’s collection so he’s fighting all the way till Yusuke gains his so-called well deserved inheritance. 

A man walks up to Yusuke’s art, longer silver hair tied back with street wear that artistically hangs from his frame. Yusuke can see the money that jingles from his rings, his earrings. The man stands apart from the black tie crowd in the same way white bursts forth from the middle of a dark painting of shadows. Yusuke can’t say he’s not intrigued. 

“An interesting use of color.” The man hums, low and almost to himself. “You clearly have an eye for how they blend and elicit emotions.” 

Yusuke doesn’t say anything, because what would he even begin to reply to that as? 

“I can see you’re an expert in brush techniques as well-“ the man continues, louder now and more directed at Yusuke himself. “-the color isn’t the only part of this price that draws you into a challenge, a battle, it’s the way the paint has been applied to the canvas.” 

So this man does know his art then. Interesting. Probably one of the only true artists here besides all the teenagers showing off their work. Everyone else is just high class snobbery but this grey haired individual actually seems to have some thought behind their words. 

Sure enough, a business card is produced, a mixture of clear plastic and almost realistic spray painted quality work. “Masao Inaba,” both the man says and the card reads. “I’d love to hear about the inspirations behind works like these.” 

Yusuke moves forward a bit, to engage the man- Mr. Inaba- in conversation like a real artist just like his former mentor told him how to do. There’s a method to the madness, a way to develop a professional appearance without seeming to want to be engaged by everyone who stops by the artwork. If somebody wanted to actually talk to him, then sure enough Yusuke was willing to chat. “I was inspired by a battle of mental fortitude against the shadows of the populace.” Yusuke says, already having pre-prepared the answer to a few select questions like that with Akira and Ryuji’s help. 

Mr. Inaba leans back to gaze at the pieces from a respectful distance, the distance that art is meant to be observed from. Nobody was ever meant to get close enough to see the canvas lines, and this man understands this. It takes another few minutes of observation, Mr. Inaba carefully considers each piece and makes sure to take his time weighing the pros and cons. There’s no fanciful bullshit here, this man is the real deal. 

“I can tell you tend to see the worst of things.” He says, eyes catching sadly over the dark dripping works that Yusuke had made with careful hands right after going into his mentor's palace for the first time. The piece screams out pain and misery, it’s darkness that seems to pull on into a spiral of trapped confines. 

It’s not a piece that most enjoy. 

“But you’ve got so many examples of work that show the lighter side of humanity as well- '' Mr. Inaba gestures broadly at a stunning yellow and blue painting, more of a stylized realism portrayal of a gorgeous ocean scene with a yellow boat slicing through the waves. There’s a brilliant red and pink piece, roses that fall down from a lovers gaze and a daring smile of full lips. A grey mixture of sharp colors that reveal themselves the more an observer digs into the work. “-it makes me wonder about you , as the artist.” 

Yusuke’s flattered. “I tend to notice that the artwork that makes people feel better sells better.” He replies, truthfully. 

Inaba laughs, a bright sound against the low classical mumbling of all the rest of these people. 

The two start chatting more, their conversation relaxed and mostly focused on art- career ideas for Yusuke’s future, how a canvas and oils differ than a spray can and a brick wall, how art can be viewed so many different ways- but there’s a few hints of something personal too. Mr. Inaba, laughing, tells Yusuke to call him Masao because Mr. Inaba is his father and he’s not that old yet. 

“Besides-“ Masao says “-we’re both artists, same field, same level of respect. Art recognizes art.” 

Elizabeth realizes that she’s made a very slight clerical error in her usually incredibly sound reasoning as soon as her eldest sister walks through the door of the police station. 

Margaret is taller than most men she strides by, her blue heels just make her more menacing as she stalks between the people moving around. Elizabeth can recognize that her sibling is about to be not very nice at all to anybody who gets in her way. 

Elizabeth included. 

Margaret’s in a dashing grey and yellow number, her blue heels the only thing remaining from her official attendant days. The pale yellow ruffled blouse brings out the deadly shade of poison of her eyes while the grey a-line skirt makes men do a double take as she passes. 

“Hello, sister.” Margaret’s already saying as she reaches Elizabeth’s post. “It has been a very long time.” 

The other secretaries- gossips the lot of them- begin to whisper madly at the first instance of drama they’ve ever gotten a whiff off from Eizabeth. 

“Hello, sister.” Elizabeth parrots back. “You look dashing today, positively ready for murder!” 

Margaret, wouldn’t you know it, doesn’t even bother to crack a smile. 

The ladies at the desk who work with Elizabeth give weak little chuckles, unsure how literal Elizabeth is being in this instance. 

The answer is always. Elizabeth is always literal in everything she says and does. What is the point of glittery metaphors when they don’t do anything but muddle and confuse? Also Margaret has killed before, and she would do it again in a heartbeat. All attendants have a firm understanding of murder. Well, they’re not humans so would it be murder? Or just hunting for sport? 

Crushing bugs? 

Theodore sends a little push in their shared mind for Elizabeth to pay attention or else Margaret will kill her. 

“Elizabeth. Emergency meeting.” Margaret says, tapping her finger on the desk. “I want you and Theodore with me within the next twenty minutes.” 

“I assume you found us through a shared association?” Elizabeth asks, already signing off on a family emergency to the other secretaries and moving to get out from behind the desk. 

Margaret nods, once sharp and quick. 

Oh no. 

Elizabeth realizes at the same time that Theodore does, their older sibling truly is furious

Sae wants to tear out her hair and then light Suou’s desk on fire . The man has rolled up from nowhere and suddenly the Phantom Thieves cases have gone from blackmailing folklore hero’s to potential terroristic threats because of a connection to all kinds of politicians and businessmen who have been affected by the same M.O. 

Their case numbers have increased from 3 potentials to several dozen. The showmanship is strange and Suou is unsure why these people have decided to go public like this but according to him when he dropped off all these files on Sae’s lap this morning she “could for sure figure out a legal connection.” 

Her only consolation is that Shirogane is helping her with the actual police work. 

You know, the work that Sae shouldn’t have to do because she’s not a police officer. She’s a damn lawyer. 

But Shirogane flicks through the cases, back and forth, trying to make sure that the suspicious circumstances are just that and not anything close to actual murder. 

Sae watches her in snippets when the words begin to blur, the way Shirogane flicks the papers in her hands back and forth as she considers how each case, each action of the way things have been portrayed, plays out in relation to each other. Sae herself is only really interested in how the legalities of each case has played out- if the bodies had been autopsied, or buried, or in the worst cases, cremated right away, if the court ruled the cause of death was natural, suspicious circumstances, or any kind of foul play, how the court acted in each case for precedent. 

Sure enough, after enough time staring at the cases and looking at the causes of death, the way the body was found, each case as an individual, the points of connection start to leak through. There’s a similar vein in all of them, showing through as faint as a dragged stick in wet sand, but there’s an undeniable connection that will sometimes show in the cause of death or who the person was involved with before they had perished. 

It’s a mixture of sudden cardiac arrest, stress induced brain aneurysm, and elevated levels of various substances- most of them natural- in the blood. There was nothing individually to send off any real red flags but laid out side by side each case follows a strange kind of meandering pattern. Each subject displayed paranoia before death, usually in their own personal or professional life, during death if witnessed the death was said to be quick and violent, usually with choking symptoms or spasms, sometimes both. After death there’s been nothing showing on any tox reports, no visible-or internal- trauma, just a string of heart attacks and brain failures amongst people who for the most part have had no previous trouble. 

It’s a pattern. 

A barely noticeable one, that could also be a fluke, one that would take a strategic mastermind to convince a random jury that this could be attributed to a single entity. 

But it’s a pattern. 

Sae hates Suou. 

This just made her job a lot harder. 

Akechi dodges another curse attack, he leaps physically out of the way and scrambled to try and find his footing in the soft and strange grassy fields that he’s found himself in. 

There're piles of random objects mashed together like the strangest art pieces scattered around intermittently in the various terrains, but it’s mostly rolling hills of perfect undisturbed grass with only a few structures to dash behind where Akechi finds himself. He might have fared a bit better in the distance where he can see massive forests but he’s never been lucky before so it’s not going to start now. 

Narukami wields more than one persona. 

After waiting for Akechi to pull himself together (after falling into a TV! That’s strange! And weird! And the feeling of wet static won’t go away! His exposed skin is sickly tingling!) Narukami asked a few questions about Robin Hood before unleashing hell on Akechi’s weak points. 

“Can you change out at all?” Narukami wonders in an infuriatingly calm voice from where he stands about twenty meters away. “I thought you had some Fool arcana in you?” 

He changes out to another persona, the fucking blue shimmering card just flaring up in front of his face before shattering into firey glass with a lazy wave of Narukami’s hand. Akechi curses, screaming out a naughty word before trying to scramble out of the way of another curse attack that comes barreling down at him. Those kinds of attacks hurt the most, they seem to just cut Robin Hood down to the core no matter how hard Akechi tries to build up a resistance. 

The new persona throws out one of the curse attacks that instantly put him down- the first attack that Narukami threw at him. Akechi dodges by the skin of his teeth, he feels the darkness skim against his neck. There’s another swap, the new persona can only throw out the heavy curse hits, not the fatal one. 

Akechi’s only seen the leader of the Phantom Thieves pull that trick off, the swapping of personas. Akechi knows that in theory swapping out personas at will is possible, but he’s never really done it on purpose before. 

Loki comes and goes, he’s only really flared up visibly in desperate situations, allowing Akechi to throw everything he has into offense at the cost of defense. Robin Hood is the persona that Akechi uses during his normal life, it’s the persona that’s the easier one to use and is readily available at the surface of his soul. 

The curse attack this time is impossible to avoid. 

Akechi goes down, Robin Hood screeches as he disappears from behind him. 

Robin Hood finally takes a nosedive to the bottom of Akechi’s ribcage, shuffling to the bottom of the pile and shoving Loki to the front. 

Akechi desperately reaches out- grabbing at the frustratingly stubborn curse resistant persona that resides so carefully deep in his soul and yanks

“I swear my mom’s gonna think I’m sneaking out of class to go on dates man.” Ryuji whispers to Akira when the two of them press close as they jump into the metaverse. 

Akira blushes, his face going red and swiping at Ryuji’s head as they begin to trek towards the meeting place. 

Ryuji’s the only thief that Akira could rope into doing this with him, the others couldn’t just dip out of class without anybody minding. Ryuji’s already got a terrible reputation with the teachers so he doesn’t mind as much when he needs to just ditch. 

The meeting place was requested to be in the Metaverse, close to the subway entrance but not quite. Akira was planning to get answers out of this mysterious maybe-Black-Mask persona user. 

They were planning on showing up a little later than the given time, just to see who Yusuke had met up with the other day. 

The two boys grow quieter as they get closer to the subway entrance. They get closer, linking arms and pressing into one another as they finally turn the last corner and spot the entrance to the winding labyrinth of Mementos. 

There seems to be nobody there. 

The empty street gives them no answers that they haven’t already gotten. The Phantom Thieves have never truly explored all they could about the app they use to their advantage but they know the entrance to Mementos pretty well by now, after several months of use. Ryuji can’t spot anything out of the ordinary, so he defers to Akira’s judgement here. 

The problem is that Akira also can’t spot anything out of the ordinary. 

Akira halts, stopping Ryuji with him. He reaches into his soul and flares out his vision to encircle the area in a haze, trying to highlight the points of interest- 

There

Akira motions minutely with a jerk of his head to the area that’s right above the actual stairs of the station, tucked behind the sign and incredibly well hidden to the normal eye is a sharp point of something living, something alive and powerful curled up carefully behind the huge station sign. 

When his vision goes back to normal Akira can sort of see the shape of them- the peaking of shoes out from the slightly sloped roof. 

“I see you, up there.” Akira decides on saying, looking right at where the person hides. 

Ryuji and Akira wait a moment, at first nothing happens. There’s no real movement after the declaration, just stagnant air. 

Another moment, a beat, and those beat up orange sneakers unfold from their curled up position and dangle down. Hands come next into view, then a head peaks and shows itself. 

Akira and Ryuji jerk back- surprised. “ Akechi?” Akira asks, confused. 

A scowl, irritation flashing into the familiar face instantly before it soothes away into a placid smile again. The teenager jumps down from the top of the subway sign with ease and lands with a heavy sound. The clothes don’t look like what Akechi normally wears, with a faded black v-neck and cargo shorts that expose a lot more skin than Akira ever remembers seeing from the rather closed off detective. 

Akira walks closer, there's something off about this but he can’t place what it is exactly. 

Maybe the way Akechi’s done his hair is different? Something’s off but Akira can’t for the life of him notice what it is. 

“Akechi? Seriously?” Ryuji asks, moving forward and putting himself slightly in front of Akira. “What the hell are you doing here? We knew you were fucking shady but we never thought-“ 

“What? That I was working with a group of persona users trying to stop all the mental shutdowns?” Akechi asks, sharply. “You assumed something pretty bad about me based on, what, two conversations?” 

“On the fact you could hear what Morgana was saying.” Akira tries soothing feathers, not wanting to go into this hostile. “You could accuse us of being overly cautious here, we’re new to this.” 

Ryuji’s still not backing down, so Akira keeps a hand on his shoulder and simply tries to be a calming presence. 

Akechi still stands carefully at a distance from them, between them and the entranceway. 

Akira swallows the thick knot in his throat, “Akechi, we need to know you’re not the Black Mask.” 

Akechi narrows his almost-red eyes, the metaverse always twists the color of the eyes into something strange, and raises both hands in a placating gesture. “How do I prove it to you both I’m not the mysterious ‘ Black Mask ’ you keep referring to?” 

“Show us what your alternate outfit looks like.” Ryuji says, immediate. 

“I already showed your teammate.” Akechi shoots back. “Try again.” 

“You can’t show us as well?” Akira asks. 

Akechi narrows those too-red eyes and doesn’t say anything. 

“This is why we’re suspicious of you dude.” Ryuji hisses. 

Akechi just shrugs. “Doesn’t bother me at all what you think. I’m trying to smooth some things over before backup begins to show up enmasse.” 

That’s not a very reassuring sentence. That’s the direct opposite of reassuring actually. Akira can’t help but think the very worst, what kind of awful reinforcements can an eighteen year old flood into the metaverse? 

“What does that mean.” Akira asks, seriously, pushing beyond Ryuji’s protective barrier. “I need you to be incredibly clear. We’re brand new to this whole game and I don’t want to be accused of something I haven’t done. We’re both trying to catch the bad guy here, we can be amicable and work together, right?” 

Akechi just tilts his head a bit. He smiles, wide and perfect and fake . It sets off alarm bells in Akira’s head, he wants to hide away behind Ryuji’s body again. 

Akechi claps his hands together in a little show of mirth, “I’ll tell you anything you want to know!” 

Akira exhales, relaxing his shoulders just a bit- 

 “As long as you return the favor.” 

Loki’s pretty draining to have out. 

The persona is powerful, but the curse attacks hit differently, they pull from a different place inside of Akechi, so he can only throw a few before he starts to sweat. 

Loki isn’t like Robin Hood, simmering close to the surface and always willing to offer assistance and always billowing up to meet Akechi’s moods. Loki’s a mean little streak that sits carefully underneath all the smiles and polite facade that Akechi piles onto his life. Loki’s the kind of persona that digs deep and makes Akechi want to vomit after using him, overexertion and over-wrung the only feeling in Akechi’s soul after Loki gets triggered. 

Narukami’s expression has barely twitched from ‘slightly disappointed’ to ‘slightly excited’ so now the man throws out his other personas that can hit those light attacks that Loki is weak against. 

Akechi’s forced to try and switch back to Robin Hood, who’s strong against those bless hits. 

Loki, now that he’s out, is hard to reign back in, shattering against those blessed attacks that Narukami throws. 

“I thought you said we weren’t fighting!” Akechi screams. 

“This isn’t fighting.” Narukami answers, throwing another blessing. 

Loki releases another screech, before finally allowing itself to fold back into the fold of Akechi’s soul and shoving Robin Hood back to the front. 

“What the fuck do you call this then?!” Akechi dodges another bless, but doesn’t summon Robin Hood. The longer Narukami throws the thing that Akechi’s resistant against the better- Akechi does however take a slash at the persona in front of him with a clumsy sword, trying to make Narukami stop altogether. 

Narukami looks a little sad, his eyebrows pulled together like their on a string, “This, unfortunately, is a test for the shadow operatives and Margaret to see the limits of your Fool attribute.” 

“I could have told you!” Akechi feels his sword connect to Narukami’s persona, the thing crumples under the stumbling unsure hit but it does dissolve into a fiery glass shatter. 

Narukami nods. “I told Mitsuru that was the better idea, yes.” 

He summons again, a new one. 

“I have two!” Akechi shouts, trying desperately to stop the assault. “Loki and Robin Hood! Just two!” 

The persona in front of Narukami dissolves, slowly, into a shattering glassy fire. The fading of a archangel to Narukami’s sad little face is something that Akechi would never expect to see but now it makes feelings of great joy leap up in his chest, Robin Hood weakly gives a little cheer. 

“I said we should just ask you,” Narukami hums, almost to himself, “but Margaret told me to push you to your limit, to make sure you weren’t lying to both me and yourself.”

The persona appears again, and Akechi lets out a guttural scream of annoyance.

Notes:

I’m at mile 270 in the Appalachian Trail I’m sorry the chapter is weird I hike 10+ miles a day and my lovely beta for this chapter is Flip whom I owe something féroce (flip is also posting this for poor jube, who has the worst signal :( )

Chapter 21

Notes:

whoop mile 809 of the AT and I’m still hiking and writing. Y’all it’s 90+ degrees outside and I’m melting in my hammock end me. Sidenote I love these two idiot boys and forgive me for errors my gdocs doesn’t tell me I’m making mistakes when it’s on airplane mode. Another sidenote Im up to 16+ miles a day!! :D

Also- total sidnote, last chapter had stuff cut out of it when posting and it took me several hundred miles to notice it whoops please go back I added like 2k worth of words

Chapter Text

Justice is the sweet laughing of children after a bloody war 


Back in the early spring of 1997 there were two women who giggled softly to one another in a small one bedroom apartment in Tokyo. 

 

There’s two beds in the room, simple twins with dependable mattresses and solid color sheets. The lighting is low and the walls are decorated neatly with some tasteful, if sort of plain, decor. The two women are identical, as they sit against the wall on one of the beds, legs dangling off the side and dressed in comfortable pyjamas. Their hair is light, almost blonde but not quite, one with long waist length strands and the other with their hair barely below their chin. 

 

The two women talk and laugh, eyes maybe-blue if the light caught them right. The two of them are clearly related, clearly identical in the shape of their face and the curve of their bodies. 

 

The one with longer hair leans heavy into her sister, not trying to crush her but laughing at the squeaks of protest that come out. “Tell me who you’re seeing!” 

 

“Never!” The shorter haired one tries her best to grapple her sibling, but there’s no serious movements in the flailing. “I’ll never tell you his name!” 

 

The two laugh, even in the late hour. It’s a wonderful spring to be alive. The depression is in full swing, but Japan’s in an economic upswing compared to the place where they came from. Their family immigrated from a recently unified Germany in hopes to touch base with their fathers home country and perhaps make some money in the process. Just the two sisters, twins, and their father, who now has a nice home outside of the city where he works as a simple office man. 

 

The sisters dream big, they’re both young enough that they’ve just come out of college and they want shiny jobs that will make an impact and shiny things to fill their lives with. 

 

They share a small apartment now, the two of them, but they have dreams of large homes and handsome husbands and wonderful children. 

 

 

In the late spring of 1997 only one sister had a steady job. 

 

The longer haired sister works hard days as an overworked and underpaid secretary at some kind of firm that sells something or other. She keeps her hair tightly wound in a big almost blonde bun and types away on a computer she’s slowly starting to figure out. The women who work with her don’t take kindly to her presence, or her mixed blood. She’s had to clean out coffee from her keyboard more than once. 

 

The men who work in the offices like her much more, gazing across to her figure often enough to make her wear bulky things like soft orange  sweaters. 

 

The shorter haired sister now has even shorter hair, cropped short to her ears like Princess Diana had. She hasn’t found steady work yet, but she’s desperately searching. Her current money making scheme was to be very pretty inside of a club during the night, the owner paid her enough to cover her half of the rent and she normally got dinner out of the kitchen halfway through the night. 

 

She hates it, the only upside is that she met her boyfriend here. 

 

He’s nice to her, smiles wide and soft at the same time and talks about all his plans for the future. A politician he tells her, soft into her ear as he orders them drinks. 

 

She doesn’t tell her sister that her man promised all kinds of very nice things, a future as a housewife on his arm. 

 

 

It’s almost summer, and a new political upstart has the backing of the firm the younger sister works at. She sees him sometimes, older than her and dashing with his words as he chats with the secretaries at the water coolers during the lunch break. 

 

She brushes her hair back, it’s still long but today it’s down and hangs only contained by a simple hairband. 

 

She doesn’t make any attempt to talk to the man, he’s not here for her. She wants to submit the files in her hand and get back to her little desk to work more on the schedule she’s meant to be filling out right now. 

 

But the man somehow catches her eye, he smiles, soft and wide somehow at the same time, and she’s drawn to him. 

 

She chats at the cooler with him for almost twenty minutes. She hasn’t smiled this much at her job in ages. 

 

The sister with short hair still works nights at the club, but she’s figured out the girls who make the real money do things they aren’t proud of to make it. She hasn’t swooped to that yet; but she thinks about it every time she and her sister have to stretch the budget a little tighter at home. She works hard, and spends the waking daylight hours applying for jobs and smiling at people who don’t want to give them to her. 

 

She brings drinks to boys, flashes her fake customer smile at men, and rubs her heel-worn feet at the end of it all and tries not to notice the blisters. 

 

Her boyfriend is a highlight of her week, he comes into the back VIP rooms and asks for her service and treats her like a real lady for the entire time. She’s smitten, and she knows it, she puts a little extra bit of alcohol into the drinks he orders, a heavy hand with his meals, and he appreciates the way it makes his co-workers smile and look up to him. He lavishes her with little basic gifts of simple things that make her month. 

 

She takes up extra shifts when she can, but it doesn’t work out to nearly enough to support herself. 

 

 

In the early fall of 1997, both twin sisters begin to sleep with the same man. The one with the short hair first in the early weeks, tumbling and laughing into her boyfriend's bed after a gift of a beautiful silver bracelet. The long haired one later on, a week or two later, after an event at the firm that raked in some big money and there’s a huge showing and a long night of champagne. 

 

They continue to sleep with him, unknowingly. 

 

The man, Masayoshi Shido, brags about it to his colleagues. 

 

He tells the other men who he surrounds himself with, that the twins really are identical. 

 

They laugh, uncaring that they’re laughing at real, live, living people. 

 

 

It’s November when the younger sister realizes. She’s missed her cycle. She goes out, trying not to panic, and buys three pregnancy tests at a convenience store. 

 

It takes a bit of finanginling, but she manages to do the deed and waits a bit for the test to take hold. 

 

It’s the longest thirty minutes of her life. 

 

It’s an even longer thirty minutes after that. 

 

She cries, she doesn’t know what to do. The test says yes, but she can’t be- it can’t be . A baby would ruin her here, she’s already hated at her job and the people there know she’s not married. She’d be fired, or bullied out. 

 

She tells her sister. 

 

They aren’t laughing this night, a cold shivering winter night huddled together underneath a thick bed cover and discussing what they could possibly do. 

 

The plan is for the younger sibling with her long hair to go out to the seaside with their aging father, have the child out there and claim a wild and wicked story. The older sibling with her hair almost back to her chin promises her younger twin that she’ll manage the apartment just fine. 

 

She knows a way to make a little extra at the club. 

 

 

It’s almost January when the older one realizes. 

 

She can’t be sure; but she does the math and counts back and realizes the last time she had her period was just before she had slept with her boyfriend for the first time. She knows that she had only been with him during that time. She’s used protection with all the others- her boyfriend isn’t a fan of the feel of latex. 

 

She’s got enough time to realize she needs a cover story, their father already is stressed enough to the point of blood pressure medication and another scare like this will give him a heart attack for sure. 

 

She tells her boyfriend, over a real dinner with candlelight and about three forks. She brings it up tactfully, easing it into the conversation. 

 

Shido leaves her at the table, leaves her with both their dinners and the bill. 

 

He calls her nasty things as he storms out, throwing his napkin and shouting to the very nice restaurant about how she’s not fit to even be in the same room

 

Plan A is a failure. The short haired sibling cries in her small twin bed and hugs onto her pillow. Her boyfriend just left her in a spectacular fashion and she’s got a baby on the way.

 

She wakes up the next day, wipes her tears and makes plan b. 

 

She needs a husband, no matter how short lived as a cover story to explain away the baby. She’s got plenty of people who don’t love her at her job but say they do. 

 

They’re going to be a lot more gullible to her wiles than her ex was. 

 

 

Cut eighteen years to the future, more or less, and those two unexpected babies now sit side by side in an apartment that’s just as sparsely decorated, and just as plain. Their hair is the same length, not varied like their mothers, and instead of being exactly identical there are minor differences around the eyes and in the shape of their jaws. Just a bit, just enough to know that the two of them are not the same. 

 

The two of them drink soft drinks and relax a bit during the middle of the hot summer day. 

 

Akechi has light bruises on his knees and elbows from diving and dodging and ducking. There’s grass stains on his slacks that are easier to explain than blood ones and his stomach is full from Narukami’s piles of food after the ‘training session’ was over and done with. 

 

The extra leftovers are now packed away into his fridge, stacked on top of one another and enough to fill Akechi up for two weeks. 

 

Ken isn’t bruised at all, just sipping on the coke in one hand and petting Koromaru with the other. Ken is looking mighty pleased with himself, content in a way Akechi can’t associate with anything other than a feeling of suspicion.  

 

Akechi had told Ken about Narukami beating him half to death to figure out what that mad woman Margaret had been rambling about when she had said he had been ‘infected’ by the fool. 

 

They had both decided to relax for a few before attempting to go off and try and change Akechi’s whole appearance in the metaverse. Akechi hadn’t protested allowing Koromaru into the apartment (even though dogs were against policy) and Ken had helped Akechi stash the food from Narukami in the fridge. 

 

Theres no conversation, just the steady beat of Koromaru’s tail against the couch leg and the city life outside. 

 

Akechi takes another swig of the coke in his hands, the liquid is cold and has a bit of almost-ice that crackles inside against the plastic. Nothing better on a summer day than something like this. 

 

“I met with the Phantom Thieves.”

 

Akechi takes it back, there are much better things to hear than that. 

 

He looks at his brother, eyes wide and coke still almost to his mouth, frozen with the force of that casual statement. 

 

Ken smile curls into a dangerous smirk. 

 

Akechi can only come up with a “ Why?”  

 

“To figure out where they are in their persona development, mostly, and to start to figure out why they’re developing persona’s in the first place. I wanted information, so I went right to the source.” Ken uses both hands to rub Koromaru’s cheeks softly, gentle with the old dog. “I had time, and I had a contact-“ 

 

Akechi sets his own drink down, clinking the hard plastic against the coaster on the coffee table. “Go back to the beginning, how did you get the Phantom Thieves to talk to you during school hours they’re our age.” 

 

“Cornered one in the metaverse and gave him my contact information. They texted me trying to pry me for information and I demanded they meet up today.” 

 

“Who’d you get- never mind did you meet up with all of them? Just the leader?” Akechi needs to know everything, preferably he needed to know everything about ten minutes ago. 

 

“The leader today, with a blond goon who’s name I can only recall as Skull? Why do they have code names?” Ken pets Koromaru around the collar. “Do we need code names in the Metaverse? Is there a reason they don’t use their real names?” 

 

Akechi’s lips press hard together, trying to come up if he’s ever overheard a reason for the code names. Nothing comes to mind, whenever a new member had been integrated Akechi normally saw them hanging about in the palaces the group infiltrated, already calling one another crazy names. Akechi knew that the Phantom Thieves went into the subway but never followed them farther than the first few floors. 

 

He can’t recall any reason for the code names. “I think it’s just to be dramatic.” He admits to Ken. “They’re trying to be classical Lupin’s, so I think it adds to the drama.” 

 

Ken’s eyes slide from boreing holes into Akechi’s back to the dog that is practically in his lap. “They told me all about an intresting character called Black Mask.” 

 

Akechi’s blood freezes. Shit. Shit shit shit. Shit. 

 

Act cool! Act like nothing is fucking wrong! Akechi’s worked too hard and got into too good of a position to have everything blow now. 

 

“Did they?” Akechi tries to be cool- 

 

His voice cracks, just a bit. 

 

Fuck

 

Ken just smiles wider. His sharp grin is dangerous and Akechi knows it’s got the same serrated teeth as the bear trap he’s currently trapped in. Motherfucker- Ken already knew. 

 

“You absolute bastard.” Akechi accuses Ken when he doesn’t say anything. “You already knew.” 

 

Ken shrugs. “Yeah.” 

 

“Is that all you have to say?!” 

 

“What do you want me to say?” Ken asks, “Want me to get upset over something I already knew? You tried to kill me, you did it so professionally I figured it probably wasn’t your first rodeo.” 

 

A silence over both of them, Koromaru the only living thing in the room still moving around as he shuffled against Ken’s hand to get more pets. 

 

Akechi settles, the ruffles in his feathers smoothing one inch at a time. Ken does make a fair point, but it’s still disconcerting that Akechi’s very careful cover has been blown so wide open. Akechi has spent years trying to portray a careful character to the world, a character who’s polite and helpful and unfailing. 

 

Ken sits ever so carefully against a thrift store couch and knows that Akechi’s rotten to his core. 

 

Akechi sometimes gets the feeling that Ken’s also got putrid decay underneath a porcelain mask. 

 

Akechi just sighs, presses the cold drink against his cheek to feel the chill and leans heavy into his seat. “I never killed anybody in the real world.” 

 

“Neither have I.” Ken says, like this could mean anything other than his normal cryptic bullshit. 

 

“I only found the people my father- our shared father mind you- wanted dead and shot them in the metaverse.” 

 

Ken hums at this, finally beginning to pet Koromaru again. “I’m not surprised. If I was in your shoes I, most likely, would have done the same thing.” 

 

A sharp bark of laughter. Pitched enough that it makes Koromaru twitch his head up worried. Akechi’s the one showing his teeth now- “Oh? A good boy like you? Killing people in the name of revenge?” 

 

“You’d be surprised.” Ken’s hand goes to reassure Koromaru’s distress. Slipping under the collar and wiggling the fabric gently. “I was- still am- a very angry individual.” 

 

There’s a story behind this, Akechi can sense it like he can see the culprit in the cases at the police station. “The two of us are more alike than I think then?”

 

The wording of Ken’s statement catches up to Akechi all at once- “Wait; haven’t killed anybody in the real world?” 

 

A shrug, casual, way too casual. “Everyone on S.E.E.S knows, so I think my brother should too. I once was angry enough to lead my mother’s killer to a side alley and put a spear to his neck during the dark hour.” 

 

Well! Akechi can’t find it in himself to be surprised. “The Dark Hour took place in the real world, didn’t it? Not the collective unconscious.”

 

Ken nods. “Yes. I didn’t actually spear the man. I was going to, don’t mistake that, I was ready to kill him and then end myself. I had planned it for years. It would have been sweet at the time. I would have died with no regrets.” 

 

Akechi doesn't like to think that suicidal tendencies run in the family, but it’s beginning to look that way. 

 

“I didn’t kill Shinjiro because the leader of Strega- the cult we mentioned before- took a gun and put it to my head. Shinjiro knocked me out of the way, took the bullet for me and admitted he was dying all along. Would be dead either by me or at the end of the month anyway. I was furious .” 

 

Akechi would have been too. If he kills his father and that man admits that he was just going to die anyway Akechi would find a way to make that man die twice. 

 

“He saved my life, after I threatened him.” 

 

Koromaru whines, pushing himself further into Ken’s space. Pushing his whole body onto Ken’s torso to reassure or comfort or even to simply gather more pets. 

 

Akechi just takes another long sip of his drink. Thinking mostly. 

 

Time passes, maybe a minute. 

 

“We are related.” Akechi says to the silence, as if this was a great big secret. 

 

Ken just lets out a startled laugh. 

 

 

The metaverse when you aren’t in a place of collected amassed thought is nothing but a passing impression of whatever the strongest mental image is. 

 

Akechi’s apartment in the metaverse has a pretty strong mental impression, but it’s not enough to actually trigger the automatic defense of a metaverse armor. 

 

They activate the metaverse app on the way out of the building, Akechi explains that you can’t trust elevators to get you where you want them too in the application you’d be better off with stairs. 

 

The sounds and feeling melts away with the people as the app takes hold of them both. The strange wet static feeling flushes through both of their systems and leaves them feeling flush with the power of a person that sits steady right at the edge of their fingertips. 

 

Kala-Nemi echos like the oldest friend you have, always steady and there and breathlessly depthless in a way that childhood best friends tend to be.

 

Robin Hood comes like a once-betrayed dog to a new master's hand, carefully and calculated but desperately wanting love anyway. Robin Hood comes to the call, resting against Akechi’s call with their metaphorical weight. 

 

Loki is … somehow easier to touch. Gently brushing against Akechi’s consciousness occasionally as if a startled cat finally warming up to its new home. That’s never really happened before, Loki never was as close as they are now. 

 

Akechi steps down into the subway and feels the lock of his armor against his skin. Ken still has no protection against the miasma that settles across the floor of the winding subway system, but it’s not as jarring now as it was the first time they had done this. 

 

Ken and Akechi have a plan to get rid of the dark heavy oppressive armor, they get started on it immediately. 

 

“How do we do this?” Akechi asks, mostly to himself because Ken doesn’t have to bother with anything involving the protective instinct against the metaverse. 

 

“Well I’ve heard you do breathing excersies and picture an ocean- how the fuck should I know?” 

 

Ignoring his brother for a moment, Akechi does try to look inside of himself to see if that does anything? 

 

It doesn’t. Akechi just feels stupid tapping against his personas as if he’s new to this game and doesn’t know anything about nothing. His personas, hesitantly confused, respond to the light internal taps with pulses of conflicting power. 

 

The armor isn’t related to the persona’s, not directly anyway, his persona’s don’t control the way the armor attaches to him or looks, if they did all the other persona users would have the armor as well- not just a varying immunity. 

 

They spitball a few things back and forth- suggestions of trying to picture not having the defense at all (doesn’t work), of physically trying to take it off ( that is painful when the miasma immediately bites at exposed flesh), and everything in between. 

 

It’s maybe an hour after they first begin to attempt to figure out how to change Akechi’s appearance when Ken, frustrated, just lets out a “Why couldn't your BDSM getup look more like a sweater?” 

 

“Like your sweater?” Akechi asks, being a smartass, “Or more like mine?” 

 

Ken flips him off, bored out of his own mind. “Mine, the superior fashion statement.” 

 

Akechi scoffs. “You fucking wish. You wear nothing but orange. ” 

 

“At least I don’t wear argyle !” Ken shoots back. 

 

The two bicker back and forth, like siblings. 

 

It gets to the point that Ken tells Akechi “-just picture yourself in something as amazing as my sweater-“ 

 

Akechi, unthinkingly, does for a moment, picture himself in Ken’s normally ridiculously orange and black Halloween inspired outfits. 

 

The metaverse, like all aspects of the collective unconscious, reacts to the mental image that the user has of themselves. Shadows are a projection of the true self, persona’s are a projection of the interior thoughts and ideals, it’s a world of projection and mental image. Everything depends on what the individual thinks of themselves, whether they be the captain of their ship or the king of their castle. 

 

So when Akechi thinks of himself as wearing what Ken is-

 

The metaverse reacts easily to the image. 

 

It’s something that Akechi’s own subconscious can see, the two boys don’t look too different, they don’t dress that differently, and they’re practically the same ball of inherent rage issues and barely contained hatred. Akechi’s subconscious won’t allow him to completely rid himself of the armor that encapsulates his body, won’t allow himself to be hurt due to the self-preservation instinct buried deep in each human mind, but it will allow Akechi to replace the armor with something softer. Something a little more orange and flexible than hard steel. 

 

It takes a wiggling flash of red, a brief flare of that same wet static it takes to get in here. 

 

Akechi stands, his armor replaced by a soft orange sweater and black cargo shorts. 

 

The only thing that remains is the heavy helmet- there was no replacement image for it in the brief mental image. 

 

Both Ken and Akechi startle at the flare, then stare speechless in the identical outfit that now sits innocently on Akechi’s shoulder. 

 

“What the fuck?” Ken laughs, he’s smiling and kind of confused but this is great!” 

 

“What the fuck.” Akechi’s not nearly as amused. 

 

Ken starts to laugh, giggling and trying unsuccessfully to hide his smile behind his wrist. “Are you trying to prove the Phantom Thieves right?” 

 

Akechi huffs, looking down at the bright orange garish monstrosity that now is loose across his chest. “What the fuck are you on about?” 

 

Ken keeps giggling. “They mistook me for you, didn’t I say that?” 

 

The outfit snaps back to the original black striped gear, no more soft orange knit. 

 

Excuse me?” Akechi asks, uncaring of falling a step back in the progress of their original goal of today. 

 

Not bothering to hide his amusement, Ken just continues to laugh a bit as he explains- “When I met up with the Phantom Thieves, they thought I was you . Accused me of being Black Mask too, so I guess I was double accused of being my sibling today.” 

 

Oh how Akechi wishes he could take off his helmet entirely to rub at his temples. “You didn’t tell them you weren’t me?” 

 

“Why would I?” Ken asks, still not at all serious. “I saw no reason to correct their assumptions. They thought I was you, I disproved I was the Black Mask. I thought I was doing you a favor .” 

 

Shit. Ken technically was. Akechi’s furious but at the same time impressed. Damn. What a combo. 

 

“Not only did I do you a favor- which you owe me on, by the way- I made sure you were in connection to the Shadow Operatives, to a group of persona users doing good .” 

 

Akechi admits to himself; yeah Ken really did him a huge favor. Ken disproved to the Phantom Idiots that Akechi was who he actually was and managed to wrangle a mystery organization backing him out of the deal. 

 

Akechi looks at his brother, Ken’s all loose limbs and perched against what was probably once a bench, easy and leaning against his spear. 

 

He couldn’t have lucked out on a better brother. 

 

“We are not going to wear identical orange sweaters in the metaverse.” Akechi tells him, getting that out there immediately. 

 

Ken’s laughter rings against the empty halls of the twisted subways. 

 

Chapter 22

Summary:

comes back after two years of inactivity.

drops this

leaves

Chapter Text

“One has a moral responsibility to disobey unjust laws.”

Mitsuru reads over the email that Ken has sent her, and can already feel the headache building in the back of her head. The wicked sort of pounding pain that won’t go away with a simple tylenol, she’s desperately wishing that Akihiko didn’t destroy all her cigarettes, hadn’t gone through her home systematically and rooted out every single instance of what might could be relax her.

Ken’s email goes into detail about everything that he’s found out, written out in a very sort of bland, business professional tone.

The email is about fifteen pages long, started from the first time Ken had met his brother- the brother that Mitsuru sort of regrets showing to him- to him accosting the people who had been causing mental shutdowns.

Well, apparently, according to Ken’s research and meeting them, Ken doesn’t think the phantom thieves are anything more than teenages in way, way over their own head.

So far over their head that they didn’t even realize that what they were doing was being looked into at multiple angles, that a police commissioner was about to declare them terroristic threats to the nation.

Mitsuru immediately reaches for her phone, hand snatching it up from the desk where she’s sitting, rolling through the recent call lists and finding Katsuya’s number.

“Answer me.” She demands the ringing tone she gets as the call goes through. “Answer me right the fuck now-”

“Why are you calling me-” Katsya’s voice is tired, but the faint sounds around him aren’t of casual sleep, they’re of other voices and of other sounds, of music and of casual mayhem. He’s got to be at some sort of work function, or a restaurant maybe?

“The Phantom Thieves are teenagers.” Mitsuru says, quick, fast, all at once. She has to get the words out. “Ken’s written a report on it, the leader wasn’t even in Tokyo until the beginning of this school year.”

Katsuya says nothing on the other end of the phone, the sounds still rage on, it sounds like a restaurant.

“I’ll send you the email now.” She says, “Don’t do anything with the case until you read it.”

“Are you telling me that the Phantom Thieves are stupid teenagers, who brought so much legal attention to themselves during a massive panic event?

Mitsuru tries not to imagine the way that she could go to the corner store right now and buy a whole pack of cigarettes, smoke half of them, and soothe herself. She and Fuuka had a plan to quit together. They had been doing so well.

“They’re teenagers.” Mitsuru doesn’t want to kill them, doesn’t want to go into the new realm of the collective unconscious and strangle them for being stupid as fuck, she says teenagers like this explains everything.

It does, really. Them being teenagers explains every single thing about the confusing situation.

“Send me the report.” Katsuya demands. “Send me the report and we’ll figure out some way to fix this bullshit-”

Katsuya hangs out, clearly irritated, and Mitsuru can’t blame him. She's sending this report to anybody that Ken hadn’t included on the goddamn cc. Hanamura, Narukami, Shirogane, Junpei, Fuuka- every single person gets a copy.

They need to know what has been going on lately, and sooner rather than later, they’re going to need to organize, have a plan of attack, and pin down the new group of known persona users and figure out exactly what they know, why they can go further down than Ken can, how they even got access to the collective unconscious, and why they’re advertising to the general public that they’re messing with people’s minds.

--

-a collection of teenagers, the leader of which is a Shujin Academy student who transferred in recently, named Akira Kurusu. A name which, when going through the older files on the development of the failed application, stood out to me as one of the head developers. Kurusu, having been stationed in our Inaba location, did on further research have a child. A child which has been curiously taken out of the Inaba school system for this year-

--

Akira carefully makes the latte art, it’s a good day so far, and Akira’s spending it as best as he can. The rest of his friends are sort of all curled around the counter at LeBlanc, watching as Akira carefully draws a flower on the top of the coffee.

Sojiro and one of his customers are talking in the background, on the farest end of the counter, very far away from the gaggle of teenagers chanting out Akira’s name as he tries his absolute best to draw a lopsided daisy.

The rain falls gently on the windows, a rainy day to stay inside and hide away from the cloudy, gross gray skies.

Ryuji and Yusuke are chanting the loudest, while Makoto and Ann are more subdued, but just as interested, butting their heads into Akira’s space and jostling the art.

Futaba’s going to wake up any day now, and the entire Phantom thieves had agreed to keep close by in case she gave them a ring, trying to figure out the Medjed problem at the same time. None of them really have anywhere to start on the hacker problem, they’re highschool students with a wild connection to what be a massive secret, but they’re not hackers. Who the hell even is a hacker anyway? Most computer programers don’t even like touching other people’s code, let alone play around in sandboxes that aren’t their own all the time.

Akira wishes he listened more to what his mother used to ramble on about her job, but that’s long gone now, his mother had turned him away to Tokyo just like everybody else in Inaba.

The customer gets a call, and apologizes to the boss, before taking it.

Akira finishes his lopsided daisy, half tilted across the whole cup, he proudly presents it, and his entire group of friends cheer.

--

-strong, but only as much as their leader. The group is still in its infancy, but starting to make bonds as strong as the previous wildcards have. I’ve only had a limited interaction with the Phantom Thieves myself, but observing them from afar leads me to notice that the group is surrounded by a rather unfortunate side effect of involving people who have had a string of bad luck. People fallen from so-called fame, or having a negative association with them after an incident in some way.

I’ve gone over several notes of a student from Shujin Academy, a Makoto Niijima, the sister of which works closely with Akechi at the police station, acquired during the school exchange. Her notes have been fascinating to look through, as it’s given me a special look into the on the ground life of somebody in this area. Makoto’s been paying special attention to the transfer student in her school- and his friends which she names- but also the things around her, like the case connected to Kaneshiro’s change of heart.

I’ve confronted the Phantom Thieves in their own branch of the collective unconscious, and obtained information from them while only giving away barest hints of information myself. They were very happy to get any information they could, very interested in the way that I talked about arcana pointing towards figuring out the weakness and strengths in the shadows that they’re fighting. They talked to me in length about how they understood the subway system worked-

--

Junpei looks down at the application that Ken has infected onto his phone. The glitching, strange application has taken residence up by the same messaging system he uses to talk to his team in America.

Ken, Akihiko, and himself are standing in an unpopulated alley, beside a dumpster and a light pole, talking about their game plan for today.

“Sorry I’m late!” Rise stumbles into the alley herself, pulling down her hood as she does so, her outfit is way too cute for the rest of the ragtag group. A dress that’s half sundress and half some kind of complicated pattern of roses and frills, white and red and pink, with heels and a little cute rain jacket.

Meanwhile, the rest of the guys have just gotten wet in the rain, allowing the damp air to flatten down their hair and wet their shoulders.

Junpei really feels out of place next to people like Rise, mostly because Rise is not only way out of his league, in the looks department, but also she’s about as smart as you can get.

Junpei is outclassed by a woman who’s nearly twenty centimeters shorter than him, and twice as skinny.

“We haven’t been waiting for long.” Ken smiles, one of his weird fake ones. “Thank you for coming, new information has popped up, and I need you to help prove it.”

“Always happy to help!” Rise’s own smile is also fake, curling and dangerous on her cute face. “I even put Teddy on an express order-”

She spins, showing off her cute little rain coat, pink, filled with flowers to match the dress-

Wait a second.

Junpei has seen her persona before, those designed on her raincoat aren’t flowers, not really, but light blue and red geometric patterns, folded over each other to resemble something delicate and feminine, while golden lines cut through and give it all something dangerous. This looks like a retelling of her persona in fabric form, something custom and beautiful.

Rise grins now with something not at all like the acted glee, it’s now got a gleam in it that smells of trap. “It should protect me, Teddy made it with the utmost care after all.”

Junpei still doesn’t understand, fully, what exactly made a shadow flip to the side of good, but Teddy promises that more shadows than humans think are rather neutral on many topics, they’re just fighting the ones that show up in bad areas of the collective unconscious, the shadows that show up to the infection site.

“If you start feeling the heat we’ll pull out.” Akihiko promises, already pulling up his phone, flipping around with his index finger like the old man he is. “We’re not aiming to maim anybody today.”

“Do we have good hopes for tomorrow?” RIse has to ask, hands going to button up her long, cute raincoat. There’s a lot of buttons, pulling up the collar and going down to Rise’s knees.

Akihiko just gives a raised brow of confused irritation, thrown off his simple game, unused to people joking with him.

“Ignore him.” Junpei reassures Rise, “Akihiko doesn’t know how to have fun, so simply ignore anything he says.”

Ken rolls his eyes, “Come on guys, we have to get a move on, I’ve got things to do today.”

“What the hell do you have to do today, school? Aren’t you on break?” Junpei asks.

“Wouldn’t you like to know?” Ken shoots back, smug and devious.

“This is the kind of thanks I get? After bringing your dog to you?”

“You would have done whatever Mitsuru asked you to do, whether you liked me or not.”

Ken’s wearing a real smile now, a little crooked and a little ugly. It’s endearing to see the little kid be happy every now and again. Junpei would do pretty much anything for him- anybody in their group would. He’s right smack in the middle of a shitton of adults who are, at the very bare minimum, extremely overprotective of their remaining group members.

Akihiko hits the right button, because the world freaks out, warbling and shifting around, giving itself into a disjointed sort of headache inducing twist for a moment before-

The world is silent.

Still and silent, quiet.

“I don’t think I’ll ever get used to that.” Rise huffs, pulling her raincoat closer. “I like the TV world more.”

“Tell me about it.” Junpei agrees, thinking this place is just as creepy as the dark hour, just in a distinctly different way. “I would rather there be no weird separate world at all, and yet, here we are.”

The entrance into the subway is dark, pulsating, and gross as fuck. Rise wrinkles her nose, even if she’s seen it before. Ken doesn’t seem phased, however, which honestly makes Junpei super uncomfortable. Junpei is just thinking of Tartarus, of the way the thing winds on forever, without ending, going darker and more twisted as it goes further up-

Or down, in this case.

Ken goes first, the one most comfortable with it, the one who’s already got something of an understanding of how this place works. Akihiko and Junpei are side by side next in line, ready to drag them all away at the first sign of danger.

Rise is in the back, her preferred position during these sorts of missions, ready to flee back at the first sign of danger, keeping herself as far away from the actual front line as she can. Rise isn’t a fighter, not doing much damage outside of being able to throw a punch when needed, she’s able to scamper away, but winning a fight against shadows is something she makes others do.

Ken steps on the ground, the miasma sparks up, rubbing against Ken’s ankles with no problem.

Junpei and Akihiko are next, they’re wearing simple jeans, the poison of the collective unconscious doesn’t affect them, not even making their hair raise.

Rise halts about two steps above the first floor of the subway system, the floor is dark, smudged with the thousands of feet that have trampled over the tile, covered in what could eat through Rise’s cute heel straps.

Junpei holds out a hand, he’s trying to give Rise enough of a reassurance that they won’t let her get hurt, not like Hanamura, who’s still massaging out scars on his ankles.

Rise pulls herself together, and hops the last two steps.

--

-didn’t understand why they needed to have a certain level of reputation to get further down into the system they call ‘Mementos’, but I suspect it’s similar to our full moon operations, unable to go further unless something was defeated, or surpassed, or in this case, so close to the main system of what appears to be a sort of very general deep form of the collective unconscious in the Tokyo area, having been built up underneath the central spine of the city, on it’s nervous system, they have to be a certain level of notoriousness to them.

They call it being notorious, at least, but Kurusu also said ‘famous’, so I’m asking Rise, Akihiko, and Junpei over today to go over a simple test-

--

The raincoat holds out.

Rise holds onto it tightly, the material is dulling out from its original plastic shine into something duller, the light blue is starting to yellow out, dull into something almost an eggshell white.

She’s not reporting any pain, just a low level headache, but they keep a close eye on her away, alway and constantly ready to retreat fast in case the raincoat doesn’t hold out for another minute.

But Teddie’s handiwork must be stronger than anybody was giving him credit for, even on such a time limit, because it holds up remarkably well to get to the first gate.

It’s an immovable wall, Ken see’s it as a doorway, locked up tight over the escalators, impassable and solid.

“Damn.” Akihiko is looking up, frowning as he analyzes the door in front of them. “You weren’t joking that this was impassable”

“I told you guys it was like Tartarus, we’ve got to do something to break through-”

Rise walks through the wall.

She just straight up walks through the wall.

Junpei and Akihiko make surprised sounds, gasping, reaching out, choking out Rise’s name.

Ken, however, has seen this before.

There’s nothing to be done, Rise can freely move up and down the levels. Ken, Junpei, and Akihiko can’t. There’s nothing to be done about this rule, it’s a rule that’s been hard and fast since the very beginning.

Rise comes back out of the doorway after only a minute of waiting, with no rush to her steps, just an easy sort of catwalk. She’s not worse for the wear, just confused.

Ken smiles, because his point has just been proven, easy as that.

--

-Hanamura should be able to make something that resists the poison of the collective unconscious, if Shirogane’s theory of it all is correct, then the further one goes down even the former members of S.E.E.S might have to wear protective gear, or allow their own consciousness ot make it for us.

Personally, I’m against having to wear an outfit that resembles a strange kind of halloween costume.

--

They all reemerged from the subway, the coat-now truly discolored- gets tucked into Rise’s little side bag.

It’s still raining.

Somehow, that’s what really stands out to them all, the changing, constantly moving real world now, such a fresh refresher from the stagnant dead of the metaverse.

Rise looks up at the sky as she steps outside, back into the crowd, the gray clouds aren’t full of any thunder today, just the drizzling halfhearted water of a dreary day. Her hairstyle suffers for it, but with the rest of her perfect little outfit, nobody notices before she’s swept back up into the crowd, lost to the bustle of the city.

Akihiko and Junpei say a real goodbye, hugging Ken tightly and telling him to get on with it now, don’t be late to his meet-up later in the day.

--

-There’s nothing left but to truly interact with the new emergent group of persona users, in their entirety.

--

“Are you up for this?”

“As I’ll ever be.”

Ken and Akechi are together, hunched over Akechi’s phone.

“You don’t have to be there.”

“I said I would stop pestering me.”

“Do you think you can hold the easygoing ‘I’m not crazy’ sweater thing?”

Akechi lashes out, pushing Ken away as they actually for once bother to use the real navigation app on Akechi’s phone. “We’re not going to go into the metaverse for this meet-up, I still have time to perfect it.”

The real navigation app takes them to a very familiar store.

Akechi and Ken both already had pre-googled the location of the meetup place that the leader of the Phantom Thieves had given to them, asking to meet up later in the afternoon during this rain-filled day.

Ken looks up at the red and white awning of LeBlanc, slightly furious that all this time Ken has known the location of the Phantom Thieves, has eaten the very good curry, drank the excellent coffee, and recommended it to Mitsuru for catering sometimes.

They walk in the shop together, one right after the other, a unit of wet hair and soft sweaters hiding dangerous things.

An older gentleman perks up from where he’s wiping down the counter, looking up at the bell.

“What can I get you two?” He asks, tucking away the rag.

There’s a few more people in the shop. An older couple in the very back, three young girls up from chattering about the end of summer vacation.

“We’re here because of Akira.” Ken smiles, flashing his phone’s messages fast, as the worst worst sort of proof.

The man behind the counter just shrugs, pointing to the stairwell in the back that has a big private residence! sign around it. “He’s up there with the rest of his friends, don’t make too much noise, the people down here in the shop can hear you.”

They both thank the man, and start towards the back.

The staircase is both too short, and too long.

The attic of LeBlanc is sparse, decorated with only a spare couple of items, but the plant in the corner is doing fantastic, lovely and cared for, and the area is clean for being cluttered.

There’s also five teenagers, the same age as Ken and Akechi, who perk up at the sound of somebody walking up the stairwell.

There’s two girls, and two boys.

The blonde girl has a lot of hair, close to the stairwell she’s the one that turns around first, a little gasp, “Wow! You two do look alike!” Ann Takamaki, her file is easy to get a headshot for, considering her modeling career.

“That’s a rude thing to say, Ann.” The one sitting beside her mumbles, straight backed, wearing a sensible white blouse. Makoto Niijima, the one that Ken has met before in depth, switched sides.

The two boys are also familiar, Ken knows them well, considering that they’re the ones that invited both Ken and Akechi over for this little shindig in the first place.

Akira stands up from his little twin bed, moving forward and offering a little bow. “Welcome to the hangout of the Phantom Thieves of Heart.”

Chapter 23

Notes:

comes back after two years.

hi. I have a job now. i did manage to hike all 2219 miles of the AT in about 6 months. I moved several states over to New Orleans. I experienced mardi gras for the first time. wild. I have nephews now. hi persona fandom, I'm sorry I've been gone so long I still love you.

keep on keeping on, it does get better.

Chapter Text

“Thank you for having us.” One of the two says back to the Phantom Thieves. Ryuji can’t tell the difference between them, they’re both wearing thick nerdy sweaters and simple jeans. Their hair is slightly different, sure, but Ryuji can’t tell up from down when he looks at them.

“You’ve already met my brother, Ken” The one who must be Akechi mentions, gesturing to the one in the orange sweater and the black jeans.

“I’m glad to finally meet all of you in an official capacity.” Ken bows, just an inclination of his head to the group at large. “I’m glad we can talk about what’s going on without layers of secrecy.”

“So its true then?” Makoto’s eyes are sharp, she leans forward elbows on her knees and almost outright glaring. “That there is some kind of big secret in the works of some upper form of government?”

Both of the brothers cock their heads- different directions, thank god.

“Are you talking about the illuminati? Things like secret shadow governments and huge conspiracy theories?” Ken laughs, a painfully polite thing.

“That’s real?” Ryuni can’t help but ask, gripping hard onto Akira’s arm-

“No.” Akechi gives his brother a look, one that clearly speaks volumes because it makes Ken’s polite smile flip into a real one. “He’s being a little shit. The government doesn’t know anything about personas.”

Ryuji shifts slightly, allowing Akira to gesture wide at the limited seating options around them. “Please,” Akira says, genuine. “Have a seat.”

Makoto, Ann, and Yusuke are sitting on the world's worst couch, crammed together like sardines. Ryuji and Akira take the bed, sitting side by side, Mona perched carefully on Akira’s desk and keeping a keen eye out for everyone. They have the two spare chairs Akira has free and clear for the siblings to use, arranged beforehand by Makoto and Akira so that the entire team could see each twitch of Akechi’s fingers. A united front, or whatever Makoto had said.

Ryuji could barely tell the two apart. What use was he?

The two sit down, Akechi on the left and Amada on the right. They even sit the same. Who does that? Weirdos, that’s who.

“I want to start off the conversation by saying that I know that there were assumptions made about me.” Akechi starts, the guy’s so fucking polite it’s weird. Each letter seems to come out of his mouth pre-planned. “I apologize for not clearing the air sooner, and I would like to officially state that I am not who you think I am.”

Ryuji thinks this fucker matches what Ryuji thinks of him to a tee. But then again, Ryuji ain’t the one here that needed to be convinced, was he?

“We would like to formally introduce ourselves, and the group we work for.” It’s Ken who speaks now. “We would like, going forward, for transparency on both sides. We’re all connected through the collective unconscious, after all.”

Akira perks up a bit at that, Ryuji feels the way his thighs tense against Ryuji’s own. That phasing apparently rang a bell to Akira, it should have rung a bell in Ryuji too, now that Ryuji thinks about it, damn him for immediately forgetting all that shit that Mona whined about.

Makoto narrows her eyes, her hands stop both Ann and Yusuke from bouncing their knees. She doesn’t like it when anybody does it, but she’s the only one out of everyone who doesn’t. “Not from the government, but you are a part of an organization?”

“We work for the Kirijo Group, a sect that’s not talked about very publicly.” Ken answers, easily. “This is not the first time the collective unconscious has connected itself to the waking world, with each passing year it seems like a new strand has cropped up, and it’s a part of the Kirijo Group’s job to help contain it.”

Ryuji’s heard of the Kirijo Group before, they’re like, crazy important. They seem to have their name on every electronic device ever nowadays. Ryuji looks over to Ann, who’s looking at Ryuji. Both of them clearly caught the name drop.

“Not the first time?” Akira asks, “This kind of thing has happened before? Why haven’t we heard of it by now?”

Ken shrugs, but Akechi speaks this time. “You have, you just probably didn’t realize it was the Metaverse. Apathy syndrome, from when we were in elementary school, rises of paranoia and delusions in specific areas, localized natural disasters, outbreaks of strange weather phenomenon-“

“Like fog?”

Ryuji looks at Akira for his outburst, everyone does. Akira looks a little embarrassed for having blurted out an overly excited example, blushing a bit and hiding away behind large lenses.

“Yes.” Ken’s eyes are laser focused. “Exactly right. Like dense fog, bringing with it hospitalizations, increased criminal activity, are you from the town of Inaba, by any chance?”

Creep alert! Ryuji, and the rest of the Phantom Thieves, perk right up. They knew their fearless leader was from some podunk little nowhere town, but for these two to know that? Either they did a lot of research beforehand or-

Or maybe they’re actually legit.

“Yes, I am. I moved there as a kid for my parents' work, and I was there until last year.”

Ken and Akechi look at each other, giving each other a communicative look. It’s a weird, creepy mirror of each other, Ryuji hates it, they straight up look like creepy evil twins from a movie when they do that.

Ken nods, and looks away first. “Inaba did have an incident where the collective unconscious caused panic. The heavy fog a few years ago was a result of that. It has been cleaned up and is now monitored by onsite operatives.”

Ryuji knows his eyebrows are high on his head, onsite operatives? That makes it sound really official. Then again, if they’re telling the truth about the fucking Kirijo Group being their sponsor then maybe they are that official.

Akira looks pensive about this, he leans back a bit, Ryuji can feel the movement where they’re in contact with each other. Akira’s actually considering them? Guess their story has to have some credence, if they’re going around in Mementos and using personas.

“The Kirijo group doesn’t want to interfere in your operations.” Ken says, his eyes looking at the people around him. Ryuji noticed that Akechi wasn't saying much. It makes him wonder who the head of the operation is, really. It can’t be these two, they’re the same age as the Phantom Thieves themselves. “We are here to gain information on the collective unconscious and make it so that the contamination doesn’t cause any real damage to the population at large.”

“How can we trust you on that?” Makoto snaps-

Before her eyes dart back to Akira. Akira doesn’t mind the interruption, Ryuji can tell by the way he inclines his head towards her.

“Do you want to arrange a meeting with everyone so that you can get that promise from all of us?” Ken asks, genuinely, already reaching for one of the pockets in his cargo shorts where Ryuji can see the outline of his phone-

“No.” Akira shoots that down immediately. “No need.”

Ryuji does not want to talk to stuffy random adults who would probably tell them to cut the persona shit out.

It kind of feels like their club is being broken up, it feels like the fun is sort of ruined. It feels weird and wrong and odd. Ryuji hates it.

Ken raises one, elegant brow. “You already have access to the collective unconscious, you already have the ability to summon personas. The metaphorical cat is out of the bag.”

Akechi huffs a little puff of laughter. “The literal cat is on the desk?”

The two of them politely giggle in a weird, odd way. They’re not laughing with each other, but Ryuji doesn’t think they’re laughing at each other either.

Mona’s tail flicks, curling up, eyes narrowed.

Ken focuses back on the group at large. “We are going to be going in groups to inspect the collective unconscious, and any knowledge you have of the way that this offshoot works would be greatly appreciative. If this group can provide us with information, we can work out a way for the Kirijo Group to offer support in other ways.”

Ken leans forward, elbows on his knees. Akechi leans back, the exact opposite. The two of them have got to have practiced this. Ryuji can’t think that they're this much in sync. Then again, Ryuji doesn't have siblings so he might just not know. Ken genuinely looks apologetic, Akechi looks very, very blank.

“Having access to the collective unconscious is a curse, not a gift.” Ken tells the group of them at large. When he catches Ryuji’s eye, it's not a simple, casual thing. There’s a weight there that presses heavy against the words he speaks. “You can’t go back, you can’t ever fit in again, there’s always going to be your persona in your chest, in your heart, rattling at its cage and wanting to be let out again-”

Ryuji wants to press a hand against his sternum, where Captain Kidd drags his boney fingers up and down Ryuji’s ribs like a true pirate with a metal mug against its prison bars. He spots Ann almost do the same thing, her hand lifting up for almost a second before she puts it back down. Ryuji heard them all talk about it, when nights got late and the conversation got deep.

Ryuji knows that everyone feels their persona like a living breathing thing inside of them, always a little angry, always a little insane, always needing more, always demanding more.

“A persona isn’t something that anybody can ever take away from you. Once you have access to the collective unconscious, once you’ve been infected by it. It either kills you, or changes you. The Kirijo Group is trying to minimize how many people are exposed.”

Akira’s hand snaps to Ryuji’s thigh, gripping it tight. “We’ve been getting lucky?” Akira asks, the fear creeps into his voice. He’s looking at his team, at the people he’s assembled. At his family. Ryuji slides a hand into Akira’s, just to try and offer a modicum of comfort.

Ken shrugs. “Most likely.”

Akira’s entire face crumples.

“That's why the exchange of information is important.” Ken tells them. “So going forward everyone can be as safe as possible. You scratch your back, we scratch yours.”

The conversation between them all takes the rest of the afternoon. Ryuji zones in and out throughout the process, Akira is the leader, and he’s the one asking most of the questions. Ken’s the one doing most of the talking between him and Akechi, that is something the Phantom Thieves notice. Akira even asks about it-

“I’ve done my job identifying you.” Akechi tells them, “It’s Ken’s job to actually be a liaison.”

Which, fair enough, Ryuji supposes.

By the time that Ken and Akechi leave, the Phantom Thieves have a lot to think about. They also have the contact information for everyone. The Phantom Thieves have the phone numbers of Akechi, Ken, and an emergency contact. “It’ll send out a message to everybody on the team.” Ken tells them. “Emergency use only.”

When Akira comes back upstairs after escorting the two siblings down, he sits like an exhausted lump across the three people on the couch. Makoto, Yusuke, and Ann all protest at Akira throwing himself across them.

They’ve got a lot to talk about.

--

“We’re pulling everything.”

Sae stops typing.

She looks up, trying not to let the fury show in her expression. “Excuse me?”

Suou closes the door behind him. “I said we’re pulling everything. We’re stopping the train of thought that the Phantom Thieves case is connected to the other mental shutdowns. We’re treating them like separate cases again.”

Sae is going to kill him. She’s going to kill him on purpose, actually, for real. “Once again, excuse me?”

Sae had done countless hours of work for this stupid case. She had worked to the bone getting everything court ready, ready to present it to the DA’s office. She had bent over backwards making connections, pulling things together. Pulling evidence together.

“I’ve gotten new evidence to suggest that the Phantom Thieves aren’t involved in those previous cases.”

Sae waits a moment, then two.

Suou nods, then moves over to his own desk-

“No.” Sae tells him. “Absolutely not. Come back here. You can’t just say that and leave it there. Show me the evidence!”

“Confidential.” Suou tells her, conconcerned. “The Phantom Thieves are not a threat. They’re a nuisance, sure, but we have people higher up keeping an eye on them from here on out. We’ll know their movements. We’re now concerned about the secondary case from here on out, the guy who doesn’t announce their victims beforehand like Arsene Lupin.”

“I’m going to kill you.” Sae tells Suou. She’s very serious when she says this. “I have been awake for seventy two hours-

“Then go home.” Suou tells her, very matter of fact. “Don’t you have a sibling? Go home, hang out with them. Don’t let work take over your life.”

With that, Suou sits at his own desk, and opens his computer. He’s tapping away within moments, completely ignoring Sae.

Sae snaps her own computer shut, packs up her things, and goes the fuck home.

--

Masao Inaba drinks champagne and adjusts his necklace. He hates these dumb political parties. He’s doing his part, however, and he’s only sort of tipsy. Nanjo had introduced him, so a lot of people wanted to talk to him. Nanjo was doing the actual hard work at this luncheon, bruncheon, some kind of weird gathering. Nanjo remembered these people's names, professions, and businesses. Nanjo knew these kind of events inside and out, he grew up dealing with them, and will continue to deal with them until the day that he dies.

Masao just so happened to be sort of friends with Nanjo in highschool, now look at him.

He’s here to cause the initial waves of distrust against their main target. Masao chats easily with the people around him, and each conversation with these kinds of people always ends the same way, gossip.

“I think I’m going to vote for him, next election.” A wealthy bit of arm candy says, fluttering her lashes. Masao finds himself surrounded by women, most of them not wealthy themselves, but trying to butter him up for their partners. Masao knows how to talk to these kinds of women, these are the kind of people who buy up his art for their too expensive, too barren homes.

“I’m not.” Masao says, in that faux whisper that lets the entire group of chittering women snap to attention. They’re easy to reign in like this, and anything juicy gets eaten up like fine wine. Masao stops another sip, before faking surprise that these women seem to be waiting for more information from him. “You haven’t heard?”

Hook.

“No.” A woman says, in that same faux whisper. “Anything interesting?”

“Only a web of secret children he’s left on the streets.” Masao laughs. “I know of at least two who were left in poverty after he abandoned them.”

Line.

The women gasp. Their faces light up at the bit of information. They look at each other, trying to gauge if the other people in their little group believe this.

One speaks up, a little older than her peers. She’s played this game before too. “Sounds like something his political opponents would say to slander him.”

Masao shrugs, the more uncaring he seems the better. He’s a good person to use for these kinds of events, for this specific bit of mayhem, his streetwear makes it so that he’s automatically more casual than everyone else. “Sounds like a man who’s got a lot of good lawyers to bury any court cases that come up about parenthood.”

The conversation goes a bit hush, Masao takes another ship of champagne. He waits for that to fester a bit in people’s minds. He wants this kind of gossip to spread organically, wants it to grow in people’s minds.

So he waits.

Nobody here is going to explicitly say anything real negative about anybody. It’s all implied little snippets of evil little smiles and directed laughter.

People talk, they’re weighing the potential gossip against if this particular brand of gossip might be just ugly conjecture that they’ll get called out on later.

So while it simmers, Masao pulls out his phone.

It’s already got the correct web page saved to it, a simple google search with manipulated results, but it’s a fun sort of mime to pretend to type things into the search bar.

The search results show how many lawsuits Shido has been apart of the last few months.

More than a handful, at any rate.

He shows it to the woman nearest to him. She gasps, eyes wide.

The article that pulls up underneath the number has a big photo attached, of a random kid in the courtroom with Shido himself. Some young looking baby faced teenager in an ill fitting suit and with wet eyes.

Sinker.

The women explode with gasping little giggles.

They talk, and Masao takes another sip of champagne.

Easy.

--

“The ideal would be for a member of S.E.E.S to be able to go down further into the subway.” Akihiko and Mitsuru stand together at the helm of the entrance to Mementos. Rise and Fuuka are behind them, talking to each other. They both have their persona’s out, scanning as far down as they can reach. Akihiko and Mitsuru are here to both have time to talk with one another and to play the muscle if need be.

“According to what we know so far, the only people who can go further down are people that the public knows of.” Mitsuru huffs, pushing her bangs out of her hair. She might be able to make it, but her fame is more along a very specific kind of crowd. She’s nowhere near the level of critical acclaim that Rise is, or that even Naoto. “Yukari? She’s an actress.”

“No strong enough to go far.” Akihiko responds.

From behind them, the pulse of sonar makes their hair stand on its end.

“Creepy.” Akihiko huffs. He still isn’t used to the feeling of having that wave of knowledge wash over him.

Mitsuru isn’t as affected. She’s got some capability of a navigator herself, even if it’s extremely limited. “Oh hush, you.”

They talk a little more about how they could either bypass the prerequisite about being in the public spotlight when the warping sound of somebody entering warps somewhere to their right.

It's easy to hear, in a world that’s so silent, so dead otherwise.

Ken and Akechi walk out from the little side alley that they used to hide their entrance into the collective unconscious. The two of them immediately spot the group ahead of them.

“Mitsuru!” Ken’s face breaks out into a smile. “Akihiko!” He runs up to them both, leaving his brother behind.

Mitsuru opens her arms.

Ken slams himself into Mitsuru’s embrace, wrapping himself up in her. They saw each other recently but even so it’s rare that they’re able to actually interact freely. Mitsuru feels bad that she can’t make more time for him, but as soon as she carves a moment out of her day something comes up she has to deal with.

Mitsuru pulls Ken to her, he’s getting so tall, and only lets go when he begins to wiggle around.

Akihiko snags Ken next, wrapping an arm around Ken’s neck and giving him head noogies. Messing up Ken’s carefully crafted hair. Ken’s screeching with joy, slapping Akihiko’s side and saying uncle.

Akechi walks up much more subdued, his shoulders slumped and tired. He’s still unsure, and halting around the team, but Mitsuru doesn’t blame him for that.

“Learn anything useful today?” Mitsuru asks.

Akechi shrugs, not a great sign. “They still don’t trust us, but I wouldn’t either, if I was them.”

Akihiko picks Ken up physically, swinging him around.

Akechi barely pays the screaming any mind, so he must learn pretty quick. “They also call each other nicknames for a reason, it seems, they don’t refer to each other as their real names in the Metaverse because of the interaction it might have on their real lives. So much of this place is based on others' perception of you, that they’re using fake names as a precaution.”

That catches Mitsuru’s attention. “We need to stop referring to each other as our real names here, then.” She makes a note to let everyone know about this new fact as soon as she gets out of this session in the collective unconscious. “Anything else?”

“They understand that the armor that they wear here is because the perception of them in this world- and in Palaces- is that of a threat. The costume is as much of their own mind coming up with a defense as this brand of the metaverse labeling them as such.” Akechi doesn’t seem so sure of this himself, but Mitsuru appreciates that he’s retelling her faithfully the information that these teenagers have collected. “They also don’t trust that you aren’t going to break them up.”

Mitsuru rolls her eyes, and then deftly steps out of the way of Ken and Akihiko’s impromptu spar.

Akihiko loves it when he gets to fight people. It’s in his blood, competition is, and the only people who can keep up with him are the Shadow Operatives. Ken doesn’t know how to say no to him, so is often wrapped up into Akihiko’s games.

Akechi seems startled, but Mitsuru takes his elbow and gently leads him away from where it’s turning into a bloodbath. Akechi follows.

“I can’t put their persona back.” Mitsuru huffs, annoyed. “What can I do? Tell them to not use it? They’d go insane.”

Akechi winces at that. “We tried to tell them that, but I think we might have sugar coated it too well. We didn’t tell them that not actually using their persona would make them sick, we tried to be nicer about it, and they probably thought we were being metaphorical.”

Well, Mitsuru doesn't mind that. They’ll learn. Mitsuru also doesn’t mind if they don’t want to interact with her at all. She doesn’t care. That might make her sound a bit crass, a bit mean, but she knows that having a persona will keep you tethered to other persona users for life. There’s no way to ignore it, there’s no getting around it. Adapting to life afterwards is something that half of the shadow operatives still aren’t good at. Hell, Mitsuru herself still can’t integrate herself well into the normal world. Akihiko’s ruined for it entirely.

There’s a reason why they all only talk to each other.

They’ll either integrate themselves on their own, or they’ll go crazy and be put into a mental hospital and they’re Mitsuru’s anyway. Either way, all roads lead to rome.

She waves it off. “Anything else?”

Akechi and her talk for a while, about how the meeting went, about how the Phantom Thieves interacted with both Akechi and Ken and each other. There was a clear leader, most likely another wildcard.

Mitsuru makes a note to send Narukami to go talk to the kid. They don’t have a lot of information on wildcards, Narukami’s the only one who made it to adulthood, really, so intervening earlier on the kid’s behalf is probably better.

Rise and Fuuka call over Mitsuru and Akechi to talk to them about what they’re sensing underground. They think that there’s really no way to get around the public awareness requisite, they know that something on the bottom of it all is like an open wound. The four of them talk with who might be able to get as far down as possible, and Akechi inputs the information that the Phantom Thieves know, about how the Phantom Thieves are using the internet, a website, to gain public recognition to be able to go farther down.

“Then maybe it’s not an individual thing after all.” Rise says. “We might be able to cheat the system by considering ourselves a greater part of a whole unit that the public knows.”

Ken and Akihiko wrap up their little spar with a good number of bruises, and Akihiko wins, like usual, but happy.

They talk until dinner time, about what they might be able to pull off, before Mitsuru announces that she’s buying everyone a meal. Let’s go, let’s get out of here for today.

Notes:

takes out gitaur and strums, I'm in hell everyone get ready to ride this ride with me.